Page 1
Page 2
Page 3
The Project Gutenberg eBook of Insects and Diseases
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you will
have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using
this eBook.
Title: Insects and Diseases
Author: Rennie Wilbur Doane
Release date: February 24, 2009 [eBook #28177]
Language: English
Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/28177
Credits: Produced by Chris Curnow, Lindy Walsh, Greg Bergquist and
the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
http://www.pgdp.net
*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK INSECTS AND
DISEASES ***
Transcriber’s Note
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you will
have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using
this eBook.
Title: Insects and Diseases
Author: Rennie Wilbur Doane
Release date: February 24, 2009 [eBook #28177]
Language: English
Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/28177
Credits: Produced by Chris Curnow, Lindy Walsh, Greg Bergquist and
the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
http://www.pgdp.net
*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK INSECTS AND
DISEASES ***
Transcriber’s Note
Page 4
The punctuation and spelling from the original text have been
faithfully preserved. Only obvious typographical errors have been
corrected.
An artificial lake, nearly dry and partly filled with rubbish, has become a breeding-ground for
dangerous mosquitoes.
American Nature Series
Group IV. Working with Nature
faithfully preserved. Only obvious typographical errors have been
corrected.
An artificial lake, nearly dry and partly filled with rubbish, has become a breeding-ground for
dangerous mosquitoes.
American Nature Series
Group IV. Working with Nature
Page 5
IN S E C T S A N D D IS E A S E
A POPULAR ACCOUNT OF THE WAY IN WHICH
INSECTS MAY SPREAD OR CAUSE SOME
OF OUR COMMON DISEASES
WITH MANY ORIGINAL ILLUSTRATIONS FROM
PHOTOGRAPHS
BY
RENNIE W. DOANE, A.B.
Assistant Professor of Entomology
Leland Stanford Junior University
LONDON
CONSTABLE & COMPANY LIMITED
1910
A POPULAR ACCOUNT OF THE WAY IN WHICH
INSECTS MAY SPREAD OR CAUSE SOME
OF OUR COMMON DISEASES
WITH MANY ORIGINAL ILLUSTRATIONS FROM
PHOTOGRAPHS
BY
RENNIE W. DOANE, A.B.
Assistant Professor of Entomology
Leland Stanford Junior University
LONDON
CONSTABLE & COMPANY LIMITED
1910
Page 6
Copyright, 1910,
BY
HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY
Published August, 1910
THE QUINN & BODEN CO. PRESS
RAHWAY, N.J.
BY
HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY
Published August, 1910
THE QUINN & BODEN CO. PRESS
RAHWAY, N.J.
Page 7
PREFACE
The subject of preventive medicine is one that is attracting world-wide
attention to-day. We can hardly pick up a newspaper or magazine without
seeing the subject discussed in some of its phases, and during the last few
years several books have appeared devoted wholly or in part to the ways of
preventing rather than curing many of our ills.
Looking over the titles of these articles and books the reader will at
once be impressed with the importance that is being given to the subject of
the relation of insects to some of our common diseases. As many of these
maladies are caused by minute parasites or microbes the zoölogists,
biologists and physicians are studying with untiring zeal to learn what they
can in regard to the development and habits of these organisms, and the
entomologists are doing their part by studying in minute detail the structure
and life-history of the insects that are concerned. Thus many important facts
are being learned, many important observations made. The results of the
best of these investigations are always published in technical magazines or
papers that are usually accessible only to the specialist.
This little book is an attempt to bring together and place in untechnical
form the most important of these facts gathered from sources many of
which are at present inaccessible to the general reader, perhaps even to
many physicians and entomologists.
In order that the reader who is not a specialist in medicine or
entomology may more readily understand the intimate biological relations
of the animals and parasites to be discussed it seems desirable to call
attention first to their systematic relations and to review some of the
important general facts in regard to their structure and life-history. This, it is
believed, will make even the most complex special interrelations of some of
these organisms readily understandable by all. Those who are already more
The subject of preventive medicine is one that is attracting world-wide
attention to-day. We can hardly pick up a newspaper or magazine without
seeing the subject discussed in some of its phases, and during the last few
years several books have appeared devoted wholly or in part to the ways of
preventing rather than curing many of our ills.
Looking over the titles of these articles and books the reader will at
once be impressed with the importance that is being given to the subject of
the relation of insects to some of our common diseases. As many of these
maladies are caused by minute parasites or microbes the zoölogists,
biologists and physicians are studying with untiring zeal to learn what they
can in regard to the development and habits of these organisms, and the
entomologists are doing their part by studying in minute detail the structure
and life-history of the insects that are concerned. Thus many important facts
are being learned, many important observations made. The results of the
best of these investigations are always published in technical magazines or
papers that are usually accessible only to the specialist.
This little book is an attempt to bring together and place in untechnical
form the most important of these facts gathered from sources many of
which are at present inaccessible to the general reader, perhaps even to
many physicians and entomologists.
In order that the reader who is not a specialist in medicine or
entomology may more readily understand the intimate biological relations
of the animals and parasites to be discussed it seems desirable to call
attention first to their systematic relations and to review some of the
important general facts in regard to their structure and life-history. This, it is
believed, will make even the most complex special interrelations of some of
these organisms readily understandable by all. Those who are already more
Page 8
or less familiar with these things may find the bibliography of use for more
extended reading.
My thanks are due to Prof. V.L. Kellogg for reading the manuscript and
offering helpful suggestions and criticisms.
Unless otherwise credited the pictures are from photographs taken by
the author in the laboratory and field. As many of these are pictures of live
specimens it is believed that they will be of interest as showing the insects,
not as we think they should be, but as they actually are. Mr. J.H. Paine has
given me valuable aid in preparing these photographs.
R.W.D.
Stanford University, California,
March, 1910.
extended reading.
My thanks are due to Prof. V.L. Kellogg for reading the manuscript and
offering helpful suggestions and criticisms.
Unless otherwise credited the pictures are from photographs taken by
the author in the laboratory and field. As many of these are pictures of live
specimens it is believed that they will be of interest as showing the insects,
not as we think they should be, but as they actually are. Mr. J.H. Paine has
given me valuable aid in preparing these photographs.
R.W.D.
Stanford University, California,
March, 1910.
Page 9
CONTENTS
CHAPTER I
page
Parasitism and Disease 1
Definition of a parasite, 1; examples among various animals, 2;
Parasitism, 3; effect on the parasite, 4; how a harmless kind may
become harmful, 5; immunity, 6; Diseases caused by parasites, 7;
ancient and modern views, 7; Infectious and contagious diseases, 8;
examples, 9; importance of distinguishing, 9; Effect of the parasite
on the host, 9; microbes everywhere, 10; importance of size, 11;
numbers, 11; location, 11; mechanical injury, 12; morphological
injury, 13; physiological effect, 13; the point of view, 14.
CHAPTER II
Bacteria and Protozoa 15
CHAPTER I
page
Parasitism and Disease 1
Definition of a parasite, 1; examples among various animals, 2;
Parasitism, 3; effect on the parasite, 4; how a harmless kind may
become harmful, 5; immunity, 6; Diseases caused by parasites, 7;
ancient and modern views, 7; Infectious and contagious diseases, 8;
examples, 9; importance of distinguishing, 9; Effect of the parasite
on the host, 9; microbes everywhere, 10; importance of size, 11;
numbers, 11; location, 11; mechanical injury, 12; morphological
injury, 13; physiological effect, 13; the point of view, 14.
CHAPTER II
Bacteria and Protozoa 15
Page 10
Bacteria, 15; border line between plants and animals, 15; most
bacteria not harmful, 15; a few cause disease, 15; how they multiply,
15; parasitic and non-parasitic kinds, 17; how a kind normally
harmless may become harmful, 18; effect of the bacteria on the host,
18; methods of dissemination, 18; Protozoa, 19; Amœba, 19; its lack
of special organs, 19; where it lives, 19; growth and reproduction,
19; Classes of Protozoa, 20; the amœba-like forms, 20; the
flagellate forms, 20; importance of these, 21; the ciliated forms, 22;
the Sporozoa or spore-forming kinds, 22; these most important, 23;
abundance, 23; adaptability, 23; common characters, 24; ability to
resist unfavorable conditions, 24.
CHAPTER III
Ticks and Mites 26
Ticks, 26; general characters, 27; mouth-parts, 27; habits, 27;
life-history, 27; Ticks and disease, 28; Texas fever, 28; its
occurrence in the north, 28; carried by a tick, 29; loss and methods
of control, 31; other diseases of cattle carried by ticks, 31; Rocky
Mountain spotted fever, 32; its occurrence, 32; probably caused by
parasites, 32; relation of ticks to this disease, 33; Relapsing Fever,
33; its occurrence, 34; transmitted by ticks, 34; Mites, 35; Face-
mites, 35; Itch-mites, 36; Harvest-mites, 37.
CHAPTER IV
How Insects Cause or Carry Disease 40
Numbers, 40; importance, 41; losses caused by insects, 41; loss
of life, 42; The flies, 43; horse-flies, 43; stable-flies, 44; surra, 45;
nagana, 45; black-flies, 46; punkies, 46; screw-worm flies, 47;
blow-flies, 48; flesh-flies, 48; fly larvæ in intestinal canal, 49; bot-
bacteria not harmful, 15; a few cause disease, 15; how they multiply,
15; parasitic and non-parasitic kinds, 17; how a kind normally
harmless may become harmful, 18; effect of the bacteria on the host,
18; methods of dissemination, 18; Protozoa, 19; Amœba, 19; its lack
of special organs, 19; where it lives, 19; growth and reproduction,
19; Classes of Protozoa, 20; the amœba-like forms, 20; the
flagellate forms, 20; importance of these, 21; the ciliated forms, 22;
the Sporozoa or spore-forming kinds, 22; these most important, 23;
abundance, 23; adaptability, 23; common characters, 24; ability to
resist unfavorable conditions, 24.
CHAPTER III
Ticks and Mites 26
Ticks, 26; general characters, 27; mouth-parts, 27; habits, 27;
life-history, 27; Ticks and disease, 28; Texas fever, 28; its
occurrence in the north, 28; carried by a tick, 29; loss and methods
of control, 31; other diseases of cattle carried by ticks, 31; Rocky
Mountain spotted fever, 32; its occurrence, 32; probably caused by
parasites, 32; relation of ticks to this disease, 33; Relapsing Fever,
33; its occurrence, 34; transmitted by ticks, 34; Mites, 35; Face-
mites, 35; Itch-mites, 36; Harvest-mites, 37.
CHAPTER IV
How Insects Cause or Carry Disease 40
Numbers, 40; importance, 41; losses caused by insects, 41; loss
of life, 42; The flies, 43; horse-flies, 43; stable-flies, 44; surra, 45;
nagana, 45; black-flies, 46; punkies, 46; screw-worm flies, 47;
blow-flies, 48; flesh-flies, 48; fly larvæ in intestinal canal, 49; bot-
Page 11
flies, 50; Fleas, 52; jigger-flea, 53; Bedbugs, 54; Lice, 54; How
insects may carry disease, 55; in a mechanical way, 55; as one of
the necessary hosts of the parasite, 56.
CHAPTER V
House-flies or Typhoid-flies 57
The old attitude toward the house-fly, 57; its present standing,
58; reasons for the change, 58; Structure, 59; head and mouth-parts,
60; thorax and wings, 61; feet, 62; How they carry bacteria, 62;
Life-history, 63; eggs, 63; ordinarily laid in manure, 63; other
places, 63; habits of the larvæ, 64; habits of the adults, 64; places
they visit, 65; Flies and typhoid, 65; patients carrying the germs
before and after they have had the disease, 65; how the flies get
these on their body and distribute them, 66; results of some
observations and experiments, 66; Flies and other diseases, 68; flies
and cholera, 68; flies and tuberculosis, 69; possibility of their
carrying other diseases, 70; Fighting flies, 71; screens not sufficient,
71; the larger problem, 71; the manure pile, 72; outdoor privies, 72;
garbage can, 72; coöperation necessary, 72; city ordinances, 73; an
expert's opinion of the house-fly, 73; Other flies, 75; habits of
several much the same but do not enter house as much, 75; the small
house-fly, 75; stable-flies, 75; these may spread disease, 75.
CHAPTER VI
Mosquitoes 76
Numbers, 76; interest and importance, 76; eggs, 77; always in
water, 77; time of hatching, 77; Larvæ, 78; live only in water, 78;
head and mouth-parts of larvæ, 78; what they feed on, 78; breathing
apparatus, 79; growth of the larvæ, 80; Pupæ, 80; active but takes
insects may carry disease, 55; in a mechanical way, 55; as one of
the necessary hosts of the parasite, 56.
CHAPTER V
House-flies or Typhoid-flies 57
The old attitude toward the house-fly, 57; its present standing,
58; reasons for the change, 58; Structure, 59; head and mouth-parts,
60; thorax and wings, 61; feet, 62; How they carry bacteria, 62;
Life-history, 63; eggs, 63; ordinarily laid in manure, 63; other
places, 63; habits of the larvæ, 64; habits of the adults, 64; places
they visit, 65; Flies and typhoid, 65; patients carrying the germs
before and after they have had the disease, 65; how the flies get
these on their body and distribute them, 66; results of some
observations and experiments, 66; Flies and other diseases, 68; flies
and cholera, 68; flies and tuberculosis, 69; possibility of their
carrying other diseases, 70; Fighting flies, 71; screens not sufficient,
71; the larger problem, 71; the manure pile, 72; outdoor privies, 72;
garbage can, 72; coöperation necessary, 72; city ordinances, 73; an
expert's opinion of the house-fly, 73; Other flies, 75; habits of
several much the same but do not enter house as much, 75; the small
house-fly, 75; stable-flies, 75; these may spread disease, 75.
CHAPTER VI
Mosquitoes 76
Numbers, 76; interest and importance, 76; eggs, 77; always in
water, 77; time of hatching, 77; Larvæ, 78; live only in water, 78;
head and mouth-parts of larvæ, 78; what they feed on, 78; breathing
apparatus, 79; growth of the larvæ, 80; Pupæ, 80; active but takes
Page 12
no food, 80; breathing tubes, 80; how the adult issues, 81; The
Adult, 81; male and female, 81; how mosquitoes "sing" and how the
song is heard, 82; the palpi, 82; The Mouth-parts, 83; needles for
piercing, 83; How the mosquito bites, 84; secretion from the salivary
gland, 84; why males cannot bite, 84; blood not necessary for either
sex, 84; The Thorax, 85; the legs, 85; the wings, 85; the balancers,
85; the breathing pores, 86; The abdomen, 86; The digestive system,
86; The salivary glands, 87; their importance, 87; effects of a
mosquito bite, 87; probable function of the saliva, 88; How
mosquitoes breathe, 89; Blood, 90; in body cavity, 90; heart, 90;
Classification, 91; Anopheles, 91; distinguishing characters, 92;
eggs, 92; where the larvæ are found, 93; Yellow fever mosquito, 94;
its importance, 94; the adult, 95; habits, 95; habits of the larvæ, 95;
Other species, 96; some in fresh water, others in brackish water, 96;
Natural enemies of mosquitoes, 97; how natural enemies of
mosquitoes control their numbers, 98; mosquitoes in Hawaii, 98;
Enemies of the adults, 99; Enemies of the larvæ and pupæ, 100;
Fighting mosquitoes, 101; fighting the adult, 102; Fighting the
larvæ, 103; domestic or local species, 104; draining and treating
with oil, 104; combatting salt-marsh species by draining, 105; by
minnows or oil, 105.
CHAPTER VII
Mosquitoes and Malaria 106
Adult, 81; male and female, 81; how mosquitoes "sing" and how the
song is heard, 82; the palpi, 82; The Mouth-parts, 83; needles for
piercing, 83; How the mosquito bites, 84; secretion from the salivary
gland, 84; why males cannot bite, 84; blood not necessary for either
sex, 84; The Thorax, 85; the legs, 85; the wings, 85; the balancers,
85; the breathing pores, 86; The abdomen, 86; The digestive system,
86; The salivary glands, 87; their importance, 87; effects of a
mosquito bite, 87; probable function of the saliva, 88; How
mosquitoes breathe, 89; Blood, 90; in body cavity, 90; heart, 90;
Classification, 91; Anopheles, 91; distinguishing characters, 92;
eggs, 92; where the larvæ are found, 93; Yellow fever mosquito, 94;
its importance, 94; the adult, 95; habits, 95; habits of the larvæ, 95;
Other species, 96; some in fresh water, others in brackish water, 96;
Natural enemies of mosquitoes, 97; how natural enemies of
mosquitoes control their numbers, 98; mosquitoes in Hawaii, 98;
Enemies of the adults, 99; Enemies of the larvæ and pupæ, 100;
Fighting mosquitoes, 101; fighting the adult, 102; Fighting the
larvæ, 103; domestic or local species, 104; draining and treating
with oil, 104; combatting salt-marsh species by draining, 105; by
minnows or oil, 105.
CHAPTER VII
Mosquitoes and Malaria 106
Page 13
Early reference to malaria, 106; its general distribution, 106;
theories in regard to its cause, 107; insects early suspected, 107; The
parasite that causes malaria, 108; studies of the parasite, 108; Life-
history in human host, 109; its effect on the host, 110; the search for
the sexual generation, 111; The parasite in the mosquito, 112;
review of whole life-history, 115; malaria transmitted only by
mosquitoes, 115; Summary, 117; experimental proof, 118.
CHAPTER VIII
Mosquitoes and Yellow Fever 120
A disease of tropical or semi-tropical countries, 120; outbreaks
in the United States, 120; parasite that causes the disease not known,
121; formerly regarded as a contagious disease, 122; The yellow
fever commission, 123; Dr. Finlay's claim, 124; experiments made
by the commission, 125; summary of results, 129; what it means,
130; results in Havana, 131; the fight in New Orleans, 132; In the
Panama canal zone, 135; in Rio de Janeiro, 136; claims of the
French commission, 138; habits of stegomyia, 139; breeding habits,
139; possible results of war against the mosquitoes, 139; Danger of
this disease in the Pacific Islands, 140.
CHAPTER IX
Fleas and Plague 142
Great scourges, 142; the "black death," 142; old conditions and
new, 143; How plague was controlled in San Francisco, 143; Indian
Plague commission, 144; Dr. Simond's claim, 145; The advisory
committee and the new commission, 146; Results of Dr. Verjbitski's
experiments, 147; Results of various investigations, 150; structure
and habits of fleas, 151; feeding habits, 152; Common species of
theories in regard to its cause, 107; insects early suspected, 107; The
parasite that causes malaria, 108; studies of the parasite, 108; Life-
history in human host, 109; its effect on the host, 110; the search for
the sexual generation, 111; The parasite in the mosquito, 112;
review of whole life-history, 115; malaria transmitted only by
mosquitoes, 115; Summary, 117; experimental proof, 118.
CHAPTER VIII
Mosquitoes and Yellow Fever 120
A disease of tropical or semi-tropical countries, 120; outbreaks
in the United States, 120; parasite that causes the disease not known,
121; formerly regarded as a contagious disease, 122; The yellow
fever commission, 123; Dr. Finlay's claim, 124; experiments made
by the commission, 125; summary of results, 129; what it means,
130; results in Havana, 131; the fight in New Orleans, 132; In the
Panama canal zone, 135; in Rio de Janeiro, 136; claims of the
French commission, 138; habits of stegomyia, 139; breeding habits,
139; possible results of war against the mosquitoes, 139; Danger of
this disease in the Pacific Islands, 140.
CHAPTER IX
Fleas and Plague 142
Great scourges, 142; the "black death," 142; old conditions and
new, 143; How plague was controlled in San Francisco, 143; Indian
Plague commission, 144; Dr. Simond's claim, 145; The advisory
committee and the new commission, 146; Results of Dr. Verjbitski's
experiments, 147; Results of various investigations, 150; structure
and habits of fleas, 151; feeding habits, 152; Common species of
Page 14
fleas, 153; Ground squirrels and plague, 155; squirrel fleas, 156;
Remedies for fleas, 157; cats and dogs, 159.
CHAPTER X
Other Diseases, Mostly Tropical, Known or Thought to Be
161
Transmitted by Insects
Sleeping Sickness, 161; its occurrence in Africa, 161; caused by
a Protozoan parasite, 162; the tsetse-fly, 163; Elephantiasis, 164;
caused by parasitic worms, 164; their development, 165; how they
are transferred to man, 165; effect on the patient, 166; Dengue, 168;
other names, 168; probably transmitted by mosquitoes, 170;
Mediterranean fever, 171; cause, 171; may be conveyed by
mosquitoes, 171; Leprosy, 171; caused by a bacteria parasite, 171;
possibilities of flies, mosquitoes and other insects transmitting the
disease, 172; Kala-azar, 173; transmitted by the bedbug, 173;
Oriental sore, 174; the parasite may be carried by insects, 174.
Bibliography 175
Parasites and parasitism, 175; Protozoa, 176; Bacteria, 177;
Insects and disease, 178; Mosquitoes—systematic and general, 179;
Mosquito anatomy, 182; Mosquitoes—life-history and habits, 183;
Mosquito fighting, 183; Mosquitoes and disease, 185; Malaria, 186;
Yellow fever, 189; Dengue, 192; Filarial diseases and elephantiasis,
193; Leprosy, 193; Plague, 194; Fleas, 198; Typhoid fever, 199;
House-flies—anatomy, life-history, habits, 200; House-flies and
typhoid, 202; House-fly and various diseases, 203; Human myiasis,
207; Stomoxys and other flies, 208; tsetse-flies, 209; Trypanosomes
and Trypanosomiasis, 210; Sleeping sickness, 211; Rocky mountain
fever and ticks, 212; Ticks and various diseases, 213; Kala-azar and
Remedies for fleas, 157; cats and dogs, 159.
CHAPTER X
Other Diseases, Mostly Tropical, Known or Thought to Be
161
Transmitted by Insects
Sleeping Sickness, 161; its occurrence in Africa, 161; caused by
a Protozoan parasite, 162; the tsetse-fly, 163; Elephantiasis, 164;
caused by parasitic worms, 164; their development, 165; how they
are transferred to man, 165; effect on the patient, 166; Dengue, 168;
other names, 168; probably transmitted by mosquitoes, 170;
Mediterranean fever, 171; cause, 171; may be conveyed by
mosquitoes, 171; Leprosy, 171; caused by a bacteria parasite, 171;
possibilities of flies, mosquitoes and other insects transmitting the
disease, 172; Kala-azar, 173; transmitted by the bedbug, 173;
Oriental sore, 174; the parasite may be carried by insects, 174.
Bibliography 175
Parasites and parasitism, 175; Protozoa, 176; Bacteria, 177;
Insects and disease, 178; Mosquitoes—systematic and general, 179;
Mosquito anatomy, 182; Mosquitoes—life-history and habits, 183;
Mosquito fighting, 183; Mosquitoes and disease, 185; Malaria, 186;
Yellow fever, 189; Dengue, 192; Filarial diseases and elephantiasis,
193; Leprosy, 193; Plague, 194; Fleas, 198; Typhoid fever, 199;
House-flies—anatomy, life-history, habits, 200; House-flies and
typhoid, 202; House-fly and various diseases, 203; Human myiasis,
207; Stomoxys and other flies, 208; tsetse-flies, 209; Trypanosomes
and Trypanosomiasis, 210; Sleeping sickness, 211; Rocky mountain
fever and ticks, 212; Ticks and various diseases, 213; Kala-azar and
Page 15
bedbugs, 216; Text or reference books, 216; Miscellaneous articles,
218.
218.
Page 16
ILLUSTRATIONS
An artificial lake, nearly dry and partly
filled with rubbish, has become a breeding-ground
for dangerous mosquitoes Frontispiece
page
Fig. 1. A lamprey 2
Fig. 2. Sacculina 2
Fig. 3. Trichina spiralis 2
Fig. 4. An external parasite, a bird-louse (Lipeurus ferox) 3
An internal parasite, a tachina fly (Blepharipeza
Fig. 5. 3
adusta)
Work of an internal parasite, puss-moth larva
Fig. 6. 3
parasitized by a small ichneumon fly
Fig. 7. Typhoid fever bacilli 20
Fig. 8. Amœba 20
Fig. 9. Euglina virdis 21
Fig.
Spirocheta duttoni 21
10.
Fig.
Paramœcium 22
11.
Fig.
Vorticella 22
12.
Fig.
Pathogenic protozoa; a group of intestinal parasites 22
13.
Fig.
Castor-bean tick (Ixodes ricinus) 28
14.
Fig.
Texas fever tick 28
15.
Fig.
Texas fever tick (Margaropus annulatus) 29
16.
An artificial lake, nearly dry and partly
filled with rubbish, has become a breeding-ground
for dangerous mosquitoes Frontispiece
page
Fig. 1. A lamprey 2
Fig. 2. Sacculina 2
Fig. 3. Trichina spiralis 2
Fig. 4. An external parasite, a bird-louse (Lipeurus ferox) 3
An internal parasite, a tachina fly (Blepharipeza
Fig. 5. 3
adusta)
Work of an internal parasite, puss-moth larva
Fig. 6. 3
parasitized by a small ichneumon fly
Fig. 7. Typhoid fever bacilli 20
Fig. 8. Amœba 20
Fig. 9. Euglina virdis 21
Fig.
Spirocheta duttoni 21
10.
Fig.
Paramœcium 22
11.
Fig.
Vorticella 22
12.
Fig.
Pathogenic protozoa; a group of intestinal parasites 22
13.
Fig.
Castor-bean tick (Ixodes ricinus) 28
14.
Fig.
Texas fever tick 28
15.
Fig.
Texas fever tick (Margaropus annulatus) 29
16.
Page 17
Fig.
Amblyomma variegatum 29
17.
Fig.
Ornithodoros moubata 36
18.
Fig.
The follicle mite (Demodex folliculorum) 36
19.
Fig.
Itch-mite (Sarcoptes scabiei) 37
20.
Fig.
Harvest-mites or "jiggers" 37
21.
Fig.
Horse-fly (Tabanus punctifer) 44
22.
Fig.
Stable-fly (Stomoxys calcitrans) 44
23.
Fig.
A black-fly (Simulium sp.) 45
24.
Fig.
Screw-worm fly (Chrysomyia macellaria) 45
25.
Fig.
Blow-fly (Calliphora vomitoria) 45
26.
Fig.
Blue-bottle fly (Lucilia sericata) 50
27.
Fig.
Flesh-fly (Sarcophaga sp.) 50
28.
Fig.
"The little house-fly" (Homalomyia canicularis) 51
29.
Fig.
Horse bot-fly (Gastrophilus equi.) 51
30.
Fig.
Oxwarble fly (Hypoderma lineata) 51
31.
Fig.
Sheep bot-fly (Gastrophilus nasalis) 51
32.
Fig.
Chigo or jigger-flea, male (Dermatophilus penetrans) 54
33.
Fig.
Chigo, female distended with eggs 54
34.
Amblyomma variegatum 29
17.
Fig.
Ornithodoros moubata 36
18.
Fig.
The follicle mite (Demodex folliculorum) 36
19.
Fig.
Itch-mite (Sarcoptes scabiei) 37
20.
Fig.
Harvest-mites or "jiggers" 37
21.
Fig.
Horse-fly (Tabanus punctifer) 44
22.
Fig.
Stable-fly (Stomoxys calcitrans) 44
23.
Fig.
A black-fly (Simulium sp.) 45
24.
Fig.
Screw-worm fly (Chrysomyia macellaria) 45
25.
Fig.
Blow-fly (Calliphora vomitoria) 45
26.
Fig.
Blue-bottle fly (Lucilia sericata) 50
27.
Fig.
Flesh-fly (Sarcophaga sp.) 50
28.
Fig.
"The little house-fly" (Homalomyia canicularis) 51
29.
Fig.
Horse bot-fly (Gastrophilus equi.) 51
30.
Fig.
Oxwarble fly (Hypoderma lineata) 51
31.
Fig.
Sheep bot-fly (Gastrophilus nasalis) 51
32.
Fig.
Chigo or jigger-flea, male (Dermatophilus penetrans) 54
33.
Fig.
Chigo, female distended with eggs 54
34.
Page 18
Fig.
Bedbug (Cimex lectularis) 55
35.
Fig.
Body-louse (Pediculus vestimenti) 55
36.
Fig.
One use for the house-fly 57
37.
Fig.
The house-fly (Musca domestica) 58
38.
Fig. Head of house-fly showing eyes, antennæ and mouth-
60
39. parts
Fig.
Proboscis of house-fly, side view 60
40.
Fig. Lobes at end of proboscis of house-fly showing
61
41. corrugated ridges
Fig.
Wing of house-fly 61
42.
Fig.
Wing of stable-fly (Stomoxys calcitrans) 62
43.
Fig. Wing of house-fly showing particles of dirt adhering
62
44. to it
Fig.
Last three segments of leg of house-fly 62
45.
Fig.
Foot of house-fly 63
46.
Fig.
Larva of house-fly 63
47.
Fig.
Barn-yard filled with manure 64
48.
Fig.
Dirty stalls 65
49.
Fig.
Pupa of house-fly 76
50.
Fig.
Head of stable-fly 76
51.
Fig.
Mass of mosquito eggs (Theobaldia incidens) 76
52.
Bedbug (Cimex lectularis) 55
35.
Fig.
Body-louse (Pediculus vestimenti) 55
36.
Fig.
One use for the house-fly 57
37.
Fig.
The house-fly (Musca domestica) 58
38.
Fig. Head of house-fly showing eyes, antennæ and mouth-
60
39. parts
Fig.
Proboscis of house-fly, side view 60
40.
Fig. Lobes at end of proboscis of house-fly showing
61
41. corrugated ridges
Fig.
Wing of house-fly 61
42.
Fig.
Wing of stable-fly (Stomoxys calcitrans) 62
43.
Fig. Wing of house-fly showing particles of dirt adhering
62
44. to it
Fig.
Last three segments of leg of house-fly 62
45.
Fig.
Foot of house-fly 63
46.
Fig.
Larva of house-fly 63
47.
Fig.
Barn-yard filled with manure 64
48.
Fig.
Dirty stalls 65
49.
Fig.
Pupa of house-fly 76
50.
Fig.
Head of stable-fly 76
51.
Fig.
Mass of mosquito eggs (Theobaldia incidens) 76
52.
Page 19
Fig.
Mosquito eggs and larvæ (T. incidens) 77
53.
Fig.
Mosquito larva (T. incidens), dorsal view 77
54.
Fig.
Eggs, larvæ and pupæ of mosquitoes (T. incidens) 78
55.
Fig.
Larva of mosquito (T. incidens) 78
56.
Fig.
Mosquito larvæ and pupæ (T. incidens) 79
57.
Fig.
Anopheles larvæ (A. maculipennis) 79
58.
Fig.
Mosquito pupæ (T. incidens) 80
59.
Fig.
Mosquito pupa (T. incidens) 80
60.
Fig.
Mosquito larvæ and pupæ (T. incidens) 80
61.
Fig.
A female mosquito (T. incidens) 81
62.
Fig.
A male mosquito (T. incidens) 81
63.
Fig. Head and thorax of female mosquito (Ochlerotatus
82
64. lativittatus)
Fig.
Head and thorax of male mosquito (O. lativittatus) 82
65.
Fig.
Head of female mosquito 83
66.
Fig. Cross-section of proboscis of female and male
83
67. mosquito
Fig.
Wing of mosquito (O. lativittatus) 86
68.
Fig.
End of mosquito wing highly magnified 86
69.
Fig. Diagram to show the alimentary canal and salivary
87
70. glands of a mosquito
Mosquito eggs and larvæ (T. incidens) 77
53.
Fig.
Mosquito larva (T. incidens), dorsal view 77
54.
Fig.
Eggs, larvæ and pupæ of mosquitoes (T. incidens) 78
55.
Fig.
Larva of mosquito (T. incidens) 78
56.
Fig.
Mosquito larvæ and pupæ (T. incidens) 79
57.
Fig.
Anopheles larvæ (A. maculipennis) 79
58.
Fig.
Mosquito pupæ (T. incidens) 80
59.
Fig.
Mosquito pupa (T. incidens) 80
60.
Fig.
Mosquito larvæ and pupæ (T. incidens) 80
61.
Fig.
A female mosquito (T. incidens) 81
62.
Fig.
A male mosquito (T. incidens) 81
63.
Fig. Head and thorax of female mosquito (Ochlerotatus
82
64. lativittatus)
Fig.
Head and thorax of male mosquito (O. lativittatus) 82
65.
Fig.
Head of female mosquito 83
66.
Fig. Cross-section of proboscis of female and male
83
67. mosquito
Fig.
Wing of mosquito (O. lativittatus) 86
68.
Fig.
End of mosquito wing highly magnified 86
69.
Fig. Diagram to show the alimentary canal and salivary
87
70. glands of a mosquito
Page 20
Fig.
Salivary glands of mosquitoes 87
71.
Fig.
Heads of culicinæ mosquitoes 90
72.
Fig.
Heads of anophelinæ mosquitoes 90
73.
Fig.
Wing of Anopheles maculipennis 90
74.
Fig.
Wing of Theobaldia incidens 90
75.
Fig. A non-malarial mosquito (T. Incidens), male,
91
76. standing on the wall
Fig.
Female of same 91
77.
Fig. A malarial mosquito (A. maculipennis), male,
91
78. standing on the wall
Fig.
Female of same 91
79.
Fig.
Egg of Anopheles, side view 92
80.
Fig.
Egg of anopheles, dorsal view 92
81.
Fig.
Anopheles larvæ 92
82.
Fig.
Anopheles larvæ 93
83.
Fig.
Anopheles larva, dorsal view 93
84.
Fig.
Anopheles pupæ resting at surface of water 93
85.
Fig.
Salt-marsh mosquito (Ochlerotatus lativittatus); male 98
86.
Fig.
Salt-marsh mosquito (O. lativittatus); female 98
87.
Fig.
Top-minnow (Mollienisia latipinna) 99
88.
Salivary glands of mosquitoes 87
71.
Fig.
Heads of culicinæ mosquitoes 90
72.
Fig.
Heads of anophelinæ mosquitoes 90
73.
Fig.
Wing of Anopheles maculipennis 90
74.
Fig.
Wing of Theobaldia incidens 90
75.
Fig. A non-malarial mosquito (T. Incidens), male,
91
76. standing on the wall
Fig.
Female of same 91
77.
Fig. A malarial mosquito (A. maculipennis), male,
91
78. standing on the wall
Fig.
Female of same 91
79.
Fig.
Egg of Anopheles, side view 92
80.
Fig.
Egg of anopheles, dorsal view 92
81.
Fig.
Anopheles larvæ 92
82.
Fig.
Anopheles larvæ 93
83.
Fig.
Anopheles larva, dorsal view 93
84.
Fig.
Anopheles pupæ resting at surface of water 93
85.
Fig.
Salt-marsh mosquito (Ochlerotatus lativittatus); male 98
86.
Fig.
Salt-marsh mosquito (O. lativittatus); female 98
87.
Fig.
Top-minnow (Mollienisia latipinna) 99
88.
Page 21
Fig.
Dragon-flies 99
89.
Fig.
The Young (nymph) of a dragon-fly 100
90.
Fig.
The cast skin (exuvæ) of a dragon-fly nymph 100
91.
Fig.
Diving-beetles and back-swimmers 101
92.
Fig.
Killifish (Fundulus heteroliatus) 102
93.
Fig.
Stickleback (Apeltes quadracus) 102
94.
Fig. An old watering-trough, an excellent breeding-
103
95. place for mosquitoes
Fig.
Horse and cattle tracks in mud filled with water 108
96.
Fig.
A malarial mosquito (Anopheles maculipennis)male 108
97.
Fig.
A malarial mosquito (A. maculipennis) female 109
98.
Fig. Diagram to illustrate the life-history of the
110
99. malarial parasite
Fig.
Malarial mosquito (A. maculipennis) on the wall 111
100.
Fig. Malarial mosquito (A. maculipennis) standing on a
111
101. table
Fig. Salt-marsh mosquito (O. lativittatus) standing on a
118
102. table
Fig.
Anopheles hanging from the ceiling 118
103.
Fig.
Yellow fever mosquito (Stegomyia calopus) 122
104.
Fig.
Rat-flea (Læmopsylla cheopis); male 152
105.
Fig.
Rat-flea (L. cheopis); female 152
106.
Dragon-flies 99
89.
Fig.
The Young (nymph) of a dragon-fly 100
90.
Fig.
The cast skin (exuvæ) of a dragon-fly nymph 100
91.
Fig.
Diving-beetles and back-swimmers 101
92.
Fig.
Killifish (Fundulus heteroliatus) 102
93.
Fig.
Stickleback (Apeltes quadracus) 102
94.
Fig. An old watering-trough, an excellent breeding-
103
95. place for mosquitoes
Fig.
Horse and cattle tracks in mud filled with water 108
96.
Fig.
A malarial mosquito (Anopheles maculipennis)male 108
97.
Fig.
A malarial mosquito (A. maculipennis) female 109
98.
Fig. Diagram to illustrate the life-history of the
110
99. malarial parasite
Fig.
Malarial mosquito (A. maculipennis) on the wall 111
100.
Fig. Malarial mosquito (A. maculipennis) standing on a
111
101. table
Fig. Salt-marsh mosquito (O. lativittatus) standing on a
118
102. table
Fig.
Anopheles hanging from the ceiling 118
103.
Fig.
Yellow fever mosquito (Stegomyia calopus) 122
104.
Fig.
Rat-flea (Læmopsylla cheopis); male 152
105.
Fig.
Rat-flea (L. cheopis); female 152
106.
Page 22
Fig.
Head of rat-flea showing mouth-parts 153
107.
Fig.
Human-flea (Pulex irritans); male 153
108.
Fig.
Human-flea (P. irritans); female 156
109.
Fig.
Mouse-flea (Ctenopsyllus musculi); female 156
110.
Fig.
Trypanosoma gambiense 164
111.
Fig.
Tsetse-fly 164
112.
Head of rat-flea showing mouth-parts 153
107.
Fig.
Human-flea (Pulex irritans); male 153
108.
Fig.
Human-flea (P. irritans); female 156
109.
Fig.
Mouse-flea (Ctenopsyllus musculi); female 156
110.
Fig.
Trypanosoma gambiense 164
111.
Fig.
Tsetse-fly 164
112.
Page 23
INSECTS AND DISEASE
Page 24
CHAPTER I
PARASITISM AND DISEASE
PARASITES
HE dictionary says that a parasite is a living organism, either
animal or plant, that lives in or on some other organism from
which it derives its nourishment for a whole or part of its
existence. This definition will serve as well as any, as it seems to
include all the forms that might be classed as parasites. As a general thing,
however, we are accustomed to think of a parasite as working more or less
injury to its host, or perhaps we had better say that if it does not cause any
irritation or ill effects its presence is not noted and we do not think of it at
all.
As a matter of fact the number of parasitic organisms that are actually
detrimental to the welfare of their hosts is comparatively small while the
number of forms both large and small that lead parasitic lives in or on
various hosts, usually doing no appreciable harm, often perhaps without the
host being aware of their presence, is very great indeed.
Few of the higher animals live parasitic lives. The nearest approach to a
true parasite among the vertebrates is the lamprey-eel (Fig. 1) which
attaches itself to the body of a fish and sucks the blood or eats the flesh.
Among the Crustaceans, the group that includes the lobsters and crabs, we
find many examples of parasites, the most extraordinary of which is the
curious crab known as Sacculina (Fig. 2). In its early stages this creature is
free-swimming and looks not unlike other young crabs. But it soon attaches
itself to another crab and begins to live at the expense of its host. Then it
commences to undergo remarkable changes and finally becomes a mere
PARASITISM AND DISEASE
PARASITES
HE dictionary says that a parasite is a living organism, either
animal or plant, that lives in or on some other organism from
which it derives its nourishment for a whole or part of its
existence. This definition will serve as well as any, as it seems to
include all the forms that might be classed as parasites. As a general thing,
however, we are accustomed to think of a parasite as working more or less
injury to its host, or perhaps we had better say that if it does not cause any
irritation or ill effects its presence is not noted and we do not think of it at
all.
As a matter of fact the number of parasitic organisms that are actually
detrimental to the welfare of their hosts is comparatively small while the
number of forms both large and small that lead parasitic lives in or on
various hosts, usually doing no appreciable harm, often perhaps without the
host being aware of their presence, is very great indeed.
Few of the higher animals live parasitic lives. The nearest approach to a
true parasite among the vertebrates is the lamprey-eel (Fig. 1) which
attaches itself to the body of a fish and sucks the blood or eats the flesh.
Among the Crustaceans, the group that includes the lobsters and crabs, we
find many examples of parasites, the most extraordinary of which is the
curious crab known as Sacculina (Fig. 2). In its early stages this creature is
free-swimming and looks not unlike other young crabs. But it soon attaches
itself to another crab and begins to live at the expense of its host. Then it
commences to undergo remarkable changes and finally becomes a mere
Page 25
sac-like organ with a number of long slender root-like processes penetrating
and taking nourishment from the body of the unfortunate crab-host.
The worms furnish many well-known examples of parasites, whole
groups of them being especially adapted to parasitic life. The tapeworms,
common in many animals and often occurring in man, the roundworms of
which the trichina (Fig. 3) that causes "measly" pork is a representative, are
familiar examples. These and a host of others all show a very high degree of
specialization fitting them for their peculiar lives in their hosts.
Fig. 1
and taking nourishment from the body of the unfortunate crab-host.
The worms furnish many well-known examples of parasites, whole
groups of them being especially adapted to parasitic life. The tapeworms,
common in many animals and often occurring in man, the roundworms of
which the trichina (Fig. 3) that causes "measly" pork is a representative, are
familiar examples. These and a host of others all show a very high degree of
specialization fitting them for their peculiar lives in their hosts.
Fig. 1
Page 26
Fig. 2 Fig. 3
Fig. 1—A lamprey. (After Goode.)
Fig. 2—Sacculina; A, parasite attached to a crab; B, the active larval condition; C, the adult
removed from its host. (After Haeckel.)
Fig. 3—Trichina spiralis encysted in muscle of a pig. (From Kellogg's Elementary Zoöl.)
Fig. 1—A lamprey. (After Goode.)
Fig. 2—Sacculina; A, parasite attached to a crab; B, the active larval condition; C, the adult
removed from its host. (After Haeckel.)
Fig. 3—Trichina spiralis encysted in muscle of a pig. (From Kellogg's Elementary Zoöl.)
Page 27
Fig. 4 Fig. 5
Fig. 6
Fig. 4—An external parasite, a bird-louse (Lipeurus ferox).
Fig. 5—A tachina fly (Blepharipeza adusta) the larva of which is an internal parasite.
Fig. 6
Fig. 4—An external parasite, a bird-louse (Lipeurus ferox).
Fig. 5—A tachina fly (Blepharipeza adusta) the larva of which is an internal parasite.
Page 28
Fig. 6—Work of an internal parasite, puss-moth larva parasitized by a small ichneumon fly.
From among the insects may be selected interesting examples of almost
all kinds and degrees of parasitism, temporary, permanent, external, internal
(Figs. 4, 5, 6). Among them is found, too, that curious condition known as
hyperparasitism where one animal, itself a parasite, is preyed upon by a still
smaller parasite.
"The larger fleas have smaller fleas
Upon their backs to bite um,
These little fleas still smaller fleas
And so ad infinitum."
Coming now to the minute, microscopic, one-celled animals, the
Protozoa, we find entire groups of them that are living parasitic lives,
depending wholly on one or more hosts for their existence. Many of these
have a very remarkable life-history, living part of the time in one host, part
in another. The malarial parasite and others that cause some of the diseases
of man and domestic animals are among the most important of these.
PARASITISM
Among all these parasites, from the highest to the lowest the process
that has fitted them for a parasitic life has been one of degeneration. While
they may be specialized to an extreme degree in one direction they are
usually found to have some of the parts or organs, which in closely related
forms are well developed, atrophied or entirely wanting. As a rule this is a
distinct advantage rather than a disadvantage to the parasite, for those parts
or organs that are lost would be useless or even in the way in its special
mode of life.
Then, too, the parasite often gives up all its independence and becomes
wholly dependent on its host or hosts not only for its food but for its
dissemination from one animal to another, in order that the species may not
perish with the host. But in return for all this it has gained a life of ease, free
from most of the dangers that beset the more independent animals, and is
From among the insects may be selected interesting examples of almost
all kinds and degrees of parasitism, temporary, permanent, external, internal
(Figs. 4, 5, 6). Among them is found, too, that curious condition known as
hyperparasitism where one animal, itself a parasite, is preyed upon by a still
smaller parasite.
"The larger fleas have smaller fleas
Upon their backs to bite um,
These little fleas still smaller fleas
And so ad infinitum."
Coming now to the minute, microscopic, one-celled animals, the
Protozoa, we find entire groups of them that are living parasitic lives,
depending wholly on one or more hosts for their existence. Many of these
have a very remarkable life-history, living part of the time in one host, part
in another. The malarial parasite and others that cause some of the diseases
of man and domestic animals are among the most important of these.
PARASITISM
Among all these parasites, from the highest to the lowest the process
that has fitted them for a parasitic life has been one of degeneration. While
they may be specialized to an extreme degree in one direction they are
usually found to have some of the parts or organs, which in closely related
forms are well developed, atrophied or entirely wanting. As a rule this is a
distinct advantage rather than a disadvantage to the parasite, for those parts
or organs that are lost would be useless or even in the way in its special
mode of life.
Then, too, the parasite often gives up all its independence and becomes
wholly dependent on its host or hosts not only for its food but for its
dissemination from one animal to another, in order that the species may not
perish with the host. But in return for all this it has gained a life of ease, free
from most of the dangers that beset the more independent animals, and is
Page 29
thus able to devote its whole time and energy to development and the
propagation of the species.
We are accustomed to group the parasites that we know into two
classes, as harmful or injurious and as harmless, the latter including all
those kinds that do not ordinarily affect our well-being in any way. But such
a classification is not always satisfactory or safe, for certain organisms that
to-day or under present conditions are not harmful may, on account of a
great increase in numbers or change of conditions, become of prime
importance to-morrow. An animal that is well and strong may harbor large
numbers of parasites which are living at the expense of some of the host's
food or energy or comfort, yet the loss is so small that it is not noticed and
the intruders, if they are thought of at all, are classed as harmless. Or we
may at times even look upon them as beneficial in one way or another. "A
reasonable amount of fleas is good for a dog. They keep him from brooding
on being a dog."
But should these parasites for some reason or other increase rapidly they
might work great harm to the host. Even David Harum would limit the
number of fleas on a dog. Or the animal might become weakened from
some cause so that the drain on its resources made by the parasites, even
though they did not increase in numbers, would materially affect it.
Perhaps the most serious way in which parasites that are usually
harmless may become of great importance is illustrated by their
introduction into new regions or, as is more often the case, by the
introduction of new hosts into the region where the parasites are found.
Under normal conditions the animals of a given region are usually immune
to the parasites of the same region. That is, they actually repel them and do
not suffer them to exist in or on their bodies, or they are tolerant toward
them. In the latter case the parasites live at the expense of the host, but the
host has become used to their being there, adapted to them, and the injury
that they do, if any, is negligible.
propagation of the species.
We are accustomed to group the parasites that we know into two
classes, as harmful or injurious and as harmless, the latter including all
those kinds that do not ordinarily affect our well-being in any way. But such
a classification is not always satisfactory or safe, for certain organisms that
to-day or under present conditions are not harmful may, on account of a
great increase in numbers or change of conditions, become of prime
importance to-morrow. An animal that is well and strong may harbor large
numbers of parasites which are living at the expense of some of the host's
food or energy or comfort, yet the loss is so small that it is not noticed and
the intruders, if they are thought of at all, are classed as harmless. Or we
may at times even look upon them as beneficial in one way or another. "A
reasonable amount of fleas is good for a dog. They keep him from brooding
on being a dog."
But should these parasites for some reason or other increase rapidly they
might work great harm to the host. Even David Harum would limit the
number of fleas on a dog. Or the animal might become weakened from
some cause so that the drain on its resources made by the parasites, even
though they did not increase in numbers, would materially affect it.
Perhaps the most serious way in which parasites that are usually
harmless may become of great importance is illustrated by their
introduction into new regions or, as is more often the case, by the
introduction of new hosts into the region where the parasites are found.
Under normal conditions the animals of a given region are usually immune
to the parasites of the same region. That is, they actually repel them and do
not suffer them to exist in or on their bodies, or they are tolerant toward
them. In the latter case the parasites live at the expense of the host, but the
host has become used to their being there, adapted to them, and the injury
that they do, if any, is negligible.
Page 30
But when a new animal comes into the region from some other locality
the parasites may be extremely dangerous to it. There are many striking
examples of this. Most of the people living in what is known as the yellow
fever belt are immune to the fever. They will not develop it even under
conditions that would surely mean infection for a person from outside this
zone. Certain of our common diseases which we regard as of little
consequence become very serious matters when introduced among a people
that has never known them before. The cattle of the southern states are
immune to the Texas fever, but let northern cattle be sent south or let the
ticks which transmit the disease be taken north where they can get on cattle
there, and the results are disastrous.
Another striking example and one that is attracting world-wide attention
just now is the trypanosome that is causing such devastation among the
inhabitants of central Africa. With the advent of white men into this region
and the consequent migration of the natives along the trade routes this
parasite, which is the cause of sleeping sickness, is being introduced into
new regions and thousands upon thousands of people are dying as a result
of its ravages.
DISEASES CAUSED BY PARASITES
Some two hundred years ago, after it became known that minute animal
parasites were associated with certain diseases and were the cause of them,
it rapidly came to be believed that all our ills were in some way caused by
such parasites, known or unknown. Further study and investigation failed to
reveal the intruders in many instances and so it began to be doubted
whether after all they were responsible for much that had been laid at their
doors. Then after it was discovered that minute plant parasites, bacteria,
were responsible for many diseases they in turn began to be accused of
being the cause of most of the ills that the flesh is heir to.
In later years we have come to adopt what seems to be a more
reasonable view, for we can see and definitely prove that neither of these
the parasites may be extremely dangerous to it. There are many striking
examples of this. Most of the people living in what is known as the yellow
fever belt are immune to the fever. They will not develop it even under
conditions that would surely mean infection for a person from outside this
zone. Certain of our common diseases which we regard as of little
consequence become very serious matters when introduced among a people
that has never known them before. The cattle of the southern states are
immune to the Texas fever, but let northern cattle be sent south or let the
ticks which transmit the disease be taken north where they can get on cattle
there, and the results are disastrous.
Another striking example and one that is attracting world-wide attention
just now is the trypanosome that is causing such devastation among the
inhabitants of central Africa. With the advent of white men into this region
and the consequent migration of the natives along the trade routes this
parasite, which is the cause of sleeping sickness, is being introduced into
new regions and thousands upon thousands of people are dying as a result
of its ravages.
DISEASES CAUSED BY PARASITES
Some two hundred years ago, after it became known that minute animal
parasites were associated with certain diseases and were the cause of them,
it rapidly came to be believed that all our ills were in some way caused by
such parasites, known or unknown. Further study and investigation failed to
reveal the intruders in many instances and so it began to be doubted
whether after all they were responsible for much that had been laid at their
doors. Then after it was discovered that minute plant parasites, bacteria,
were responsible for many diseases they in turn began to be accused of
being the cause of most of the ills that the flesh is heir to.
In later years we have come to adopt what seems to be a more
reasonable view, for we can see and definitely prove that neither of these
Page 31
extreme views was correct but that there was much truth in each of them.
To-day we recognize that certain diseases, such as typhoid, cholera,
tuberculosis and many others, are caused by the presence of bacteria in the
body, and it is just as definitely known that such maladies as malaria and
sleeping sickness are caused by animal parasites.
Then there is a long list of other epidemic diseases, such as smallpox,
measles and scarlet fever, the exact cause of which has not been
determined. Many of these are believed to be due to micro-organisms of
some kind, and if so they will almost certainly sooner or later be found.
Curiously enough most of the diseases in this last class and many of those
in the first are contagious, while all that are caused by animal parasites are,
as far as is known, infectious but not contagious.
INFECTIOUS AND CONTAGIOUS DISEASES
It is important that we keep in mind this distinction. By contagious
diseases are meant those that are transmitted by contact with the diseased
person either directly, by touch, or indirectly by the use of the same articles,
by the breath or effluvial emanations from the body or other sources. Small-
pox, measles, influenza, etc., are examples of this group. By infectious
diseases are meant those which are disseminated indirectly, that is, in a
roundabout way by means of water or food or other substances taken into or
introduced into the body in some way. Typhoid, malaria, and yellow fever,
cholera and others are examples of this class. Thus it is evident that all of
the contagious diseases may be infectious, but many of the infectious
diseases are not as a rule contagious, although some of them may become
so under favorable conditions.
Just one example will show the importance of knowing whether a
disease is contagious or infectious. Until a few years ago it was believed
that yellow fever was highly contagious and every precaution was taken to
keep the disease from spreading by keeping the infected region in strict
quarantine. This often meant much hardship and suffering and always a
To-day we recognize that certain diseases, such as typhoid, cholera,
tuberculosis and many others, are caused by the presence of bacteria in the
body, and it is just as definitely known that such maladies as malaria and
sleeping sickness are caused by animal parasites.
Then there is a long list of other epidemic diseases, such as smallpox,
measles and scarlet fever, the exact cause of which has not been
determined. Many of these are believed to be due to micro-organisms of
some kind, and if so they will almost certainly sooner or later be found.
Curiously enough most of the diseases in this last class and many of those
in the first are contagious, while all that are caused by animal parasites are,
as far as is known, infectious but not contagious.
INFECTIOUS AND CONTAGIOUS DISEASES
It is important that we keep in mind this distinction. By contagious
diseases are meant those that are transmitted by contact with the diseased
person either directly, by touch, or indirectly by the use of the same articles,
by the breath or effluvial emanations from the body or other sources. Small-
pox, measles, influenza, etc., are examples of this group. By infectious
diseases are meant those which are disseminated indirectly, that is, in a
roundabout way by means of water or food or other substances taken into or
introduced into the body in some way. Typhoid, malaria, and yellow fever,
cholera and others are examples of this class. Thus it is evident that all of
the contagious diseases may be infectious, but many of the infectious
diseases are not as a rule contagious, although some of them may become
so under favorable conditions.
Just one example will show the importance of knowing whether a
disease is contagious or infectious. Until a few years ago it was believed
that yellow fever was highly contagious and every precaution was taken to
keep the disease from spreading by keeping the infected region in strict
quarantine. This often meant much hardship and suffering and always a
Page 32
great financial loss. We now know that it is infectious only and not
contagious, and that all this quarantine was unnecessary. The whole fight in
controlling an outbreak of yellow fever or in preventing such an outbreak is
now directed against the mosquito, the sole agent by which the disease can
be transmitted from one person to another.
EFFECT OF THE PARASITE ON THE HOST
We have seen how a few parasites in or on an animal do not as a rule
produce any appreciable ill effects. This is of course a most fortunate thing
for us, for the parasitic germs are everywhere.
There is perhaps "more truth than poetry" in the following newspaper
jingle:
"Sing a song of microbes,
Dainty little things,
Eyes and ears and horns and tails,
Claws and fangs and stings.
Microbes in the carpet,
Microbes in the wall,
Microbes in the vestibule,
Microbes in the hall.
Microbes on my money,
Microbes in my hair,
Microbes on my meat and bread,
Microbes everywhere.
Microbes in the butter,
Microbes in the cheese,
Microbes on the knives and forks,
Microbes in the breeze.
Friends are little microbes,
Enemies are big,
Life among the microbes is—
Nothing 'infra dig.'
Fussy little microbes,
Millions at a birth,
Make our flesh and blood and bones,
Keep us on the earth."
contagious, and that all this quarantine was unnecessary. The whole fight in
controlling an outbreak of yellow fever or in preventing such an outbreak is
now directed against the mosquito, the sole agent by which the disease can
be transmitted from one person to another.
EFFECT OF THE PARASITE ON THE HOST
We have seen how a few parasites in or on an animal do not as a rule
produce any appreciable ill effects. This is of course a most fortunate thing
for us, for the parasitic germs are everywhere.
There is perhaps "more truth than poetry" in the following newspaper
jingle:
"Sing a song of microbes,
Dainty little things,
Eyes and ears and horns and tails,
Claws and fangs and stings.
Microbes in the carpet,
Microbes in the wall,
Microbes in the vestibule,
Microbes in the hall.
Microbes on my money,
Microbes in my hair,
Microbes on my meat and bread,
Microbes everywhere.
Microbes in the butter,
Microbes in the cheese,
Microbes on the knives and forks,
Microbes in the breeze.
Friends are little microbes,
Enemies are big,
Life among the microbes is—
Nothing 'infra dig.'
Fussy little microbes,
Millions at a birth,
Make our flesh and blood and bones,
Keep us on the earth."
Page 33
While of course most of these microbes are to be regarded as absolutely
harmless and some as very useful, many have the power to do much injury
if the proper conditions for their rapid development should at any time
exist. While the size of the parasite is always a factor in the damage that it
may do to the host the factor of numbers is perhaps of still greater
importance because of the power of very rapid multiplication possessed by
so many of the smaller forms.
Certain minute parasites in the blood may cause little or no
inconvenience, but should they begin to multiply too rapidly some of the
capillaries may be filled up and trouble thus result. Or take some of the
larger forms. A few intestinal worms may cause no appreciable effect on the
host, but as soon as their numbers increase serious conditions may come
about simply by the presence of the great masses in the host even if they
were not robbing it of its nourishment. Many instances are known where
such worms have formed masses that completely clogged up the alimentary
canal. Such injuries as these may be regarded as mechanical injuries. Some
parasites injure the host only when they are laying their eggs or reproducing
the young. These may clog up passages or some of them may be carried to
some more sensitive part of the body where the damage is done. The
guinea-worm of southwestern Asia and of Africa lives in the body of its
host for nearly a year sometimes attaining a great length and migrating
through the connective tissue to different parts of the body causing no
particular inconvenience until it is ready to lay its eggs when it comes to the
surface and then great suffering may result. The African eye-worm is
another example of a parasite causing mechanical injury only at certain
times. It works in the tissues of the body sometimes for a long while, doing
no harm unless it finds its way to the connective tissue of the eyeball.
It is known that many of the germs which cause diseases cannot get into
the body unless the protecting membranes have first been injured in some
way. Thus the germs that cause plague and lockjaw find their way into the
system principally through abrasions of the skin. Many physicians have
come to believe that the typhoid fever germ cannot get into the body from
harmless and some as very useful, many have the power to do much injury
if the proper conditions for their rapid development should at any time
exist. While the size of the parasite is always a factor in the damage that it
may do to the host the factor of numbers is perhaps of still greater
importance because of the power of very rapid multiplication possessed by
so many of the smaller forms.
Certain minute parasites in the blood may cause little or no
inconvenience, but should they begin to multiply too rapidly some of the
capillaries may be filled up and trouble thus result. Or take some of the
larger forms. A few intestinal worms may cause no appreciable effect on the
host, but as soon as their numbers increase serious conditions may come
about simply by the presence of the great masses in the host even if they
were not robbing it of its nourishment. Many instances are known where
such worms have formed masses that completely clogged up the alimentary
canal. Such injuries as these may be regarded as mechanical injuries. Some
parasites injure the host only when they are laying their eggs or reproducing
the young. These may clog up passages or some of them may be carried to
some more sensitive part of the body where the damage is done. The
guinea-worm of southwestern Asia and of Africa lives in the body of its
host for nearly a year sometimes attaining a great length and migrating
through the connective tissue to different parts of the body causing no
particular inconvenience until it is ready to lay its eggs when it comes to the
surface and then great suffering may result. The African eye-worm is
another example of a parasite causing mechanical injury only at certain
times. It works in the tissues of the body sometimes for a long while, doing
no harm unless it finds its way to the connective tissue of the eyeball.
It is known that many of the germs which cause diseases cannot get into
the body unless the protecting membranes have first been injured in some
way. Thus the germs that cause plague and lockjaw find their way into the
system principally through abrasions of the skin. Many physicians have
come to believe that the typhoid fever germ cannot get into the body from
Page 34
the intestine where it is taken with our food or drink unless the walls of the
intestine have been injured in some way. It is well known that of the many
parasites that inhabit the alimentary canal some rasp the surface and others
bore through into the body cavity. This in itself may not be a serious thing,
but if the mechanical injury thus caused opens the way for malignant germs,
baneful results may follow. Even that popular disease appendicitis is
believed to be due sometimes to the injury caused by the work of parasites
in the appendix.
Parasites may cause morphological or structural changes in the tissues
of their hosts. The stimulation caused by their presence may result in
swellings or excresences or other abnormal growths. Interesting examples
of this are to be found in the way in which pearls are formed in various
mollusks. In the pearl oysters of Ceylon occur some of the best pearls. If
these are carefully sectioned there may usually be found at the center the
remains of certain cestode larvæ whose presence in the oyster caused it to
deposit the nacreous layers that make up the pearl. Other parasites cause
similar growths in various shellfish. The great enlargements of the arms or
legs or other parts of the body seen in patients affected with elephantiasis is
an abnormal growth due to the presence of the parasitic filaræ in some of
the lymph-glands where they have come to rest.
Finally, the parasite may exert a direct physiological effect on the host.
This is evident when the parasite demands and takes a portion of the
nourishment that would otherwise go to the building up of the host.
Sometimes this is of little importance, but at other times it may be a matter
of life or death to the infected animal. The physiological effect produced
may be due to the toxins or poisonous matters that are given off by the
parasite while it is living in the host's body. Thus it is believed that the
malarial patients usually suffer less from the actual loss of red blood-
corpuscles that are destroyed by the parasite than they do from the effects of
the poisonous excretions that are poured into the circulation when the
thousands of corpuscles break to release the parasites.
intestine have been injured in some way. It is well known that of the many
parasites that inhabit the alimentary canal some rasp the surface and others
bore through into the body cavity. This in itself may not be a serious thing,
but if the mechanical injury thus caused opens the way for malignant germs,
baneful results may follow. Even that popular disease appendicitis is
believed to be due sometimes to the injury caused by the work of parasites
in the appendix.
Parasites may cause morphological or structural changes in the tissues
of their hosts. The stimulation caused by their presence may result in
swellings or excresences or other abnormal growths. Interesting examples
of this are to be found in the way in which pearls are formed in various
mollusks. In the pearl oysters of Ceylon occur some of the best pearls. If
these are carefully sectioned there may usually be found at the center the
remains of certain cestode larvæ whose presence in the oyster caused it to
deposit the nacreous layers that make up the pearl. Other parasites cause
similar growths in various shellfish. The great enlargements of the arms or
legs or other parts of the body seen in patients affected with elephantiasis is
an abnormal growth due to the presence of the parasitic filaræ in some of
the lymph-glands where they have come to rest.
Finally, the parasite may exert a direct physiological effect on the host.
This is evident when the parasite demands and takes a portion of the
nourishment that would otherwise go to the building up of the host.
Sometimes this is of little importance, but at other times it may be a matter
of life or death to the infected animal. The physiological effect produced
may be due to the toxins or poisonous matters that are given off by the
parasite while it is living in the host's body. Thus it is believed that the
malarial patients usually suffer less from the actual loss of red blood-
corpuscles that are destroyed by the parasite than they do from the effects of
the poisonous excretions that are poured into the circulation when the
thousands of corpuscles break to release the parasites.
Page 35
One other point in regard to the relation of the parasite to its host and
this part of the subject may be dismissed. From our standpoint we look
upon the presence of parasites in the body as an abnormal condition. From a
biological standpoint their presence there is perfectly normal; it is a
necessary part of their life. We think that they have no business there, but
from the viewpoint of the parasites their whole business is to be just there.
If they are not, they perish. And when we take a dose of quinine or other
drug we are killing or driving from their homes millions of these little
creatures who have taken up their abode with us for the time being. But
they interfere with our health and comfort, so they must go.
this part of the subject may be dismissed. From our standpoint we look
upon the presence of parasites in the body as an abnormal condition. From a
biological standpoint their presence there is perfectly normal; it is a
necessary part of their life. We think that they have no business there, but
from the viewpoint of the parasites their whole business is to be just there.
If they are not, they perish. And when we take a dose of quinine or other
drug we are killing or driving from their homes millions of these little
creatures who have taken up their abode with us for the time being. But
they interfere with our health and comfort, so they must go.
Page 36
CHAPTER II
BACTERIA AND PROTOZOA
BACTERIA
N the border line between the plant and the animal worlds are
many forms which possess some of the characteristics of both.
Indeed when an attempt is made to separate all known organisms
into two groups one is immediately confronted with difficulties.
In looking over the text-books of Botany we will find that certain low forms
are discussed there as belonging with the plants, and on turning to the
manuals of Zoölogy we will find that the same organisms are placed among
the lowest forms of animals. The question is of course of little actual
importance from certain points of view. It serves, however, to show the
close relation of all forms of life, and from a medical standpoint it may be
of very great importance owing to the difference in the life-habits, methods
of reproduction and methods of transmission of many of the forms that
cause disease. We have already seen that none of the diseases that are
caused by animal parasites is contagious, while many of those caused by
bacteria are both contagious and infectious.
Just over on the plant side of this indefinite border line are the minute
organisms known as bacteria. Their numbers are infinite and they are found
everywhere. The majority of them are beneficial to mankind in one way or
another, but some of them cause certain of the diseases that we will have to
discuss later so attention may be called here to a few of the important facts
in regard to their organization and life-history in order that we may better
understand how they may be so easily transferred from one host to another.
Although these bacilli are so extremely minute (Fig. 7), some of them
so small that they cannot be seen with the most powerful microscopes, they
BACTERIA AND PROTOZOA
BACTERIA
N the border line between the plant and the animal worlds are
many forms which possess some of the characteristics of both.
Indeed when an attempt is made to separate all known organisms
into two groups one is immediately confronted with difficulties.
In looking over the text-books of Botany we will find that certain low forms
are discussed there as belonging with the plants, and on turning to the
manuals of Zoölogy we will find that the same organisms are placed among
the lowest forms of animals. The question is of course of little actual
importance from certain points of view. It serves, however, to show the
close relation of all forms of life, and from a medical standpoint it may be
of very great importance owing to the difference in the life-habits, methods
of reproduction and methods of transmission of many of the forms that
cause disease. We have already seen that none of the diseases that are
caused by animal parasites is contagious, while many of those caused by
bacteria are both contagious and infectious.
Just over on the plant side of this indefinite border line are the minute
organisms known as bacteria. Their numbers are infinite and they are found
everywhere. The majority of them are beneficial to mankind in one way or
another, but some of them cause certain of the diseases that we will have to
discuss later so attention may be called here to a few of the important facts
in regard to their organization and life-history in order that we may better
understand how they may be so easily transferred from one host to another.
Although these bacilli are so extremely minute (Fig. 7), some of them
so small that they cannot be seen with the most powerful microscopes, they
Page 37
differ in size, shape, methods of division and spore-formation. Each species
makes a characteristic growth on gelatin, agar or other media upon which it
may be cultivated. In this way as well as by the inoculation of animals the
presence of the ultramicroscopic kinds may be demonstrated.
The method of reproduction is very simple. They increase to a certain
point in size, then divide. This growth and division takes place very rapidly.
Twenty to thirty minutes is sufficient time in some cases for a just-divided
cell to attain full size and divide again. Thus in a few days time the number
of bacteria resulting from a single individual would be inconceivable if they
should all develop.
Fortunately for us, however, they do not all multiply so rapidly as this
and besides there are natural checks, not the least of which are the
substances given off by the bacteria themselves in their growth and
development. Such excretions often serve to inhibit further multiplication.
Sometimes, though not often, they form spores which not only provide for a
more rapid multiplication, but enable the organism to live under conditions
that would otherwise prove fatal to it.
Bacteria may be conveniently grouped under two heads: those that live
upon dead organic matter, known as the saprophytic forms, and those that
are found in living plants or animals, the true parasites. Such a grouping is
not always entirely satisfactory, for many of the kinds that live
saprophytically under normal conditions may become parasitic if
opportunity offers, and also many of those that are usually regarded as
parasitic may be grown in cultures of agar or other media, under which
conditions they may be regarded as living saprophytically.
It is this power of easily adapting themselves to different conditions that
makes many of the kinds dangerous. The bacillus which causes tetanus or
lockjaw will illustrate this. It is a rather common bacillus in soil in many
localities. As long as it remains there it is of no special importance, but if it
makes a characteristic growth on gelatin, agar or other media upon which it
may be cultivated. In this way as well as by the inoculation of animals the
presence of the ultramicroscopic kinds may be demonstrated.
The method of reproduction is very simple. They increase to a certain
point in size, then divide. This growth and division takes place very rapidly.
Twenty to thirty minutes is sufficient time in some cases for a just-divided
cell to attain full size and divide again. Thus in a few days time the number
of bacteria resulting from a single individual would be inconceivable if they
should all develop.
Fortunately for us, however, they do not all multiply so rapidly as this
and besides there are natural checks, not the least of which are the
substances given off by the bacteria themselves in their growth and
development. Such excretions often serve to inhibit further multiplication.
Sometimes, though not often, they form spores which not only provide for a
more rapid multiplication, but enable the organism to live under conditions
that would otherwise prove fatal to it.
Bacteria may be conveniently grouped under two heads: those that live
upon dead organic matter, known as the saprophytic forms, and those that
are found in living plants or animals, the true parasites. Such a grouping is
not always entirely satisfactory, for many of the kinds that live
saprophytically under normal conditions may become parasitic if
opportunity offers, and also many of those that are usually regarded as
parasitic may be grown in cultures of agar or other media, under which
conditions they may be regarded as living saprophytically.
It is this power of easily adapting themselves to different conditions that
makes many of the kinds dangerous. The bacillus which causes tetanus or
lockjaw will illustrate this. It is a rather common bacillus in soil in many
localities. As long as it remains there it is of no special importance, but if it
Page 38
is introduced into the body through a scratch or any other wound it becomes
a very serious matter.
We may say, then, that the effect the bacillus has on the host depends
largely on the host. Not only does it depend on what the host is, but the
particular condition of the host at the time of infection is of importance.
Children are subject to many diseases that adults seldom have. Hunger,
thirst, fatigue, exposure and other factors may make a person susceptible to
the actions of certain bacteria that would be harmless under other
conditions.
The minute size and great numbers of the bacteria make their
dissemination a comparatively simple matter. They may be carried in the air
as minute particles of dust; they may be carried in water or milk; they may
be carried on the clothing or on the person from one host to another, or they
may be disseminated in scores of other ways. In other chapters, particularly
the one dealing with the house-fly and typhoid, we shall see how it is that
insects are often important factors in spreading some of the most dreaded of
the bacterial diseases.
THE PROTOZOA
The Protozoa, or one-celled animals, belonged to an unknown world
before the invention of the microscope. The first of these instruments
enabled the early observers to see some of the larger and more conspicuous
members of the group and each improvement of the microscope has enabled
us to see more and more of them and to study in detail not only the structure
but to follow the life-history of many of them.
The Amœba. With some, as the common amœba (Fig. 8), a minute little
form that is to be found in the slime at the bottom of almost any body of
water, the life-history is extremely simple. The organism itself consists of a
minute particle of protoplasm, a single cell with no definite shape or body-
wall and no specialized organs or apparatus for carrying on the life-
functions. It lives in the slime or ooze in fresh or salt water, takes its food
a very serious matter.
We may say, then, that the effect the bacillus has on the host depends
largely on the host. Not only does it depend on what the host is, but the
particular condition of the host at the time of infection is of importance.
Children are subject to many diseases that adults seldom have. Hunger,
thirst, fatigue, exposure and other factors may make a person susceptible to
the actions of certain bacteria that would be harmless under other
conditions.
The minute size and great numbers of the bacteria make their
dissemination a comparatively simple matter. They may be carried in the air
as minute particles of dust; they may be carried in water or milk; they may
be carried on the clothing or on the person from one host to another, or they
may be disseminated in scores of other ways. In other chapters, particularly
the one dealing with the house-fly and typhoid, we shall see how it is that
insects are often important factors in spreading some of the most dreaded of
the bacterial diseases.
THE PROTOZOA
The Protozoa, or one-celled animals, belonged to an unknown world
before the invention of the microscope. The first of these instruments
enabled the early observers to see some of the larger and more conspicuous
members of the group and each improvement of the microscope has enabled
us to see more and more of them and to study in detail not only the structure
but to follow the life-history of many of them.
The Amœba. With some, as the common amœba (Fig. 8), a minute little
form that is to be found in the slime at the bottom of almost any body of
water, the life-history is extremely simple. The organism itself consists of a
minute particle of protoplasm, a single cell with no definite shape or body-
wall and no specialized organs or apparatus for carrying on the life-
functions. It lives in the slime or ooze in fresh or salt water, takes its food
Page 39
by simply flowing over the particle that is to be ingested, grows to a certain
limit of size, then divides into two more or less equal parts, each part
becoming a new animal that goes on with its development as did the parent
form. This process of growth and division may go on for many generations,
but cannot continue indefinitely unless there is a conjugation of two
separate individuals. This process of conjugation is just the opposite to that
of division. Two amœba flow together and become one. It seems to
rejuvenate the organism so that it is able to go on with its division and thus
fulfil its life-mission which is the same for these lowly animals as with the
higher, that of perpetuating the species.
Classes of Protozoa. The group or Phylum Protozoa is divided into four
smaller groups or classes. The amœba belongs to the lowest of these, the
Rhizopoda. Rhizopoda means "root-footed," and the name is applied to
these animals because most of them move about by means of root-like
processes known as pseudopodia or "false feet." This is by far the largest
class and contains thousands of forms, mostly living in salt water but there
are many fresh-water species. They are non-parasitic, but some of them by
their presence in the body may cause such diseases as dysentery, etc.
Fig. 7—Typhoid Fever bacilli. (After Muir and
Ritchie.)
limit of size, then divides into two more or less equal parts, each part
becoming a new animal that goes on with its development as did the parent
form. This process of growth and division may go on for many generations,
but cannot continue indefinitely unless there is a conjugation of two
separate individuals. This process of conjugation is just the opposite to that
of division. Two amœba flow together and become one. It seems to
rejuvenate the organism so that it is able to go on with its division and thus
fulfil its life-mission which is the same for these lowly animals as with the
higher, that of perpetuating the species.
Classes of Protozoa. The group or Phylum Protozoa is divided into four
smaller groups or classes. The amœba belongs to the lowest of these, the
Rhizopoda. Rhizopoda means "root-footed," and the name is applied to
these animals because most of them move about by means of root-like
processes known as pseudopodia or "false feet." This is by far the largest
class and contains thousands of forms, mostly living in salt water but there
are many fresh-water species. They are non-parasitic, but some of them by
their presence in the body may cause such diseases as dysentery, etc.
Fig. 7—Typhoid Fever bacilli. (After Muir and
Ritchie.)
Page 40
Fig. 8—Amœba, showing the forms assumed by a single
individual in four successive changes. (From Kellogg's
Elementary Zoöl.)
Fig. 9—Euglina virdis. (After Saville Kent.)
individual in four successive changes. (From Kellogg's
Elementary Zoöl.)
Fig. 9—Euglina virdis. (After Saville Kent.)
Page 41
Fig. 10—Spirocheta duttoni, × 4500. (After Breinl and Carter.)
The next class which may be known as the whip-bearers
(Mastigophora) includes those Protozoa that move by fine undulating
processes called flagella. One of the common representatives of this class is
the little green Euglena (Fig. 9), whose presence in standing ponds and
puddles often imparts a greenish color to the water. Then in the salt water
near the surface there are often myriads of minute Noctiluca whose
wonderfully phosphorescent little bodies glow like coals of fire when the
water is disturbed at night. Although this class contains fewer forms than
the preceding some of these have within recent years been found to be of
great importance because they live as parasites on man and other animals.
The trypanosome whose presence in the blood and tissues of the patient
causes that dreadful disease which ends in sleeping sickness belongs here as
well as do several other similar kinds that produce serious troubles for
various mammals and birds. The Spirochæta, about which there has been so
much recent discussion, also belong here. These are simple spiral-like forms
(Fig. 10), that are sometimes classed with the simple plants, bacteria, but
Nuttall and others have shown very definitely that they should be classed
with the simplest animals, the Protozoans. These are the cause of relapsing
fevers in man and of several diseases of domestic animals. It is believed by
certain eminent zoölogists that when the germ that causes yellow fever is
discovered it will be found to belong to this group.
The next class which may be known as the whip-bearers
(Mastigophora) includes those Protozoa that move by fine undulating
processes called flagella. One of the common representatives of this class is
the little green Euglena (Fig. 9), whose presence in standing ponds and
puddles often imparts a greenish color to the water. Then in the salt water
near the surface there are often myriads of minute Noctiluca whose
wonderfully phosphorescent little bodies glow like coals of fire when the
water is disturbed at night. Although this class contains fewer forms than
the preceding some of these have within recent years been found to be of
great importance because they live as parasites on man and other animals.
The trypanosome whose presence in the blood and tissues of the patient
causes that dreadful disease which ends in sleeping sickness belongs here as
well as do several other similar kinds that produce serious troubles for
various mammals and birds. The Spirochæta, about which there has been so
much recent discussion, also belong here. These are simple spiral-like forms
(Fig. 10), that are sometimes classed with the simple plants, bacteria, but
Nuttall and others have shown very definitely that they should be classed
with the simplest animals, the Protozoans. These are the cause of relapsing
fevers in man and of several diseases of domestic animals. It is believed by
certain eminent zoölogists that when the germ that causes yellow fever is
discovered it will be found to belong to this group.
Page 42
The members of the class Infusoria, so called because they were early
found to be abundant in various infusions, are characterized by numerous
fine cilia or hair-like organs by means of which the organism moves about
and procures its food. The well-known "slipper animalcule" (Paramoecium)
(Fig. 11), and the "bell-animalcule" (Vorticella) (Fig. 12) are two common
representatives. The Paramoecia were the animals mostly used by Jennings
in his wonderfully interesting experiments on the behavior of these lowly
forms of life. He showed that they always reacted in a certain definite way
in response to particular stimuli, and he was led to believe that he could see
"what must be considered the beginnings of intelligence and of many other
qualities found in the higher animals." A species of Vorticella was probably
the first Protozoan that was ever observed. An old Dutch microscopist,
Anton von Leeuwenhoek, in 1675, while studying with lenses of his own
manufacture, discovered and described forms which undoubtedly belong to
this genus. Few if any of the Infusoria are pathogenic, although some are
said to be associated with certain intestinal diseases both in man and the
lower animals (Fig. 13).
found to be abundant in various infusions, are characterized by numerous
fine cilia or hair-like organs by means of which the organism moves about
and procures its food. The well-known "slipper animalcule" (Paramoecium)
(Fig. 11), and the "bell-animalcule" (Vorticella) (Fig. 12) are two common
representatives. The Paramoecia were the animals mostly used by Jennings
in his wonderfully interesting experiments on the behavior of these lowly
forms of life. He showed that they always reacted in a certain definite way
in response to particular stimuli, and he was led to believe that he could see
"what must be considered the beginnings of intelligence and of many other
qualities found in the higher animals." A species of Vorticella was probably
the first Protozoan that was ever observed. An old Dutch microscopist,
Anton von Leeuwenhoek, in 1675, while studying with lenses of his own
manufacture, discovered and described forms which undoubtedly belong to
this genus. Few if any of the Infusoria are pathogenic, although some are
said to be associated with certain intestinal diseases both in man and the
lower animals (Fig. 13).
Page 43
Fig. 11 Fig. 12
Page 44
Fig. 11—Paramoecium. (From Kellogg's Elementary Zoöl.)
Fig. 12—Vorticella, one individual with the stalk coiled, the other with the stalk extended.
(From Kellogg's Elementary Zoöl.)
Fig. 13—Pathogenic Protozoa; a group of intestinal parasites. A,
B, Megastoma entericum, C, Balantidum entozoon. (After
Calkins.)
The last class, the Sporozoa, or the spore-forming animals, while small
in the number of known species, only about three hundred kinds being
known, is extremely important. A number of diseases in man and other
animals are due to the presence of these Sporozoans, for they are all
parasitic. Few if any animals are exempt from their attacks. They even
attack other minute Protozoa. One hundred and fifty-seven species have
been recorded as attacking insects, one hundred species attack birds, fifty-
two reptiles, eighty crustaceans, twenty-two fish, and so through the list.
Ten have been recorded as attacking man. In some instances the parasite is
always present in the host and some hosts may harbor several different
species of Sporozoa.
Very little work had been done on this group of parasites prior to 1900.
Since that time most of the species that we now know have been
discovered, and within the last few years the life-histories of many of these
Fig. 12—Vorticella, one individual with the stalk coiled, the other with the stalk extended.
(From Kellogg's Elementary Zoöl.)
Fig. 13—Pathogenic Protozoa; a group of intestinal parasites. A,
B, Megastoma entericum, C, Balantidum entozoon. (After
Calkins.)
The last class, the Sporozoa, or the spore-forming animals, while small
in the number of known species, only about three hundred kinds being
known, is extremely important. A number of diseases in man and other
animals are due to the presence of these Sporozoans, for they are all
parasitic. Few if any animals are exempt from their attacks. They even
attack other minute Protozoa. One hundred and fifty-seven species have
been recorded as attacking insects, one hundred species attack birds, fifty-
two reptiles, eighty crustaceans, twenty-two fish, and so through the list.
Ten have been recorded as attacking man. In some instances the parasite is
always present in the host and some hosts may harbor several different
species of Sporozoa.
Very little work had been done on this group of parasites prior to 1900.
Since that time most of the species that we now know have been
discovered, and within the last few years the life-histories of many of these
Page 45
have been worked out quite completely. No other group of animals is being
studied more to-day by both the physicians and biologists.
The Sporozoa vary greatly in appearance, organization and life-history.
They are so very plastic that they can adapt themselves readily to their
various hosts, hence we have a great variety of forms. But they all agree in
certain characters; all take their food and oxygen and carry on excretory
processes by osmosis, i.e., through the body-wall; all are capable of some
kind of locomotion, some have one or more flagella, others move by a
pseudopod movement. Some are capable of moving from cell to cell in the
body as do the white blood-corpuscles. They all agree in the production of
spores—hence the name.
At certain stages in their development the nucleus within the body of
the organism divides again and again until there are a great many daughter
nuclei, each accompanied by a small mass of protoplasm, often inclosed in
a little sac or cyst of its own. This is the process of spore-formation and we
see that from a single individual we may have by division, not two animals
as in the amœba, but a score or more of them. The little cysts or capsules
that inclose them enable them to resist without injury many vicissitudes that
would otherwise destroy them. They may dry up or freeze or lie for a long
time in the ground or water until the time comes when they are introduced
into another host.
The class Sporozoa is divided into five small groups or orders. Nearly
all of these contain forms that are of more or less importance, but the ones
that live in the blood-cells (Hæmosporidiida) are of the most interest to us
because the parasites that cause the malarial fevers and various other
diseases belong here. These are dependent on two hosts for their existence,
the sexual generation usually occuring in an insect or other invertebrate and
the asexual generation in some vertebrate.
studied more to-day by both the physicians and biologists.
The Sporozoa vary greatly in appearance, organization and life-history.
They are so very plastic that they can adapt themselves readily to their
various hosts, hence we have a great variety of forms. But they all agree in
certain characters; all take their food and oxygen and carry on excretory
processes by osmosis, i.e., through the body-wall; all are capable of some
kind of locomotion, some have one or more flagella, others move by a
pseudopod movement. Some are capable of moving from cell to cell in the
body as do the white blood-corpuscles. They all agree in the production of
spores—hence the name.
At certain stages in their development the nucleus within the body of
the organism divides again and again until there are a great many daughter
nuclei, each accompanied by a small mass of protoplasm, often inclosed in
a little sac or cyst of its own. This is the process of spore-formation and we
see that from a single individual we may have by division, not two animals
as in the amœba, but a score or more of them. The little cysts or capsules
that inclose them enable them to resist without injury many vicissitudes that
would otherwise destroy them. They may dry up or freeze or lie for a long
time in the ground or water until the time comes when they are introduced
into another host.
The class Sporozoa is divided into five small groups or orders. Nearly
all of these contain forms that are of more or less importance, but the ones
that live in the blood-cells (Hæmosporidiida) are of the most interest to us
because the parasites that cause the malarial fevers and various other
diseases belong here. These are dependent on two hosts for their existence,
the sexual generation usually occuring in an insect or other invertebrate and
the asexual generation in some vertebrate.
Page 46
CHAPTER III
TICKS AND MITES
HE other group or Phylum of animals with which we will be
particularly concerned is known as the Arthropoda, which means
"jointed-feet" and includes the crayfish, crabs, spiders, mites,
ticks and insects. Of these only the last three are of interest to us
now. It is customary to speak of spiders, mites and ticks as insects, but as
they have four pairs of legs, instead of three pairs, in the adult stage, and as
their bodies are not divided into three distinct regions as in the insects, they
are placed in a different class.
GENERAL CHARACTERS OF TICKS
The ticks are all comparatively large, that is, they are all large enough to
be seen with the unaided eye even in their younger stages and some grow to
be half an inch long. When filled with blood the tough leathery skin
becomes much distended often making the creature look more like a large
seed than anything else (Fig. 14). This resemblance is responsible for some
of the popular names, such as "castor-bean tick," etc.
The legs of most species are comparatively short, and the head is small
so that they are often hardly noticeable when the body is distended. The
sucking beak which is thrust into the host when the tick is feeding is
furnished with many strong recurved teeth which hold on so firmly that
when one attempts to pull the tick away the head is often torn from the body
and left in the skin. Unless care is taken to remove this, serious sores often
result.
Ticks are wholly parasitic in their habits. Some of them live on their
host practically all their lives, dropping to the ground to deposit their eggs
TICKS AND MITES
HE other group or Phylum of animals with which we will be
particularly concerned is known as the Arthropoda, which means
"jointed-feet" and includes the crayfish, crabs, spiders, mites,
ticks and insects. Of these only the last three are of interest to us
now. It is customary to speak of spiders, mites and ticks as insects, but as
they have four pairs of legs, instead of three pairs, in the adult stage, and as
their bodies are not divided into three distinct regions as in the insects, they
are placed in a different class.
GENERAL CHARACTERS OF TICKS
The ticks are all comparatively large, that is, they are all large enough to
be seen with the unaided eye even in their younger stages and some grow to
be half an inch long. When filled with blood the tough leathery skin
becomes much distended often making the creature look more like a large
seed than anything else (Fig. 14). This resemblance is responsible for some
of the popular names, such as "castor-bean tick," etc.
The legs of most species are comparatively short, and the head is small
so that they are often hardly noticeable when the body is distended. The
sucking beak which is thrust into the host when the tick is feeding is
furnished with many strong recurved teeth which hold on so firmly that
when one attempts to pull the tick away the head is often torn from the body
and left in the skin. Unless care is taken to remove this, serious sores often
result.
Ticks are wholly parasitic in their habits. Some of them live on their
host practically all their lives, dropping to the ground to deposit their eggs
Page 47
when fully mature. Others leave their host twice to molt in or on the
ground. The female lays her eggs, 1,000 to 10,000 of them, on the ground
or just beneath the surface. The young "seed-ticks" that hatch from these in
a few days soon crawl up on some near-by blade of grass or on a bush or
shrub and wait quietly and patiently until some animal comes along. If the
animal comes close enough they leave the grass or other support and cling
to their new-found host and are soon taking their first meal. Of course
thousands of them are disappointed and starve before their host appears, but
as they are able to live for a remarkably long time without taking food their
patience is often rewarded and the long fast ended.
Those species which drop to the ground to molt must again climb to
some favorable point and wait for another host on which they may feed for
a while. Then they drop to the ground for a second molt and if they are
successful in gaining a new host for the third time they feed and develop
until fully mature and the female is ready to lay her eggs. The Texas fever
tick, and some others, as we shall see, do not drop to the ground to molt but
once having gained a host remain on it until ready to deposit their eggs.
The young ticks have only six legs (Fig. 15) but after the first molt they
all have eight.
TICKS AND DISEASE
Texas Fever. Ever since stockmen began driving southern cattle into
states further north it has been noted that the roads over which they were
driven became a source of great danger to northern cattle. Often 80% to
90% of the native cattle died after a herd of southern cattle passed through
their region and the losses became so great that both state and national laws
were passed prohibiting the driving or shipping of southern cattle into
northern states.
ground. The female lays her eggs, 1,000 to 10,000 of them, on the ground
or just beneath the surface. The young "seed-ticks" that hatch from these in
a few days soon crawl up on some near-by blade of grass or on a bush or
shrub and wait quietly and patiently until some animal comes along. If the
animal comes close enough they leave the grass or other support and cling
to their new-found host and are soon taking their first meal. Of course
thousands of them are disappointed and starve before their host appears, but
as they are able to live for a remarkably long time without taking food their
patience is often rewarded and the long fast ended.
Those species which drop to the ground to molt must again climb to
some favorable point and wait for another host on which they may feed for
a while. Then they drop to the ground for a second molt and if they are
successful in gaining a new host for the third time they feed and develop
until fully mature and the female is ready to lay her eggs. The Texas fever
tick, and some others, as we shall see, do not drop to the ground to molt but
once having gained a host remain on it until ready to deposit their eggs.
The young ticks have only six legs (Fig. 15) but after the first molt they
all have eight.
TICKS AND DISEASE
Texas Fever. Ever since stockmen began driving southern cattle into
states further north it has been noted that the roads over which they were
driven became a source of great danger to northern cattle. Often 80% to
90% of the native cattle died after a herd of southern cattle passed through
their region and the losses became so great that both state and national laws
were passed prohibiting the driving or shipping of southern cattle into
northern states.
Page 48
Fig. 14—Castor Bean Tick (Ixodes ricinus) not fully
gorged.
Fig. 15—Texas fever tick, just hatched; has only six legs.
gorged.
Fig. 15—Texas fever tick, just hatched; has only six legs.
Page 49
Fig. 16—Texas fever tick (Margaropus annulatus) young
adult not fully gorged.
Fig. 17—Amblyomma variegatum several ticks belonging to this
genus transmit Piroplasma which cause various diseases of
domestic animals.
adult not fully gorged.
Fig. 17—Amblyomma variegatum several ticks belonging to this
genus transmit Piroplasma which cause various diseases of
domestic animals.
Page 50
But for years the cause of this fever, which came to be known as the
Texas fever, was not known. The southern cattle themselves seemed healthy
enough and it was difficult to understand how they could give the disease to
the others. It was early noticed, too, that it was not necessary for the
northern cattle to come in direct contact with the others in order to contract
the disease. Indeed the disease was not contracted in this way at all. All that
was necessary for them was to pass along the same roads or feed in the
same pastures or ranges. Still more puzzling was the fact that these places
did not seem to become a source of danger until some weeks after the
southern cattle had passed over them and then they might remain dangerous
for months.
In 1886 Dr. Theobald Smith of the Bureau of Animal Industry, United
States Department of Agriculture, found that the fever was caused by the
presence in the infected cattle of a minute Sporozoan parasite (Piroplasma
bigeminum). Further investigations and experiments proved conclusively
that this parasite was transmitted from the infected to the well animal only
by the common cattle tick now known as the Texas fever tick (Fig. 16).
The infection is not direct, that is, the tick does not feed on one host
then pass to another carrying the disease germs with it. Unlike many other
ticks the Texas fever tick does not leave its host until it is fully developed.
When the female is full grown and gorged she drops to the ground and lays
from 2,000 to 4,000 eggs which soon hatch into the minute "seed-ticks"
which make their way to the nearest blade of grass or weed or shrub and
patiently wait for the cattle to come along.
If the mother tick had been feeding on an animal that was infected with
the Texas fever parasite, her body was filled with the minute organisms of
which some found their way into the eggs so that the young ticks hatching
from them were already infected and ready to carry the infection to the first
animal they fed upon.
Texas fever, was not known. The southern cattle themselves seemed healthy
enough and it was difficult to understand how they could give the disease to
the others. It was early noticed, too, that it was not necessary for the
northern cattle to come in direct contact with the others in order to contract
the disease. Indeed the disease was not contracted in this way at all. All that
was necessary for them was to pass along the same roads or feed in the
same pastures or ranges. Still more puzzling was the fact that these places
did not seem to become a source of danger until some weeks after the
southern cattle had passed over them and then they might remain dangerous
for months.
In 1886 Dr. Theobald Smith of the Bureau of Animal Industry, United
States Department of Agriculture, found that the fever was caused by the
presence in the infected cattle of a minute Sporozoan parasite (Piroplasma
bigeminum). Further investigations and experiments proved conclusively
that this parasite was transmitted from the infected to the well animal only
by the common cattle tick now known as the Texas fever tick (Fig. 16).
The infection is not direct, that is, the tick does not feed on one host
then pass to another carrying the disease germs with it. Unlike many other
ticks the Texas fever tick does not leave its host until it is fully developed.
When the female is full grown and gorged she drops to the ground and lays
from 2,000 to 4,000 eggs which soon hatch into the minute "seed-ticks"
which make their way to the nearest blade of grass or weed or shrub and
patiently wait for the cattle to come along.
If the mother tick had been feeding on an animal that was infected with
the Texas fever parasite, her body was filled with the minute organisms of
which some found their way into the eggs so that the young ticks hatching
from them were already infected and ready to carry the infection to the first
animal they fed upon.
Page 51
It took many years of hard patient work to learn all this, but the
knowledge thus obtained cleared up much of the mystery in connection
with the occurrence of the fever in the north and, as we shall see, suggested
the possibility of other diseases being communicated in the same way.
It was found that the southern cattle in the region where the ticks occur
normally, usually have a mild attack of the disease when they are young and
although they may be infected with the parasite all the rest of their lives it
does not affect them seriously. These cattle are almost always infected with
ticks, and when taken north where the ticks do not occur naturally and
where the cattle are therefore non-immune, some of the mature ticks drop to
the ground and lay their eggs which in a few weeks hatch out and are ready
to infect any animal that passes by. The northern cattle not being used to the
disease soon sicken and die.
It is estimated that the annual loss due to this disease and the ravages of
the tick in the United States is over $100,000,000, so of course most
determined efforts are being made to stamp it out. Formerly various devices
for dipping the tick-infested cattle into some solution that would kill the
ticks were resorted to, but it was always expensive and never very
satisfactory. The immunizing of the cattle by inoculating them when they
were young with infected blood has been practised. Very recent
investigations have shown that it is possible and practicable to rid pastures
of ticks by a system of feed-lots and pasture rotation. The aim is to have as
many of the ticks as possible drop to the ground on land where they may be
destroyed and to so regulate the use of the pasture that the ticks in all of
them may eventually be left to starve.
Several similar diseases of cattle, many of them probably identical with
Texas fever, occur in other parts of the world where the losses are
sometimes appalling. Horses, sheep, dogs, and other animals are also
affected with diseases caused by the same group of Protozoan parasites.
Most of them have been shown to be transmitted by various species of ticks
(Fig. 17) so that from an economical standpoint these little pests are
knowledge thus obtained cleared up much of the mystery in connection
with the occurrence of the fever in the north and, as we shall see, suggested
the possibility of other diseases being communicated in the same way.
It was found that the southern cattle in the region where the ticks occur
normally, usually have a mild attack of the disease when they are young and
although they may be infected with the parasite all the rest of their lives it
does not affect them seriously. These cattle are almost always infected with
ticks, and when taken north where the ticks do not occur naturally and
where the cattle are therefore non-immune, some of the mature ticks drop to
the ground and lay their eggs which in a few weeks hatch out and are ready
to infect any animal that passes by. The northern cattle not being used to the
disease soon sicken and die.
It is estimated that the annual loss due to this disease and the ravages of
the tick in the United States is over $100,000,000, so of course most
determined efforts are being made to stamp it out. Formerly various devices
for dipping the tick-infested cattle into some solution that would kill the
ticks were resorted to, but it was always expensive and never very
satisfactory. The immunizing of the cattle by inoculating them when they
were young with infected blood has been practised. Very recent
investigations have shown that it is possible and practicable to rid pastures
of ticks by a system of feed-lots and pasture rotation. The aim is to have as
many of the ticks as possible drop to the ground on land where they may be
destroyed and to so regulate the use of the pasture that the ticks in all of
them may eventually be left to starve.
Several similar diseases of cattle, many of them probably identical with
Texas fever, occur in other parts of the world where the losses are
sometimes appalling. Horses, sheep, dogs, and other animals are also
affected with diseases caused by the same group of Protozoan parasites.
Most of them have been shown to be transmitted by various species of ticks
(Fig. 17) so that from an economical standpoint these little pests are
Page 52
becoming of prime importance. Not only do they transmit the disease germs
that infect domestic animals but they are known to be responsible for at
least two diseases of men, Rocky Mountain spotted fever and the relapsing
fevers.
Spotted Fever. The first of these is a disease that for some years has
been puzzling the physicians in Idaho and Montana and other mountainous
states. A few years ago certain observers recorded finding Protozoan
parasites in the blood of those suffering from the disease, and although
more recent investigations have failed to confirm these particular
observations it is now quite generally believed that the disease is caused by
some such parasite and that the organism is transferred from one host to
another by certain species of ticks that live on wild mammals of the region
where the disease exists. Dr. H.T. Ricketts, who has made a special study of
the disease, has shown:
"1. That the period of activity of the disease is limited to the season during which the adult female
and male ticks attack man.
"2. That in practically all cases of this disease it can be shown that the patient has been bitten by a
tick.
"3. That the period between the tick bite and the onset of the disease in the many animals he has
experimented with corresponds very closely to this period as observed in man.
"4. That infected ticks are to be found in the locality where the disease occurs.
"5. That the virus of spotted fever is very intimately associated with the tissues of the tick's body
as is shown by the fact that the female passes the infection on to her young through her eggs, and
further, by the observation that in either of the two earlier stages of the life cycle the disease may be
contracted by biting a sick animal and communicated to other animals after molting or even after
passing through an intermediate stage."
Professor R.A. Cooley of Montana, from whose report the above
quotation is taken, has also made studies of the habits of the tick and
believes there can be no doubt that it is the disseminator of the disease.
Relapsing Fever. The relapsing fever is an infectious disease or possibly
a group of closely related infectious diseases occurring in various parts of
the world. Occasionally it is introduced into America, but it does not seem
that infect domestic animals but they are known to be responsible for at
least two diseases of men, Rocky Mountain spotted fever and the relapsing
fevers.
Spotted Fever. The first of these is a disease that for some years has
been puzzling the physicians in Idaho and Montana and other mountainous
states. A few years ago certain observers recorded finding Protozoan
parasites in the blood of those suffering from the disease, and although
more recent investigations have failed to confirm these particular
observations it is now quite generally believed that the disease is caused by
some such parasite and that the organism is transferred from one host to
another by certain species of ticks that live on wild mammals of the region
where the disease exists. Dr. H.T. Ricketts, who has made a special study of
the disease, has shown:
"1. That the period of activity of the disease is limited to the season during which the adult female
and male ticks attack man.
"2. That in practically all cases of this disease it can be shown that the patient has been bitten by a
tick.
"3. That the period between the tick bite and the onset of the disease in the many animals he has
experimented with corresponds very closely to this period as observed in man.
"4. That infected ticks are to be found in the locality where the disease occurs.
"5. That the virus of spotted fever is very intimately associated with the tissues of the tick's body
as is shown by the fact that the female passes the infection on to her young through her eggs, and
further, by the observation that in either of the two earlier stages of the life cycle the disease may be
contracted by biting a sick animal and communicated to other animals after molting or even after
passing through an intermediate stage."
Professor R.A. Cooley of Montana, from whose report the above
quotation is taken, has also made studies of the habits of the tick and
believes there can be no doubt that it is the disseminator of the disease.
Relapsing Fever. The relapsing fever is an infectious disease or possibly
a group of closely related infectious diseases occurring in various parts of
the world. Occasionally it is introduced into America, but it does not seem
Page 53
to spread here. It has been shown that the disease is communicated from
one person to another by means of blood-sucking insects. In Central Africa
where the disease is very prevalent a certain common tick (Ornithodoros
moubata) (Fig. 18) is known to transmit the disease. This tick lives in the
resting places and around the huts of the natives and has habits very similar
to the bedbug of other climes, feeding at night and hiding during the day. It
attacks both man and beast and is one of the most dreaded of all the African
pests.
Nathan Bank, our foremost authority on ticks, in summing up the
evidence against them says:
"It is therefore evident that all ticks are potentially dangerous. Any tick now commonly infesting
some wild animal, may, as its natural host becomes more uncommon, attach itself to some domestic
animal. Since most of the hosts of ticks have some blood-parasites, the ticks by changing the host
may transplant the blood-parasites into the new host producing, under suitable conditions, some
disease. Numerous investigators throughout the world are studying this phase of tick-life, and many
discoveries will doubtless signalize the coming years."
MITES
The mites are closely related to the ticks, and although none of them has
yet been shown to be responsible for the spread of any disease their habits
are such that it would be entirely possible for some to transmit certain
diseases from one host to another, from animal to animal, from animal to
man, or from man to man. A number of these mites produce certain serious
diseases among various domestic animals and a few are responsible for
certain diseases of men.
Face-mites. Living in the sweat-glands at the roots of hairs and in
diseased follicles in the skin of man and some domestic animals are curious
little parasites that look as much like worms as mites (Fig. 19). Such
diseased follicles become filled with fatty matter, the upper end becomes
hard and black and in man are known as blackheads. If one of these
blackheads is forced out and the fatty substance dissolved with ether the
mites may be found in all stages of development. The young have six legs,
one person to another by means of blood-sucking insects. In Central Africa
where the disease is very prevalent a certain common tick (Ornithodoros
moubata) (Fig. 18) is known to transmit the disease. This tick lives in the
resting places and around the huts of the natives and has habits very similar
to the bedbug of other climes, feeding at night and hiding during the day. It
attacks both man and beast and is one of the most dreaded of all the African
pests.
Nathan Bank, our foremost authority on ticks, in summing up the
evidence against them says:
"It is therefore evident that all ticks are potentially dangerous. Any tick now commonly infesting
some wild animal, may, as its natural host becomes more uncommon, attach itself to some domestic
animal. Since most of the hosts of ticks have some blood-parasites, the ticks by changing the host
may transplant the blood-parasites into the new host producing, under suitable conditions, some
disease. Numerous investigators throughout the world are studying this phase of tick-life, and many
discoveries will doubtless signalize the coming years."
MITES
The mites are closely related to the ticks, and although none of them has
yet been shown to be responsible for the spread of any disease their habits
are such that it would be entirely possible for some to transmit certain
diseases from one host to another, from animal to animal, from animal to
man, or from man to man. A number of these mites produce certain serious
diseases among various domestic animals and a few are responsible for
certain diseases of men.
Face-mites. Living in the sweat-glands at the roots of hairs and in
diseased follicles in the skin of man and some domestic animals are curious
little parasites that look as much like worms as mites (Fig. 19). Such
diseased follicles become filled with fatty matter, the upper end becomes
hard and black and in man are known as blackheads. If one of these
blackheads is forced out and the fatty substance dissolved with ether the
mites may be found in all stages of development. The young have six legs,
Page 54
the adult eight. The body is elongated and transversely wrinkled. In man
they are usually found about the nose and chin and neck where they do no
particular harm except to mar the appearance of the host and to indicate that
his skin has not had the care it should have. Very recently certain
investigators have found that the lepræ bacilli are often closely associated
with these face mites and believe that they may possibly aid in the
dissemination of leprosy. It is also thought that they may sometimes be the
cause of cancer, but as yet these theories have not been proven by any
conclusive experiment.
In dogs and cats these same or very similar parasites cause great
suffering. In bad cases the hair falls out and the skin becomes scabby.
Horses, cattle and sheep are also attacked. The disease caused by these
mites on domestic animals is not usually considered curable except in its
very early stages when salves or ointments may help some.
Itch-mites. "As slow as the seven-years' itch" is an expression, the
meaning of which many could appreciate from personal experience, for it
certainly seemed to take no end of time to get rid of the itch once it was
contracted. Just why seven years should have been set for the limit of the
disease is not clear, for if the little roundish mites that cause the disease live
for seven years on a host they are not going to move out voluntarily even if
their seven-year lease has expired.
they are usually found about the nose and chin and neck where they do no
particular harm except to mar the appearance of the host and to indicate that
his skin has not had the care it should have. Very recently certain
investigators have found that the lepræ bacilli are often closely associated
with these face mites and believe that they may possibly aid in the
dissemination of leprosy. It is also thought that they may sometimes be the
cause of cancer, but as yet these theories have not been proven by any
conclusive experiment.
In dogs and cats these same or very similar parasites cause great
suffering. In bad cases the hair falls out and the skin becomes scabby.
Horses, cattle and sheep are also attacked. The disease caused by these
mites on domestic animals is not usually considered curable except in its
very early stages when salves or ointments may help some.
Itch-mites. "As slow as the seven-years' itch" is an expression, the
meaning of which many could appreciate from personal experience, for it
certainly seemed to take no end of time to get rid of the itch once it was
contracted. Just why seven years should have been set for the limit of the
disease is not clear, for if the little roundish mites that cause the disease live
for seven years on a host they are not going to move out voluntarily even if
their seven-year lease has expired.
Page 55
Fig. 18—Ornithodorus moubata, the
Tick that Transmits Relapsing Fever.
From Boyce's "Mosquito or Man."
Tick that Transmits Relapsing Fever.
From Boyce's "Mosquito or Man."
Page 56
Fig. 19—The follicle mite (Demodex
folliculorum). (After Murray.)
Fig. 20—Itch-mite (Sarcoptes scabiei). (After Murray.)
folliculorum). (After Murray.)
Fig. 20—Itch-mite (Sarcoptes scabiei). (After Murray.)
Page 57
Fig. 21—Harvest-mites or "jiggers." (Leptus irritaus and L.
americanus.) (After Riley.)
The minute whitish mites (Fig. 20) that cause this disgusting disease are
barely visible to the naked eye. They are usually very sluggish but become
more active when warmed. They live in burrows just beneath the outer layer
of skin, sometimes extending deeper and causing most intense itching. As
the female burrows, she lays her eggs from which come the young mites
that are to spread the infection. Various sulphur ointments and washes are
used as remedies. Cleanliness will prevent infection.
Closely related to the itch-mite of man (Sarcoptes scabiei) are several
kinds attacking domestic animals, causing mange, scab, etc. The variety
infesting horses burrows in the skin and produces sores and scabs, and is a
source of very great annoyance. These mites may also migrate to man.
Tobacco water and sulphur ointments are used as remedies.
Horses and cattle are also infested by other mites (Psoroptes communis)
which cause the common mange. These do not burrow into the skin but live
outside in colonies, feeding on the skin and causing crusts or scabs. The
inflammation causes the animal to scratch and rub constantly and often
causes the loss of much of the hair.
Harvest-mites. A score or more of different varieties of mites cause
many other diseases of domestic animals, such as the scab of sheep and
hogs and chickens, various other manges of the horses and cattle and dogs,
etc. But we need to call attention to just one more example, that of the
americanus.) (After Riley.)
The minute whitish mites (Fig. 20) that cause this disgusting disease are
barely visible to the naked eye. They are usually very sluggish but become
more active when warmed. They live in burrows just beneath the outer layer
of skin, sometimes extending deeper and causing most intense itching. As
the female burrows, she lays her eggs from which come the young mites
that are to spread the infection. Various sulphur ointments and washes are
used as remedies. Cleanliness will prevent infection.
Closely related to the itch-mite of man (Sarcoptes scabiei) are several
kinds attacking domestic animals, causing mange, scab, etc. The variety
infesting horses burrows in the skin and produces sores and scabs, and is a
source of very great annoyance. These mites may also migrate to man.
Tobacco water and sulphur ointments are used as remedies.
Horses and cattle are also infested by other mites (Psoroptes communis)
which cause the common mange. These do not burrow into the skin but live
outside in colonies, feeding on the skin and causing crusts or scabs. The
inflammation causes the animal to scratch and rub constantly and often
causes the loss of much of the hair.
Harvest-mites. A score or more of different varieties of mites cause
many other diseases of domestic animals, such as the scab of sheep and
hogs and chickens, various other manges of the horses and cattle and dogs,
etc. But we need to call attention to just one more example, that of the
Page 58
harvest-mites or jiggers (Fig. 21). Professor Otto Lugger, from whose report
on the Parasites of Man and Domestic Animals most of these notes in
regard to the mites are taken, thus feelingly refers to this pest.
"About the very worst pests of man and domesticated animals are the Harvest-bugs, Red-bugs or
Jiggers.... Men and animals passing through low herbage that harbors them are attacked by these
pests, which, whenever they succeed in finding a host, burrow in and under the skin, causing
intolerable itching and sores, the latter caused by the feverish activity of the finger-nails of the host,
if that should be a man, whose energy in scratching, apparently, cannot be controlled and who is
bound forcibly to remove the intruders. The writer has been there! Those who have ever passed
through meadows infested with red-bugs will remember the occasion."
Horses, cattle, dogs and cats and other animals suffer also. Again
sulphur ointments are the best remedies.
"The normal food of these mites must, apparently, consist of the juices of plants, and the love of
blood proves ruinous to those individuals which get a chance to indulge it. For, unlike the true
chigoe, the female of which deposits eggs in the wound she makes, these harvest-mites have no
object of the kind, and when not killed at the hands of those they torment they soon die victims to
their sanguinary appetite."
on the Parasites of Man and Domestic Animals most of these notes in
regard to the mites are taken, thus feelingly refers to this pest.
"About the very worst pests of man and domesticated animals are the Harvest-bugs, Red-bugs or
Jiggers.... Men and animals passing through low herbage that harbors them are attacked by these
pests, which, whenever they succeed in finding a host, burrow in and under the skin, causing
intolerable itching and sores, the latter caused by the feverish activity of the finger-nails of the host,
if that should be a man, whose energy in scratching, apparently, cannot be controlled and who is
bound forcibly to remove the intruders. The writer has been there! Those who have ever passed
through meadows infested with red-bugs will remember the occasion."
Horses, cattle, dogs and cats and other animals suffer also. Again
sulphur ointments are the best remedies.
"The normal food of these mites must, apparently, consist of the juices of plants, and the love of
blood proves ruinous to those individuals which get a chance to indulge it. For, unlike the true
chigoe, the female of which deposits eggs in the wound she makes, these harvest-mites have no
object of the kind, and when not killed at the hands of those they torment they soon die victims to
their sanguinary appetite."
Page 59
CHAPTER IV
HOW INSECTS CAUSE OR CARRY DISEASE
T has been estimated that there are about four thousand species
or kinds of Protozoans, about twenty-five thousand species of
Mollusks, about ten thousand species of birds, about three
thousand five hundred species of mammals, and from two
hundred thousand to one million species of insects, or from two to five
times as many kinds of insects as all other animals combined.
Not only do the insects preponderate in number of species, but the
number of individuals belonging to many of the species is absolutely
beyond our comprehension. Try to count the number of little green aphis on
a single infested rose-bush, or on a cabbage plant; guess at the number of
mosquitoes issuing each day from a good breeding-pond; estimate the
number of scale insects on a single square inch of a tree badly infested with
San José scale; then try to think how many more bushes or trees or ponds
may be breeding their millions just as these and you will only begin to
comprehend the meaning of this statement.
As long as these myriads of insects keep in what we are pleased to call
their proper place we care not for their numbers and think little of them
except as some student points out some wonderful thing about their
structure, life-history or adaptations. But since the dawn of history we find
accounts to show that insects have not always kept to their proper sphere
but have insisted at various times and in various ways in interfering with
man's plans and wishes, and on account of their excessive numbers the
results have often been most disastrous.
Insects cause an annual loss to the people of the United States of over
$1,000,000,000. Grain fields are devastated; orchards and gardens are
HOW INSECTS CAUSE OR CARRY DISEASE
T has been estimated that there are about four thousand species
or kinds of Protozoans, about twenty-five thousand species of
Mollusks, about ten thousand species of birds, about three
thousand five hundred species of mammals, and from two
hundred thousand to one million species of insects, or from two to five
times as many kinds of insects as all other animals combined.
Not only do the insects preponderate in number of species, but the
number of individuals belonging to many of the species is absolutely
beyond our comprehension. Try to count the number of little green aphis on
a single infested rose-bush, or on a cabbage plant; guess at the number of
mosquitoes issuing each day from a good breeding-pond; estimate the
number of scale insects on a single square inch of a tree badly infested with
San José scale; then try to think how many more bushes or trees or ponds
may be breeding their millions just as these and you will only begin to
comprehend the meaning of this statement.
As long as these myriads of insects keep in what we are pleased to call
their proper place we care not for their numbers and think little of them
except as some student points out some wonderful thing about their
structure, life-history or adaptations. But since the dawn of history we find
accounts to show that insects have not always kept to their proper sphere
but have insisted at various times and in various ways in interfering with
man's plans and wishes, and on account of their excessive numbers the
results have often been most disastrous.
Insects cause an annual loss to the people of the United States of over
$1,000,000,000. Grain fields are devastated; orchards and gardens are
Page 60
destroyed or seriously affected; forests are made waste places and in scores
of other ways these little pests which do not keep in their proper places are
exacting this tremendous tax from our people.
These things have been known and recognized for centuries, and scores
of volumes have been written about the insects and their ways and of
methods of combating them.
But it is only in recent years that we have begun to realize the really
important part that insects play in relation to the health of the people with
whom they are associated. Dr. Howard estimates that the annual death rate
in the United States from malaria is about twelve thousand, entailing an
annual monetary loss of about $100,000,000, to say nothing of the suffering
and misery endured by the afflicted. All this on account of two or three
species of insects belonging to the mosquito genus Anopheles.
Yellow fever, while not so widespread, is more fatal and therefore more
terrorizing. Its presence and spread are due entirely to a single species of
mosquito. Flies, fleas, bedbugs, and many other insects have been shown to
be intimately connected with the spread of several other most dreaded
diseases, so it is no wonder that physicians, entomologists and biologists are
studying with utmost zeal many of these forms that bear such a close
relation not only to our welfare and comfort but to our lives as well.
It would be out of place to try to give here even a brief outline of the
classification of insects, such as may be found in almost any of the many
books devoted to their study.
The most generally accepted classification divides the insects into
nineteen orders; as the Coleoptera, containing the beetles; the Lepidoptera,
containing the butterflies and moths; the Hymenoptera containing the bees,
ants and wasps, etc. Four or five of these orders will be of more or less
interest to us.
of other ways these little pests which do not keep in their proper places are
exacting this tremendous tax from our people.
These things have been known and recognized for centuries, and scores
of volumes have been written about the insects and their ways and of
methods of combating them.
But it is only in recent years that we have begun to realize the really
important part that insects play in relation to the health of the people with
whom they are associated. Dr. Howard estimates that the annual death rate
in the United States from malaria is about twelve thousand, entailing an
annual monetary loss of about $100,000,000, to say nothing of the suffering
and misery endured by the afflicted. All this on account of two or three
species of insects belonging to the mosquito genus Anopheles.
Yellow fever, while not so widespread, is more fatal and therefore more
terrorizing. Its presence and spread are due entirely to a single species of
mosquito. Flies, fleas, bedbugs, and many other insects have been shown to
be intimately connected with the spread of several other most dreaded
diseases, so it is no wonder that physicians, entomologists and biologists are
studying with utmost zeal many of these forms that bear such a close
relation not only to our welfare and comfort but to our lives as well.
It would be out of place to try to give here even a brief outline of the
classification of insects, such as may be found in almost any of the many
books devoted to their study.
The most generally accepted classification divides the insects into
nineteen orders; as the Coleoptera, containing the beetles; the Lepidoptera,
containing the butterflies and moths; the Hymenoptera containing the bees,
ants and wasps, etc. Four or five of these orders will be of more or less
interest to us.
Page 61
The order Diptera, or two-winged flies, is the most important because to
this belong the mosquitoes which transmit malaria and yellow fever, and the
house-fly that has come into prominence since it has been found to be such
an important factor in the distribution of typhoid and other diseases.
FLIES
The order Diptera is divided into sixty or more families, many of which
contain species of considerable economic importance. For our present
consideration the flies may be divided into two groups or sections: those
with their mouth-parts fitted for piercing such as the mosquito and horse-
fly, and those with sucking mouth-parts such as the house-fly, blow-fly and
others.
Some of the species belonging to the first group are among the most
troublesome pests not only of man but of our domestic animals as well.
Next to the mosquitoes the horse-flies (Fig. 22) are perhaps the best known
of these. There are several species known under various names, such as
gad-fly, breeze-fly, etc. They are very serious pests of horses and cattle,
sometimes also attacking man. Their strong, sharp, piercing stylets enable
them to pierce through the toughest skin of animals and through the thin
clothing of man. The bite is very severe and irritating, and as the flies
sometimes occur in great numbers the annoyance that they cause is often
very great indeed. It has often been claimed that these flies as well as the
stable-fly and others carry the anthrax bacillus on their proboscis from one
animal to another, and although this may not have been definitely proven
the evidence is strong enough to make a very good case against the accused.
It is interesting to note in this connection that anthrax, a very common
disease among the domestic animals and one which may attack man also,
was the first disease to be shown to be of bacterial origin. It was only about
thirty-five years ago that the investigations of Koch and Pasteur
demonstrated that the presence of this particular germ (Bacillus anthracis)
was the cause of the disease, and it was early recognized that such biting
flies may be important factors in the spread of the disease.
this belong the mosquitoes which transmit malaria and yellow fever, and the
house-fly that has come into prominence since it has been found to be such
an important factor in the distribution of typhoid and other diseases.
FLIES
The order Diptera is divided into sixty or more families, many of which
contain species of considerable economic importance. For our present
consideration the flies may be divided into two groups or sections: those
with their mouth-parts fitted for piercing such as the mosquito and horse-
fly, and those with sucking mouth-parts such as the house-fly, blow-fly and
others.
Some of the species belonging to the first group are among the most
troublesome pests not only of man but of our domestic animals as well.
Next to the mosquitoes the horse-flies (Fig. 22) are perhaps the best known
of these. There are several species known under various names, such as
gad-fly, breeze-fly, etc. They are very serious pests of horses and cattle,
sometimes also attacking man. Their strong, sharp, piercing stylets enable
them to pierce through the toughest skin of animals and through the thin
clothing of man. The bite is very severe and irritating, and as the flies
sometimes occur in great numbers the annoyance that they cause is often
very great indeed. It has often been claimed that these flies as well as the
stable-fly and others carry the anthrax bacillus on their proboscis from one
animal to another, and although this may not have been definitely proven
the evidence is strong enough to make a very good case against the accused.
It is interesting to note in this connection that anthrax, a very common
disease among the domestic animals and one which may attack man also,
was the first disease to be shown to be of bacterial origin. It was only about
thirty-five years ago that the investigations of Koch and Pasteur
demonstrated that the presence of this particular germ (Bacillus anthracis)
was the cause of the disease, and it was early recognized that such biting
flies may be important factors in the spread of the disease.
Page 62
Fig. 22—Horse-fly (Tabanus punctifer).
Fig. 23—Stable-fly (Stomoxys
calcitrans).
Fig. 23—Stable-fly (Stomoxys
calcitrans).
Page 63
Fig. 24 Fig. 25
Fig. 26
Fig. 24—A Black-fly (Simulium sp.). (From Kellogg's Amer. Insects.)
Fig. 25—Screw-worm fly (Chrysomyia macellaria).
Fig. 26—Blow-fly (Calliphora vomitoria).
Fig. 26
Fig. 24—A Black-fly (Simulium sp.). (From Kellogg's Amer. Insects.)
Fig. 25—Screw-worm fly (Chrysomyia macellaria).
Fig. 26—Blow-fly (Calliphora vomitoria).
Page 64
The stable-fly (Fig. 23) (Stomoxys calcitrans) which looks very much
like the house-fly and, as will be noted later, frequently enters houses, is
often an important pest of horses and cattle. Its blood-sucking habit makes
it quite possible that it too may be concerned in carrying anthrax and other
diseases.
In a later chapter it will be shown how the tsetse-fly, which is somewhat
like the stable-fly, is responsible for the spread of the disease known as the
sleeping sickness. This disease is caused by a Protozoan parasite, a
trypanosome, which is transmitted from one host to another by the tsetse-
fly.
In Southern Asia and in parts of Africa there is a very serious disease of
horses known as surra which is caused by a similar parasite (Trypanosoma
evansi). This parasite attacks horses, mules, camels, elephants, buffaloes
and dogs, and has been recently imported into the Philippines. It is
supposed that flies belonging to the same genus as the horse-fly (Tabanus
and others), and the stable-fly (Stomoxys) and the horn-fly (Hæmatobia) are
responsible for the spread of the disease.
Nagana is one of the most serious diseases of domestic animals in
Central and Southern Africa. In some sections it is almost impossible to
keep any kind of imported animals on account of this disease which is
caused by a parasite (Trypanosoma brucei) similar to the one causing surra.
This parasite is to be found in several different kinds of native animals
which seem to be practically immune but are always a source of danger
when other animals are introduced. Two or three species of tsetse-flies are
responsible for the transmission of this disease.
Another group of flies much smaller but more numerous and much
more insistent are the black-flies or buffalo-gnats (Fig. 24). For more than a
century these little flies have been recognized as among the most serious
pests of stock, particularly in the south where, besides the actual loss by
death of many animals yearly, the annoyance is so great as to sometimes
like the house-fly and, as will be noted later, frequently enters houses, is
often an important pest of horses and cattle. Its blood-sucking habit makes
it quite possible that it too may be concerned in carrying anthrax and other
diseases.
In a later chapter it will be shown how the tsetse-fly, which is somewhat
like the stable-fly, is responsible for the spread of the disease known as the
sleeping sickness. This disease is caused by a Protozoan parasite, a
trypanosome, which is transmitted from one host to another by the tsetse-
fly.
In Southern Asia and in parts of Africa there is a very serious disease of
horses known as surra which is caused by a similar parasite (Trypanosoma
evansi). This parasite attacks horses, mules, camels, elephants, buffaloes
and dogs, and has been recently imported into the Philippines. It is
supposed that flies belonging to the same genus as the horse-fly (Tabanus
and others), and the stable-fly (Stomoxys) and the horn-fly (Hæmatobia) are
responsible for the spread of the disease.
Nagana is one of the most serious diseases of domestic animals in
Central and Southern Africa. In some sections it is almost impossible to
keep any kind of imported animals on account of this disease which is
caused by a parasite (Trypanosoma brucei) similar to the one causing surra.
This parasite is to be found in several different kinds of native animals
which seem to be practically immune but are always a source of danger
when other animals are introduced. Two or three species of tsetse-flies are
responsible for the transmission of this disease.
Another group of flies much smaller but more numerous and much
more insistent are the black-flies or buffalo-gnats (Fig. 24). For more than a
century these little flies have been recognized as among the most serious
pests of stock, particularly in the south where, besides the actual loss by
death of many animals yearly, the annoyance is so great as to sometimes
Page 65
make it impossible to work in the field. Human beings are often attacked,
and as the bite is poisonous and very painful great suffering may result and
cases of deaths from such bites have been reported.
Belonging to another family, and smaller, but much like the buffalo-gnat
in habits, are the minute little "punkies" or "no-see-ums" which sometimes
occur in great swarms in certain regions where they make life a burden to
man and beast. While it has not been shown that either the buffalo-gnats or
the punkies are responsible for the transmission of any disease, their habits
of feeding on so many different kinds of wild and domestic animals as well
as on man makes it possible for them to act as carriers of parasites that
might under proper conditions become of serious importance. Then, too, the
irritation caused by the bites of these insects usually causes scratching
which may result in abrasions of the skin that open the way for various
harmful germs, particularly those causing skin diseases.
Coming now to the group containing the house-flies and related forms
we find a number that are of interest on account of the suffering that they
may cause, particularly in their larval stages.
The screw-worm flies (Chrysomyia macellaria) are among the most
common and important of these (Fig. 25). These "gray flies," as they are
sometimes called, lay a mass of three or four hundred eggs on the surface of
wounds. The larvæ which in a few hours hatch from these make their way
directly into the wound where they feed on the surrounding tissue until full
grown when they wriggle out and drop to the ground where they transform
to the pupa and later to the adult fly. Of course their presence in the wounds
is very distressing to the infected animal, and great suffering results. Slight
scratches that might otherwise quickly heal often become serious sores
because of the presence of these larvæ.
Many cases are recorded of these flies laying their eggs in the ears or
nose of children or of persons sleeping out of doors during the day.
Especially is this apt to occur if there are offensive discharges which attract
and as the bite is poisonous and very painful great suffering may result and
cases of deaths from such bites have been reported.
Belonging to another family, and smaller, but much like the buffalo-gnat
in habits, are the minute little "punkies" or "no-see-ums" which sometimes
occur in great swarms in certain regions where they make life a burden to
man and beast. While it has not been shown that either the buffalo-gnats or
the punkies are responsible for the transmission of any disease, their habits
of feeding on so many different kinds of wild and domestic animals as well
as on man makes it possible for them to act as carriers of parasites that
might under proper conditions become of serious importance. Then, too, the
irritation caused by the bites of these insects usually causes scratching
which may result in abrasions of the skin that open the way for various
harmful germs, particularly those causing skin diseases.
Coming now to the group containing the house-flies and related forms
we find a number that are of interest on account of the suffering that they
may cause, particularly in their larval stages.
The screw-worm flies (Chrysomyia macellaria) are among the most
common and important of these (Fig. 25). These "gray flies," as they are
sometimes called, lay a mass of three or four hundred eggs on the surface of
wounds. The larvæ which in a few hours hatch from these make their way
directly into the wound where they feed on the surrounding tissue until full
grown when they wriggle out and drop to the ground where they transform
to the pupa and later to the adult fly. Of course their presence in the wounds
is very distressing to the infected animal, and great suffering results. Slight
scratches that might otherwise quickly heal often become serious sores
because of the presence of these larvæ.
Many cases are recorded of these flies laying their eggs in the ears or
nose of children or of persons sleeping out of doors during the day.
Especially is this apt to occur if there are offensive discharges which attract
Page 66
the fly. In such cases the larvæ burrow into the surrounding tissues,
devouring the mucous membranes, the muscles and even the bones, causing
terrible suffering and usually, death. The larvæ in such situations may be
killed with chloroform and, if the case is attended to before they have
destroyed too much of the tissues, recovery usually occurs.
The blow-flies (Fig. 26) (Calliphora vomitoria) and the blue-bottle flies
(Fig. 27), (Lucilia spp.) and the flesh-flies (Fig. 28) (Sarcophaga spp.) all
have habits somewhat like the screw-worm fly. Any of them may lay their
eggs in wounds on man or animals with the same serious results.
The flesh-fly instead of laying eggs deposits the living larvæ upon meat
wherever it is accessible, and as these develop with astonishing rapidity
they are able to consume large quantities of flesh in a remarkably short
time. In this way they may be of some importance as scavengers, but it is
better to get rid of the waste in other ways than to leave it for a breeding-
place for flies that are capable of causing so much damage and suffering.
Not infrequently the larvæ of certain flies are to be found in the
alimentary canal where as a rule they do no particular damage. Altogether
the larvæ of over twenty different species of flies have been found in or
expelled from the human intestinal canal. In Europe, the majority of these
larvæ belong to a fly which looks very much like the house-fly except that
it is somewhat smaller and so is often known as "the little house-fly" (Fig.
29) (Homalomyia canicularis). The same species is very common in the
United States, frequently occurring in houses. Under certain conditions it
may even be more abundant than the house-fly. It is believed that the larvæ
in the intestinal canal come from eggs that have been deposited on the
victim while using an outdoor privy where the flies are often very abundant.
Instances are also on record where these larvæ have been discharged from
the urethra.
Another fly (Ochromyia anthropophaga) occurring in the Congo region
has a blood-sucking larvæ which is known as the Congo floor-maggot. The
devouring the mucous membranes, the muscles and even the bones, causing
terrible suffering and usually, death. The larvæ in such situations may be
killed with chloroform and, if the case is attended to before they have
destroyed too much of the tissues, recovery usually occurs.
The blow-flies (Fig. 26) (Calliphora vomitoria) and the blue-bottle flies
(Fig. 27), (Lucilia spp.) and the flesh-flies (Fig. 28) (Sarcophaga spp.) all
have habits somewhat like the screw-worm fly. Any of them may lay their
eggs in wounds on man or animals with the same serious results.
The flesh-fly instead of laying eggs deposits the living larvæ upon meat
wherever it is accessible, and as these develop with astonishing rapidity
they are able to consume large quantities of flesh in a remarkably short
time. In this way they may be of some importance as scavengers, but it is
better to get rid of the waste in other ways than to leave it for a breeding-
place for flies that are capable of causing so much damage and suffering.
Not infrequently the larvæ of certain flies are to be found in the
alimentary canal where as a rule they do no particular damage. Altogether
the larvæ of over twenty different species of flies have been found in or
expelled from the human intestinal canal. In Europe, the majority of these
larvæ belong to a fly which looks very much like the house-fly except that
it is somewhat smaller and so is often known as "the little house-fly" (Fig.
29) (Homalomyia canicularis). The same species is very common in the
United States, frequently occurring in houses. Under certain conditions it
may even be more abundant than the house-fly. It is believed that the larvæ
in the intestinal canal come from eggs that have been deposited on the
victim while using an outdoor privy where the flies are often very abundant.
Instances are also on record where these larvæ have been discharged from
the urethra.
Another fly (Ochromyia anthropophaga) occurring in the Congo region
has a blood-sucking larvæ which is known as the Congo floor-maggot. The
Page 67
fly which is itself not troublesome deposits its eggs in the cracks and
crevices of the mud floors of the huts. The larvæ which hatch from these
crawl out at night and suck the blood of the victim that may be sleeping on
the floor or on a low bed.
BOT-FLIES
Another group of flies known as the bot-flies (Fig. 30) have their
mouth-parts rudimentary or entirely wanting so of course they themselves
cannot bite or pierce an animal. Nevertheless they are the source of an
endless amount of trouble to stockmen and sometimes even attack man.
Although these flies cannot bite, the presence of even a single individual
may be enough to annoy a horse almost to the end of endurance. Horses
seem to have an instinctive fear of them and will do all in their power to get
rid of the annoying pests.
The eggs of the house bot-fly are laid on the hair of the legs or some
other part of the body. The horse licks them off and they hatch and develop
in the alimentary canal of their host. Sometimes the walls of the stomach
may be almost covered with them thus of course seriously interfering with
the functions of this organ. When full grown the larvæ pass from the host
and complete their transformation in the ground.
crevices of the mud floors of the huts. The larvæ which hatch from these
crawl out at night and suck the blood of the victim that may be sleeping on
the floor or on a low bed.
BOT-FLIES
Another group of flies known as the bot-flies (Fig. 30) have their
mouth-parts rudimentary or entirely wanting so of course they themselves
cannot bite or pierce an animal. Nevertheless they are the source of an
endless amount of trouble to stockmen and sometimes even attack man.
Although these flies cannot bite, the presence of even a single individual
may be enough to annoy a horse almost to the end of endurance. Horses
seem to have an instinctive fear of them and will do all in their power to get
rid of the annoying pests.
The eggs of the house bot-fly are laid on the hair of the legs or some
other part of the body. The horse licks them off and they hatch and develop
in the alimentary canal of their host. Sometimes the walls of the stomach
may be almost covered with them thus of course seriously interfering with
the functions of this organ. When full grown the larvæ pass from the host
and complete their transformation in the ground.
Page 68
Fig. 27—Blue-bottle fly (Lucilia sericata).
Fig. 28—Flesh-fly (Sarcophaga sp).
Fig. 28—Flesh-fly (Sarcophaga sp).
Page 69
Fig. 29—"The little house-fly" (Homalomyia
canicularis). Fig. 30—Horse bot-fly (Gastrophilus equi)
Fig. 32—Sheep bot-fly (Gastrophilus
Fig. 31—Ox warble-fly (Hypoderma lineata). nasalis).
The bot-flies of cattle or the oxwarbles (Fig. 31) gain an entrance into
the alimentary canal in the same way, that is, by the eggs being licked from
the hairs on the body where they have been laid by the adult fly. But instead
of passing on into the stomach they collect in the esophagus and later make
their way through the walls of this organ and through the tissues of the body
until they at last reach a place along the back just under the skin. Here as
they are completing their development they make more or less serious sores
canicularis). Fig. 30—Horse bot-fly (Gastrophilus equi)
Fig. 32—Sheep bot-fly (Gastrophilus
Fig. 31—Ox warble-fly (Hypoderma lineata). nasalis).
The bot-flies of cattle or the oxwarbles (Fig. 31) gain an entrance into
the alimentary canal in the same way, that is, by the eggs being licked from
the hairs on the body where they have been laid by the adult fly. But instead
of passing on into the stomach they collect in the esophagus and later make
their way through the walls of this organ and through the tissues of the body
until they at last reach a place along the back just under the skin. Here as
they are completing their development they make more or less serious sores
Page 70
on the backs of the infested animals. The hides on such animals are
rendered nearly valueless by the holes made by the larvæ. When fully
mature they drop to the ground and complete their transformations.
The sheep bot-flies (Fig. 32) lay their eggs in the nostrils of sheep. The
larvæ pass up into the frontal sinuses where they feed on the mucus,
causing great suffering and loss. Many other species of animals are infested
with their own particular species of bots. Several instances are recorded
where the oxwarble has occurred in man, always causing much suffering
and sometimes death.
One or more species of bot-flies occurring in the tropical parts of
America frequently attack man. The early larval stage soon after it has
entered the skin is known as the Ver macaque. Later stages as torcel or
Berne. The presence of the larvæ produces very painful and troublesome
sores. It is supposed that the adult flies (one species of which is Dermatobia
cyaniventris) lay their eggs on the skin which the larvæ penetrate as soon as
they hatch. It has also been suggested that they might reach the
subcutaneous tissue by migrating from the alimentary canal as do some of
the other bot-flies. A very serious eye disease, Egyptian opthalmia, is
known to be spread by the house-flies and others. These flies are often
abundant about the eyes, especially of children suffering from this disease.
It is suspected that certain small flies (Oscinidæ) in the southern part of the
United States are responsible for the spread of disease known as "sore eye."
FLEAS
The fleas used to be considered as degenerate Diptera and were placed
with that group but they are now classed as a separate order (Siphonaptera).
Within recent years these little pests have come into special prominence on
account of their importance in connection with the spread of the plague.
The fact that they are so abundant everywhere and that they will so readily
pass from one host to another makes the possibility of their spreading
infectious diseases very great. Besides the kinds that are concerned in the
rendered nearly valueless by the holes made by the larvæ. When fully
mature they drop to the ground and complete their transformations.
The sheep bot-flies (Fig. 32) lay their eggs in the nostrils of sheep. The
larvæ pass up into the frontal sinuses where they feed on the mucus,
causing great suffering and loss. Many other species of animals are infested
with their own particular species of bots. Several instances are recorded
where the oxwarble has occurred in man, always causing much suffering
and sometimes death.
One or more species of bot-flies occurring in the tropical parts of
America frequently attack man. The early larval stage soon after it has
entered the skin is known as the Ver macaque. Later stages as torcel or
Berne. The presence of the larvæ produces very painful and troublesome
sores. It is supposed that the adult flies (one species of which is Dermatobia
cyaniventris) lay their eggs on the skin which the larvæ penetrate as soon as
they hatch. It has also been suggested that they might reach the
subcutaneous tissue by migrating from the alimentary canal as do some of
the other bot-flies. A very serious eye disease, Egyptian opthalmia, is
known to be spread by the house-flies and others. These flies are often
abundant about the eyes, especially of children suffering from this disease.
It is suspected that certain small flies (Oscinidæ) in the southern part of the
United States are responsible for the spread of disease known as "sore eye."
FLEAS
The fleas used to be considered as degenerate Diptera and were placed
with that group but they are now classed as a separate order (Siphonaptera).
Within recent years these little pests have come into special prominence on
account of their importance in connection with the spread of the plague.
The fact that they are so abundant everywhere and that they will so readily
pass from one host to another makes the possibility of their spreading
infectious diseases very great. Besides the kinds that are concerned in the
Page 71
transmission of plague, which are discussed in another chapter, there are
many other kinds infesting various wild and domesticated animals and a
few attacking birds.
One of the most important of these is the jigger-flea or chigoe
(Dermatophilus penetrans, Fig. 33). Various other names such as chigger-
flea, sand-flea, jigger, chigger are also applied to this insect as well as to a
minute red mite that burrows into the skin in much the same way as the
female of the flea. So although they are entirely different creatures you can
never tell from the common name, whether it is the flea or the mite that is
being referred to. Both the male and female jigger-fleas feed on the host and
hop on or off as do other fleas, but when the female is ready to lay eggs
(Fig. 34), she burrows into the skin. Her presence there causes a swelling
and usually an ulcer which often becomes very serious, especially if the
insect should be crushed and the contents of the body escape into the
surrounding tissue.
These little pests are found throughout tropical and subtropical America
and have been introduced into Africa and from there have spread to India
and elsewhere. They attack almost all kinds of animals as well as many
birds, being of course a source of great annoyance and no inconsiderable
loss. They are more apt to attack the feet of men, especially those who go
barefooted. Sometimes they occur in such numbers as to make great masses
of sores.
On account of being such general feeders they are difficult to control,
but some relief may be obtained by keeping the houses and barns as free as
possible from dirt and rubbish and by sprinkling the breeding-places of the
pest with pyrethrum powder or carbolic water. Those that gain an entrance
into the skin should be cut out, care being taken to remove the insect entire.
BEDBUGS
In the order Hemiptera, or the true "bugs" in an entomological sense, we
find a few forms that may carry disease. The bedbug (Fig. 35) (Cimex
many other kinds infesting various wild and domesticated animals and a
few attacking birds.
One of the most important of these is the jigger-flea or chigoe
(Dermatophilus penetrans, Fig. 33). Various other names such as chigger-
flea, sand-flea, jigger, chigger are also applied to this insect as well as to a
minute red mite that burrows into the skin in much the same way as the
female of the flea. So although they are entirely different creatures you can
never tell from the common name, whether it is the flea or the mite that is
being referred to. Both the male and female jigger-fleas feed on the host and
hop on or off as do other fleas, but when the female is ready to lay eggs
(Fig. 34), she burrows into the skin. Her presence there causes a swelling
and usually an ulcer which often becomes very serious, especially if the
insect should be crushed and the contents of the body escape into the
surrounding tissue.
These little pests are found throughout tropical and subtropical America
and have been introduced into Africa and from there have spread to India
and elsewhere. They attack almost all kinds of animals as well as many
birds, being of course a source of great annoyance and no inconsiderable
loss. They are more apt to attack the feet of men, especially those who go
barefooted. Sometimes they occur in such numbers as to make great masses
of sores.
On account of being such general feeders they are difficult to control,
but some relief may be obtained by keeping the houses and barns as free as
possible from dirt and rubbish and by sprinkling the breeding-places of the
pest with pyrethrum powder or carbolic water. Those that gain an entrance
into the skin should be cut out, care being taken to remove the insect entire.
BEDBUGS
In the order Hemiptera, or the true "bugs" in an entomological sense, we
find a few forms that may carry disease. The bedbug (Fig. 35) (Cimex
Page 72
lectularis) has been accused of transmitting plague, relapsing fever and
other diseases. Very recent investigations show that the common bedbug of
India (Cimex rotundatus) harbors the parasite that causes the disease known
as kala azar, and there is no doubt that it transmits the disease.
LICE
The sucking lice (Fig. 36) which also belong to this order are suspected
of carrying some of these same diseases. It is thought that the common
louse on rats (Hæmatopinus spinulosus) is responsible for the spread from
rat to rat of a certain parasite. (Trypanosoma lewisi), which, however, does
not produce any disease in the rats, but if they are capable of acting as
alternative hosts for such parasites, it is quite possible that they may also
carry disease-producing forms.
other diseases. Very recent investigations show that the common bedbug of
India (Cimex rotundatus) harbors the parasite that causes the disease known
as kala azar, and there is no doubt that it transmits the disease.
LICE
The sucking lice (Fig. 36) which also belong to this order are suspected
of carrying some of these same diseases. It is thought that the common
louse on rats (Hæmatopinus spinulosus) is responsible for the spread from
rat to rat of a certain parasite. (Trypanosoma lewisi), which, however, does
not produce any disease in the rats, but if they are capable of acting as
alternative hosts for such parasites, it is quite possible that they may also
carry disease-producing forms.
Page 73
Fig. 33—Chigo or jigger-flea, male (Dermatophilus
penetrans). (After Karsten.)
Fig. 34—Chigo, female distended with eggs. (After
Karsten.)
penetrans). (After Karsten.)
Fig. 34—Chigo, female distended with eggs. (After
Karsten.)
Page 74
Fig. 35—Bedbug (Cimex lectularis).
Page 75
Fig. 36—Body-louse (Pediculus vestimenti). (From
drawing by J.H. Paine.)
HOW INSECTS MAY CARRY DISEASE GERMS
Insects may carry the germs or parasites which cause disease in a purely
mechanical or accidental way, that is, the insect may in the course of its
wanderings or its feeding get some of the germs on or in its body and may
by chance carry these to the food, or water, or directly to some person who
may become infected. Thus the house-fly may carry the typhoid germs on
its feet or in its body and distribute them in places where they may enter the
human body.
Several other flies as well as fleas, bedbugs, ticks, etc., may also carry
disease germs in this mechanical way. While this method of transmission is
just as dangerous as any other, and possibly more dangerous because more
drawing by J.H. Paine.)
HOW INSECTS MAY CARRY DISEASE GERMS
Insects may carry the germs or parasites which cause disease in a purely
mechanical or accidental way, that is, the insect may in the course of its
wanderings or its feeding get some of the germs on or in its body and may
by chance carry these to the food, or water, or directly to some person who
may become infected. Thus the house-fly may carry the typhoid germs on
its feet or in its body and distribute them in places where they may enter the
human body.
Several other flies as well as fleas, bedbugs, ticks, etc., may also carry
disease germs in this mechanical way. While this method of transmission is
just as dangerous as any other, and possibly more dangerous because more
Page 76
common, another method in which the insect is much more intimately
concerned is more interesting from a biological standpoint at least and will
be discussed more fully in the chapters on malaria, yellow fever and
elephantiasis.
In these cases the insect is one of the necessary hosts of the parasite,
which cannot go on with its development or pass from one patient to
another unless it first enters the insect at a certain stage of its life-history.
Fig. 37—One use for the house-fly.
BABY-BYE.
1. Baby-Bye,
Here's a fly;
We will watch him, you and I.
How he crawls
Up the walls,
Yet he never falls!
I believe with six such legs
You and I could walk on eggs.
concerned is more interesting from a biological standpoint at least and will
be discussed more fully in the chapters on malaria, yellow fever and
elephantiasis.
In these cases the insect is one of the necessary hosts of the parasite,
which cannot go on with its development or pass from one patient to
another unless it first enters the insect at a certain stage of its life-history.
Fig. 37—One use for the house-fly.
BABY-BYE.
1. Baby-Bye,
Here's a fly;
We will watch him, you and I.
How he crawls
Up the walls,
Yet he never falls!
I believe with six such legs
You and I could walk on eggs.
Page 77
There he goes
On his toes,
Tickling Baby's nose.
On his toes,
Tickling Baby's nose.
Page 78
CHAPTER V
HOUSE-FLIES OR TYPHOID-FLIES
HE page shown in Fig. 37 was copied from one of our old
second readers and shows something of the spirit in which we
used to regard the house-fly. A few of them were nice things to
have around to make things seem "homelike." Of course they
sometimes became too friendly during the early morning hours when we
were trying to take just one more little nap or they were sometimes too
insistent for their portion of the dinner after it had been placed on the table,
but a screen over the bed would help us out a little in the morning and a
long fly-brush cut from a tree in the yard or made of strips of paper tacked
to a stick or, still more fancy, made of long peacock plumes, would help to
drive them from the table. Those that were knocked into the coffee or the
cream could be fished out; those that went into the soup or the hash were
never missed!
Not only were the flies regarded as splendid things with which to amuse
the baby, but they were thought to be very useful as scavengers as they were
often seen feeding on all kinds of refuse in the yard. Then, too, they seemed
to be cleanly little things, for almost any time some of them could be seen
brushing their heads and bodies with their legs and evidently having a good
clean-up. More than that it never occurred to us that it would be possible to
get rid of them even should it be thought advisable, for they came from "out
doors," and who could kill all the flies "out doors"?
Fortunately, or otherwise, these halcyon days have gone by and the
common, innocent, friendly little house-fly is now an outcast convicted of
many crimes and accused of a long list of others (Fig. 38).
HOUSE-FLIES OR TYPHOID-FLIES
HE page shown in Fig. 37 was copied from one of our old
second readers and shows something of the spirit in which we
used to regard the house-fly. A few of them were nice things to
have around to make things seem "homelike." Of course they
sometimes became too friendly during the early morning hours when we
were trying to take just one more little nap or they were sometimes too
insistent for their portion of the dinner after it had been placed on the table,
but a screen over the bed would help us out a little in the morning and a
long fly-brush cut from a tree in the yard or made of strips of paper tacked
to a stick or, still more fancy, made of long peacock plumes, would help to
drive them from the table. Those that were knocked into the coffee or the
cream could be fished out; those that went into the soup or the hash were
never missed!
Not only were the flies regarded as splendid things with which to amuse
the baby, but they were thought to be very useful as scavengers as they were
often seen feeding on all kinds of refuse in the yard. Then, too, they seemed
to be cleanly little things, for almost any time some of them could be seen
brushing their heads and bodies with their legs and evidently having a good
clean-up. More than that it never occurred to us that it would be possible to
get rid of them even should it be thought advisable, for they came from "out
doors," and who could kill all the flies "out doors"?
Fortunately, or otherwise, these halcyon days have gone by and the
common, innocent, friendly little house-fly is now an outcast convicted of
many crimes and accused of a long list of others (Fig. 38).
Page 79
Its former friends have become its sworn enemies. The foremost
entomologist of the land has suggested that we even change its name and
give it one that would be more suggestive of the abhorence with which we
now look upon it.
Fig. 38—The house-fly (Musca domestica).
And all these changes have come about because science has turned the
microscope on the house-fly and men have studied its habits. We know now
that as the fly is "tickling baby's nose" it may be spreading there where they
may be inhaled or where they may be taken into the baby's mouth thousands
of germs some of which may cause some serious disease. We know that as
entomologist of the land has suggested that we even change its name and
give it one that would be more suggestive of the abhorence with which we
now look upon it.
Fig. 38—The house-fly (Musca domestica).
And all these changes have come about because science has turned the
microscope on the house-fly and men have studied its habits. We know now
that as the fly is "tickling baby's nose" it may be spreading there where they
may be inhaled or where they may be taken into the baby's mouth thousands
of germs some of which may cause some serious disease. We know that as
Page 80
they are buzzing about our faces while we are trying to sleep they may,
unwittingly, be in the same nefarious business, and we know that as they sip
from our cups with us or bathe in our coffee or our soup or walk daintily
over our beefsteak or frosted cake they are leaving behind a trail of filth and
bacteria, and we know that some of these germs may be and often are the
cause of some of our common diseases. As the typhoid germs are very often
distributed in this way, Dr. Howard has suggested that the house-fly shall be
known in the future as the typhoid-fly, not because it is solely responsible
for the spread of typhoid, but because it is such an important factor in it and
is so dangerous from every point of view. The names "manure fly" and
"privy fly" have also been suggested and would perhaps serve just as well,
as the only object in giving it another name would be to find a more
repulsive one to remind us constantly of the filthy and dangerous habits of
the fly.
STRUCTURE
In order that we may better understand why it is that the house-fly is
capable of so much mischief, let us consider briefly a few points in regard
to its structure, its methods of feeding and its life-history.
The large compound eyes are the most conspicuous part of the head
(Fig. 39). In front, between the eyes, are the three-jointed antennæ, the last
joint bearing a short, feathery bristle. From the under side of the head arises
the long, fleshy proboscis (Fig. 40). When this is fully extended it is
somewhat longer than the head; when not distended and in use it is doubled
back in the cavity on the under side of the head. About half-way between
the base and the middle is a pair of unjointed mouth-feelers (maxillary
palpi). At the tip are two membranous lobes (Fig. 41) closely united along
their middle line. These are covered with many fine corrugated ridges,
which under the microscope look like fine spirals and are known as
pseudotracheæ. Thus it will be seen that the house-fly's mouth-parts are
fitted for sucking and not for biting. Its food must be in a liquid or semi-
liquid state before it can be sucked through the tube leading from the lobes
unwittingly, be in the same nefarious business, and we know that as they sip
from our cups with us or bathe in our coffee or our soup or walk daintily
over our beefsteak or frosted cake they are leaving behind a trail of filth and
bacteria, and we know that some of these germs may be and often are the
cause of some of our common diseases. As the typhoid germs are very often
distributed in this way, Dr. Howard has suggested that the house-fly shall be
known in the future as the typhoid-fly, not because it is solely responsible
for the spread of typhoid, but because it is such an important factor in it and
is so dangerous from every point of view. The names "manure fly" and
"privy fly" have also been suggested and would perhaps serve just as well,
as the only object in giving it another name would be to find a more
repulsive one to remind us constantly of the filthy and dangerous habits of
the fly.
STRUCTURE
In order that we may better understand why it is that the house-fly is
capable of so much mischief, let us consider briefly a few points in regard
to its structure, its methods of feeding and its life-history.
The large compound eyes are the most conspicuous part of the head
(Fig. 39). In front, between the eyes, are the three-jointed antennæ, the last
joint bearing a short, feathery bristle. From the under side of the head arises
the long, fleshy proboscis (Fig. 40). When this is fully extended it is
somewhat longer than the head; when not distended and in use it is doubled
back in the cavity on the under side of the head. About half-way between
the base and the middle is a pair of unjointed mouth-feelers (maxillary
palpi). At the tip are two membranous lobes (Fig. 41) closely united along
their middle line. These are covered with many fine corrugated ridges,
which under the microscope look like fine spirals and are known as
pseudotracheæ. Thus it will be seen that the house-fly's mouth-parts are
fitted for sucking and not for biting. Its food must be in a liquid or semi-
liquid state before it can be sucked through the tube leading from the lobes
Page 81
at the tip up through the proboscis and on into the stomach. If the fly wishes
to feed on any substance such as sugar, that is not liquid, it first pours out
some saliva on it and then begins to rasp it with the rough terminal lobes of
the proboscis, thus reducing the food to a consistency that will enable the
fly to suck it up. Many people think that house-flies can bite and will tell
you that they have been bitten by them. But a careful examination of the
offender, in such instances, will show that it was not a house-fly but
probably a stable-fly, which does have mouth-parts fitted for piercing.
Fig. 39—Head of house-fly showing eyes,
antennæ and mouth-parts.
to feed on any substance such as sugar, that is not liquid, it first pours out
some saliva on it and then begins to rasp it with the rough terminal lobes of
the proboscis, thus reducing the food to a consistency that will enable the
fly to suck it up. Many people think that house-flies can bite and will tell
you that they have been bitten by them. But a careful examination of the
offender, in such instances, will show that it was not a house-fly but
probably a stable-fly, which does have mouth-parts fitted for piercing.
Fig. 39—Head of house-fly showing eyes,
antennæ and mouth-parts.
Page 82
Fig. 40—Proboscis of house-fly, side
view.
Fig. 41—Lobes at end of proboscis of house-fly showing
corrugated ridges.
view.
Fig. 41—Lobes at end of proboscis of house-fly showing
corrugated ridges.
Page 83
Fig. 42—Wing of house-fly.
The thorax bears the two rather broad, membranous wings (Fig. 42)
which have characteristic venation. Three of these veins end rather close
together just before the tip of the wing, the posterior one of the group being
bent forward rather sharply a short distance from the tip. The stable-fly has
this vein slightly curved forward but not nearly so conspicuously (Fig. 43).
Nearly all the other flies that are apt to be mistaken for the house-fly do
not have this vein curved forward. The wings, although apparently bare, are
covered with a fine microscopic pubescence. Among these fine hairs on the
wing as well as among similar fine ones and coarser ones all over the body,
particles of dust and dirt or filth (Fig. 44) or, what interests us more just
now, thousands of germs may find a temporary lodgment and later be
scattered through the air as the insect flies. Or they may get on our food as
the fly feeds or while it rests and combs its body with the rows of coarse
hairs on its legs.
The legs are rather thickly covered with coarse hairs or bristles and with
a mat of fine, short hairs. On some of the segments the larger hairs are
arranged in rows and are used as a sort of comb with which the fly combs
the dirt from the rest of its body. The last segment (Fig. 45) of the leg bears
at its tip a pair of large curved claws and a pair of membranous pads known
as the pulvillæ. On the under side of the pulvillæ are innumerable minute
secreting hairs (Fig. 46) by means of which the fly is able to walk on the
wall or ceiling or in any position on highly-polished surfaces.
The thorax bears the two rather broad, membranous wings (Fig. 42)
which have characteristic venation. Three of these veins end rather close
together just before the tip of the wing, the posterior one of the group being
bent forward rather sharply a short distance from the tip. The stable-fly has
this vein slightly curved forward but not nearly so conspicuously (Fig. 43).
Nearly all the other flies that are apt to be mistaken for the house-fly do
not have this vein curved forward. The wings, although apparently bare, are
covered with a fine microscopic pubescence. Among these fine hairs on the
wing as well as among similar fine ones and coarser ones all over the body,
particles of dust and dirt or filth (Fig. 44) or, what interests us more just
now, thousands of germs may find a temporary lodgment and later be
scattered through the air as the insect flies. Or they may get on our food as
the fly feeds or while it rests and combs its body with the rows of coarse
hairs on its legs.
The legs are rather thickly covered with coarse hairs or bristles and with
a mat of fine, short hairs. On some of the segments the larger hairs are
arranged in rows and are used as a sort of comb with which the fly combs
the dirt from the rest of its body. The last segment (Fig. 45) of the leg bears
at its tip a pair of large curved claws and a pair of membranous pads known
as the pulvillæ. On the under side of the pulvillæ are innumerable minute
secreting hairs (Fig. 46) by means of which the fly is able to walk on the
wall or ceiling or in any position on highly-polished surfaces.
Page 84
HOW THEY CARRY BACTERIA
These same little pads, with their covering of secreting hairs, are
perhaps the most dangerous part of the insect for they cannot help but carry
much of the filth over or through which the fly walks, and as this may be
well stocked with germs the danger is at once apparent.
As the result of a series of carefully planned experiments it has been
demonstrated that the number of bacteria on a single fly may range all the
way from 550 to 6,600,000 with an average for the lot experimented with of
about one and one-fourth million bacteria to each fly. Now where do all
these bacteria come from? Necessarily from the place where the fly breeds
or where it feeds.
Fig. 43—Wing of Stable-fly (Stomoxys calcitrans).
Fig. 44—Wing of house-fly showing particles of dirt adhering to
it.
These same little pads, with their covering of secreting hairs, are
perhaps the most dangerous part of the insect for they cannot help but carry
much of the filth over or through which the fly walks, and as this may be
well stocked with germs the danger is at once apparent.
As the result of a series of carefully planned experiments it has been
demonstrated that the number of bacteria on a single fly may range all the
way from 550 to 6,600,000 with an average for the lot experimented with of
about one and one-fourth million bacteria to each fly. Now where do all
these bacteria come from? Necessarily from the place where the fly breeds
or where it feeds.
Fig. 43—Wing of Stable-fly (Stomoxys calcitrans).
Fig. 44—Wing of house-fly showing particles of dirt adhering to
it.
Page 85
Fig. 45—Last three segments of leg of house-fly showing the
claws, the pulvillæ and the hairs on the legs.
Fig. 46—Foot of house-fly showing claws, hairs, pulvillæ and the
minute clinging hairs on the pulvillæ.
claws, the pulvillæ and the hairs on the legs.
Fig. 46—Foot of house-fly showing claws, hairs, pulvillæ and the
minute clinging hairs on the pulvillæ.
Page 86
Fig. 47—Larva of house-fly.
LIFE-HISTORY AND HABITS
The eggs of the house-fly may be laid on almost any kind of decaying
or fermenting material. If this is kept moist and a proper temperature
maintained the larvæ or maggots (Fig. 47) that hatch from the eggs may
develop. As a rule, however, these requirements are found only under
certain conditions and are ordinarily found only in manure heaps or in privy
vaults or latrines. All observers agree that the female fly prefers to deposit
her eggs in horse manure when this can be found and when this is piled in
heaps in the barn-yard (Fig. 48) or in the field the heat caused by the decay
and fermentation makes ideal conditions for the development of the larvæ.
Cow manure may serve as a breeding-place to a limited extent. The flies are
immediately attracted to human excrement and breed freely in it when
opportunity offers. Decaying vegetables or fruit, fermenting kitchen refuse
and other materials sometimes also serve as breeding-places.
In suitable places in warm weather the eggs will hatch in from eight to
twelve hours and the larvæ will become fully developed in from eight to
fourteen days. They then change to pupæ (Fig. 50) in which stage they may
remain for another eight to twenty days when the adult flies will emerge.
These figures must necessarily be indefinite because the weather and other
conditions always vary. Under the most favorable conditions of moisture
LIFE-HISTORY AND HABITS
The eggs of the house-fly may be laid on almost any kind of decaying
or fermenting material. If this is kept moist and a proper temperature
maintained the larvæ or maggots (Fig. 47) that hatch from the eggs may
develop. As a rule, however, these requirements are found only under
certain conditions and are ordinarily found only in manure heaps or in privy
vaults or latrines. All observers agree that the female fly prefers to deposit
her eggs in horse manure when this can be found and when this is piled in
heaps in the barn-yard (Fig. 48) or in the field the heat caused by the decay
and fermentation makes ideal conditions for the development of the larvæ.
Cow manure may serve as a breeding-place to a limited extent. The flies are
immediately attracted to human excrement and breed freely in it when
opportunity offers. Decaying vegetables or fruit, fermenting kitchen refuse
and other materials sometimes also serve as breeding-places.
In suitable places in warm weather the eggs will hatch in from eight to
twelve hours and the larvæ will become fully developed in from eight to
fourteen days. They then change to pupæ (Fig. 50) in which stage they may
remain for another eight to twenty days when the adult flies will emerge.
These figures must necessarily be indefinite because the weather and other
conditions always vary. Under the most favorable conditions of moisture
Page 87
and temperature it is probably never less than eight days from egg to adult
fly and under unfavorable conditions it may be as long as six weeks.
The larvæ thrive best when the manure is kept quite wet. I have often
found them in almost incredible numbers in stables that had not been
cleaned for some time. The horses standing there at night added fresh
material and kept it just wet enough to make conditions almost ideal (Fig.
49).
The pupæ are usually found where the manure is a little dryer, but it
must not be too dry. When the flies issue from the pupæ they push their way
up to the surface where they remain for a short time and allow the body to
harden and the wings to dry before they fly away to other manure or, as too
often happens, to some near-by kitchen or restaurant or market place.
Fig. 48—Barn-yard filled with manure. Millions of flies were breeding here and
infesting all the near-by houses.
fly and under unfavorable conditions it may be as long as six weeks.
The larvæ thrive best when the manure is kept quite wet. I have often
found them in almost incredible numbers in stables that had not been
cleaned for some time. The horses standing there at night added fresh
material and kept it just wet enough to make conditions almost ideal (Fig.
49).
The pupæ are usually found where the manure is a little dryer, but it
must not be too dry. When the flies issue from the pupæ they push their way
up to the surface where they remain for a short time and allow the body to
harden and the wings to dry before they fly away to other manure or, as too
often happens, to some near-by kitchen or restaurant or market place.
Fig. 48—Barn-yard filled with manure. Millions of flies were breeding here and
infesting all the near-by houses.
Page 88
Fig. 49—Dirty stalls; the manure had not been removed for some days and the
floor was covered with maggots.
Of course it is impossible for them to issue from this filth without more
or less of it clinging to their bodies. Now if these flies would breed only in
barn-yard manure and fly directly from the stable to the house there would
be comparatively little reason to complain, at least from a sanitary
standpoint, for the amount of barn-yard filth that they carried to our food
would be of little consequence. But when they breed in privy vaults or
similar places, or visit such places before coming into the house or dairy or
market place the results may be much more serious.
FLIES AND TYPHOID
It has been abundantly demonstrated that the excrement or the urine of a
typhoid patient may contain virulent germs for some time before he is
aware that he has the disease, and it has been shown that the germs may be
present for weeks or months, and in some cases even years after the patient
has recovered. If a fly breeds in such infected material, or feeds or walks on
it, it is very apt to get some of the germs on its body where they may retain
their virulence for some time, and should it visit our food while covered
with these germs some of them would probably be left there where they
floor was covered with maggots.
Of course it is impossible for them to issue from this filth without more
or less of it clinging to their bodies. Now if these flies would breed only in
barn-yard manure and fly directly from the stable to the house there would
be comparatively little reason to complain, at least from a sanitary
standpoint, for the amount of barn-yard filth that they carried to our food
would be of little consequence. But when they breed in privy vaults or
similar places, or visit such places before coming into the house or dairy or
market place the results may be much more serious.
FLIES AND TYPHOID
It has been abundantly demonstrated that the excrement or the urine of a
typhoid patient may contain virulent germs for some time before he is
aware that he has the disease, and it has been shown that the germs may be
present for weeks or months, and in some cases even years after the patient
has recovered. If a fly breeds in such infected material, or feeds or walks on
it, it is very apt to get some of the germs on its body where they may retain
their virulence for some time, and should it visit our food while covered
with these germs some of them would probably be left there where they
Page 89
might produce serious results. More than that. If the fly should feed on such
infected material the typhoid germs would go on developing in the intestine
of the fly and would be passed out with the feces in which they retain their
virulence for some days. In other words, the too familiar "fly-specks" are
not only disgusting, but may be a very grave source of danger. It will be
seen that in this way several members of a community might become
infected with the typhoid germs before anyone was aware that there was a
case of typhoid or a "bacillus carrier" in the neighborhood.
One more example out of the scores that might be cited to show how the
fly may carry typhoid germs. They may enter the sick chamber in the home
or in the hospital and there gain access to the typhoid germs. These they
may carry to other parts of the house or to near-by houses, or the flies may
light on passing carriages or cars and be carried perhaps for miles before
they enter another house and contaminate the food there.
These are hypothetical cases, but they illustrate what is taking place
hundreds of times every season all over the world wherever typhoid fever
and flies occur, and no country or race is known to be immune from
typhoid, and the fly is found "wherever man is found."
In the summer of 1898 a commission was appointed to investigate the
prevalence of typhoid fever in the United States Army Concentration
Camps. The following are some of the conclusions as reported by Dr.
Vaughan:
"FLIES UNDOUBTEDLY SERVED AS CARRIERS OF THE INFECTION
"My reasons for believing that flies were active in the dissemination of typhoid may be stated as
follows:
"a. Flies swarmed over infected fecal matter in the pits and then visited and fed upon the food
prepared for the soldiers at the mess tents. In some instances where lime had recently been sprinkled
over the contents of the pits, flies with their feet whitened with lime were seen walking over the food.
"b. Officers whose mess tents were protected by means of screens suffered proportionately less
from typhoid fever than did those whose tents were not so protected.
infected material the typhoid germs would go on developing in the intestine
of the fly and would be passed out with the feces in which they retain their
virulence for some days. In other words, the too familiar "fly-specks" are
not only disgusting, but may be a very grave source of danger. It will be
seen that in this way several members of a community might become
infected with the typhoid germs before anyone was aware that there was a
case of typhoid or a "bacillus carrier" in the neighborhood.
One more example out of the scores that might be cited to show how the
fly may carry typhoid germs. They may enter the sick chamber in the home
or in the hospital and there gain access to the typhoid germs. These they
may carry to other parts of the house or to near-by houses, or the flies may
light on passing carriages or cars and be carried perhaps for miles before
they enter another house and contaminate the food there.
These are hypothetical cases, but they illustrate what is taking place
hundreds of times every season all over the world wherever typhoid fever
and flies occur, and no country or race is known to be immune from
typhoid, and the fly is found "wherever man is found."
In the summer of 1898 a commission was appointed to investigate the
prevalence of typhoid fever in the United States Army Concentration
Camps. The following are some of the conclusions as reported by Dr.
Vaughan:
"FLIES UNDOUBTEDLY SERVED AS CARRIERS OF THE INFECTION
"My reasons for believing that flies were active in the dissemination of typhoid may be stated as
follows:
"a. Flies swarmed over infected fecal matter in the pits and then visited and fed upon the food
prepared for the soldiers at the mess tents. In some instances where lime had recently been sprinkled
over the contents of the pits, flies with their feet whitened with lime were seen walking over the food.
"b. Officers whose mess tents were protected by means of screens suffered proportionately less
from typhoid fever than did those whose tents were not so protected.
Page 90
"c. Typhoid fever gradually disappeared in the fall of 1898, with the approach of cold weather,
and the consequent disabling of the fly.
"It is possible for the fly to carry the typhoid bacillus in two ways. In the first place, fecal matter
containing the typhoid germ may adhere to the fly and be mechanically transported. In the second
place, it is possible that the typhoid bacillus may be carried in the digestive organs of the fly and may
be deposited with its excrement."
In Dr. Daniel D. Jackson's report to the Merchants' Association of New
York on the "Pollution of New York Harbor as a Menace to the Health by
the Dissemination of Intestinal Diseases Through the Agency of the
Common House-fly," he shows graphically that the prevalence of typhoid
and other intestinal diseases is coincident with the prevalence of flies, and
that the greatest number of deaths from such diseases occurs near the river
front where the open or poorly constructed sewers scatter the filth where the
flies can feed on it, or along the wharves with their inadequate
accommodations and the resulting accumulation of filth.
FLIES AND OTHER DISEASES
Not only is the house-fly an important factor in the dissemination of
typhoid fever, but it has been definitely shown that it is capable of
transmitting several other serious diseases.
The evidence that flies carry and spread the deadly germs of cholera is
most conclusive. The germs may be carried on the body where they will
live but a short time, or they may be carried in the alimentary canal where
they will live for a much longer period and are finally deposited in the fly-
specks where they retain their virulence for some time. Flies that had been
allowed to contaminate themselves with cholera germs were allowed access
to milk and meat. In both cases hundreds of colonies of the germs could
later be recovered from the food. As with the typhoid germs milk seems to
be a particularly good medium for the development of the cholera germs. In
several of the experiments that have been made along this line the milk has
been readily infected by the flies visiting it.
and the consequent disabling of the fly.
"It is possible for the fly to carry the typhoid bacillus in two ways. In the first place, fecal matter
containing the typhoid germ may adhere to the fly and be mechanically transported. In the second
place, it is possible that the typhoid bacillus may be carried in the digestive organs of the fly and may
be deposited with its excrement."
In Dr. Daniel D. Jackson's report to the Merchants' Association of New
York on the "Pollution of New York Harbor as a Menace to the Health by
the Dissemination of Intestinal Diseases Through the Agency of the
Common House-fly," he shows graphically that the prevalence of typhoid
and other intestinal diseases is coincident with the prevalence of flies, and
that the greatest number of deaths from such diseases occurs near the river
front where the open or poorly constructed sewers scatter the filth where the
flies can feed on it, or along the wharves with their inadequate
accommodations and the resulting accumulation of filth.
FLIES AND OTHER DISEASES
Not only is the house-fly an important factor in the dissemination of
typhoid fever, but it has been definitely shown that it is capable of
transmitting several other serious diseases.
The evidence that flies carry and spread the deadly germs of cholera is
most conclusive. The germs may be carried on the body where they will
live but a short time, or they may be carried in the alimentary canal where
they will live for a much longer period and are finally deposited in the fly-
specks where they retain their virulence for some time. Flies that had been
allowed to contaminate themselves with cholera germs were allowed access
to milk and meat. In both cases hundreds of colonies of the germs could
later be recovered from the food. As with the typhoid germs milk seems to
be a particularly good medium for the development of the cholera germs. In
several of the experiments that have been made along this line the milk has
been readily infected by the flies visiting it.
Page 91
Of course an outbreak of cholera is of rare occurrence in our country,
but unfortunately this is not so in regard to some other intestinal diseases
such as diarrhea and enteritis which annually cause the death of many
children, especially bottle-fed babies. Those who have made close studies
of the way in which these diseases are disseminated are convinced that the
flies are one of the most important factors in their spread.
It has long been observed that flies are particularly fond of sputum and
will feed on it on the sidewalk, in the gutter, the cuspidor or wherever
opportunity offers. It is well known, too, that the sputum of a consumptive
contains myriads of virulent tubercular germs. A fly feeding and crawling
over such material must necessarily get some of it on its body, and as it
dries and the insect flies about the germs will be distributed through the air,
possibly over our food. It has been shown that the excretion from a fly that
has fed on tubercular sputum contains tubercular bacilli that may remain
virulent for at least fifteen days. Thus we see again the danger that may lurk
in the too familiar "fly-specks."
Although it is generally supposed that the flea is solely responsible for
the spread of the bubonic plague and no doubt is the principal distributing
agent, the fact must not be overlooked that the house-fly may also be of
considerable importance in this connection. Carefully planned experiments
have shown that flies that have become infected by being fed on plague-
infected material may carry the germs for several days and that they may
die of the disease. During plague epidemics flies may become infected by
visiting the sores on human or rat victims or by feeding on dead rats or on
the excreta of sick patients, and an infected fly is always a menace should it
visit our food or open wounds or sores. Anthrax bacilli are carried about
and deposited by flies showing the possibility of the disease being spread in
this way.
Some believe that leprosy, smallpox and many other diseases are carried
by the house-fly, so it is little wonder that it is fast losing its standing as a
household companion and that we are beginning to regard it not only as a
but unfortunately this is not so in regard to some other intestinal diseases
such as diarrhea and enteritis which annually cause the death of many
children, especially bottle-fed babies. Those who have made close studies
of the way in which these diseases are disseminated are convinced that the
flies are one of the most important factors in their spread.
It has long been observed that flies are particularly fond of sputum and
will feed on it on the sidewalk, in the gutter, the cuspidor or wherever
opportunity offers. It is well known, too, that the sputum of a consumptive
contains myriads of virulent tubercular germs. A fly feeding and crawling
over such material must necessarily get some of it on its body, and as it
dries and the insect flies about the germs will be distributed through the air,
possibly over our food. It has been shown that the excretion from a fly that
has fed on tubercular sputum contains tubercular bacilli that may remain
virulent for at least fifteen days. Thus we see again the danger that may lurk
in the too familiar "fly-specks."
Although it is generally supposed that the flea is solely responsible for
the spread of the bubonic plague and no doubt is the principal distributing
agent, the fact must not be overlooked that the house-fly may also be of
considerable importance in this connection. Carefully planned experiments
have shown that flies that have become infected by being fed on plague-
infected material may carry the germs for several days and that they may
die of the disease. During plague epidemics flies may become infected by
visiting the sores on human or rat victims or by feeding on dead rats or on
the excreta of sick patients, and an infected fly is always a menace should it
visit our food or open wounds or sores. Anthrax bacilli are carried about
and deposited by flies showing the possibility of the disease being spread in
this way.
Some believe that leprosy, smallpox and many other diseases are carried
by the house-fly, so it is little wonder that it is fast losing its standing as a
household companion and that we are beginning to regard it not only as a
Page 92
nuisance but as a source of danger which should no longer be tolerated in
any community.
Of course only a small per cent of the flies that visit our food in the
dairies or market places or kitchens actually carry dangerous diseases, but
they are all bred in filth and it is not possible without careful experiments or
laboratory analysis to determine whether any of the germs among the
millions that are on their bodies are dangerous or not. The chances that they
may be are too great. The only safe way is to banish them all or to see that
all of our food is protected from them.
FIGHTING FLIES
Screens and sticky fly-paper have their places and give some little relief
in a well-kept house. But of what use is it to protect your food after it has
entered your home if in the stores, in the market place, in the dairy barn, or
dairy wagon, in the grocers' and butchers' cart, it has been exposed to
contamination by hundreds of flies that have visited it.
The problem is a larger one than keeping the house free from flies;
larger but not more difficult, for the remedy is simple, effective, practicable
and inexpensive. Destroy their breeding-places and you will have no flies.
As the flies breed principally in manure the first remedial measure is to see
that all manure is removed from the barn-yard at least once a week and
spread over the fields to dry, for the flies cannot breed in the dry manure. If
it is not practicable to remove it this often the manure should be kept in a
bin that is closed so tight that no flies can get into it to lay their eggs.
Sometimes the manure may be treated with some substance such as
kerosene, crude oil, chlorid of lime, tobacco water or mixture of two or
more of these and thus rendered unsuitable for the flies to breed in, but in
general practice none of them has been found very satisfactory for the
treatment is either not thorough enough or is too expensive of time and
material.
any community.
Of course only a small per cent of the flies that visit our food in the
dairies or market places or kitchens actually carry dangerous diseases, but
they are all bred in filth and it is not possible without careful experiments or
laboratory analysis to determine whether any of the germs among the
millions that are on their bodies are dangerous or not. The chances that they
may be are too great. The only safe way is to banish them all or to see that
all of our food is protected from them.
FIGHTING FLIES
Screens and sticky fly-paper have their places and give some little relief
in a well-kept house. But of what use is it to protect your food after it has
entered your home if in the stores, in the market place, in the dairy barn, or
dairy wagon, in the grocers' and butchers' cart, it has been exposed to
contamination by hundreds of flies that have visited it.
The problem is a larger one than keeping the house free from flies;
larger but not more difficult, for the remedy is simple, effective, practicable
and inexpensive. Destroy their breeding-places and you will have no flies.
As the flies breed principally in manure the first remedial measure is to see
that all manure is removed from the barn-yard at least once a week and
spread over the fields to dry, for the flies cannot breed in the dry manure. If
it is not practicable to remove it this often the manure should be kept in a
bin that is closed so tight that no flies can get into it to lay their eggs.
Sometimes the manure may be treated with some substance such as
kerosene, crude oil, chlorid of lime, tobacco water or mixture of two or
more of these and thus rendered unsuitable for the flies to breed in, but in
general practice none of them has been found very satisfactory for the
treatment is either not thorough enough or is too expensive of time and
material.
Page 93
Outdoor privies and cesspools must be carefully attended to. The latter
can be easily covered so no flies can get in and if the filthy and in every
way dangerous pit under the privy be filled and the dry-earth closet
substituted one of the greatest sources of danger, especially in the country
and in towns with inadequate sewerage facilities, will be done away with.
After these things are done there remain only the garbage cans and the
rubbish heaps to look after.
Of course your neighbor must keep his place clean too, for his flies are
just as apt to come into your house as his, so the problem becomes one for
the whole community.
Almost all cities and many of the smaller towns have ordinances which
if enforced would afford adequate protection from flies, but they are seldom
if ever rigidly enforced and it yet remains for some enterprising town to be
able to advertise itself as a "speckless town" as well as a "spotless town."
AN EXPERT'S OPINION
In a recent important bulletin issued by the Bureau of Entomology, Dr.
L.O. Howard discusses the economic importance of several of the insects
that carry disease. I wish to quote two or three paragraphs from the pages in
which he discusses the house-fly or typhoid fly to show the opinion of this
excellent authority in regard to this pest.
"Even if the typhoid or house fly were a creature difficult to destroy, the general failure on the
part of communities to make any efforts whatever to reduce its numbers could properly be termed
criminal neglect; but since, as will be shown, it is comparatively an easy matter to do away with the
plague of flies, this neglect becomes an evidence of ignorance or of a carelessness in regard to
disease-producing filth which to the informed mind constitutes a serious blot on civilized methods of
life."
On another page:
"We have thus shown that the typhoid or house fly is a general and common carrier of pathogenic
bacteria. It may carry typhoid fever, Asiatic cholera, dysentery, cholera morbus, and other intestinal
diseases; it may carry the bacilli of tuberculosis and certain eye diseases. It is the duty of every
individual to guard so far as possible against the occurrence of flies upon his premises. It is the duty
can be easily covered so no flies can get in and if the filthy and in every
way dangerous pit under the privy be filled and the dry-earth closet
substituted one of the greatest sources of danger, especially in the country
and in towns with inadequate sewerage facilities, will be done away with.
After these things are done there remain only the garbage cans and the
rubbish heaps to look after.
Of course your neighbor must keep his place clean too, for his flies are
just as apt to come into your house as his, so the problem becomes one for
the whole community.
Almost all cities and many of the smaller towns have ordinances which
if enforced would afford adequate protection from flies, but they are seldom
if ever rigidly enforced and it yet remains for some enterprising town to be
able to advertise itself as a "speckless town" as well as a "spotless town."
AN EXPERT'S OPINION
In a recent important bulletin issued by the Bureau of Entomology, Dr.
L.O. Howard discusses the economic importance of several of the insects
that carry disease. I wish to quote two or three paragraphs from the pages in
which he discusses the house-fly or typhoid fly to show the opinion of this
excellent authority in regard to this pest.
"Even if the typhoid or house fly were a creature difficult to destroy, the general failure on the
part of communities to make any efforts whatever to reduce its numbers could properly be termed
criminal neglect; but since, as will be shown, it is comparatively an easy matter to do away with the
plague of flies, this neglect becomes an evidence of ignorance or of a carelessness in regard to
disease-producing filth which to the informed mind constitutes a serious blot on civilized methods of
life."
On another page:
"We have thus shown that the typhoid or house fly is a general and common carrier of pathogenic
bacteria. It may carry typhoid fever, Asiatic cholera, dysentery, cholera morbus, and other intestinal
diseases; it may carry the bacilli of tuberculosis and certain eye diseases. It is the duty of every
individual to guard so far as possible against the occurrence of flies upon his premises. It is the duty
Page 94
of every community, through its board of health, to spend money in the warfare against this enemy of
mankind. This duty is as pronounced as though the community were attacked by bands of ravenous
wolves."
Again:
"A leading editorial in an afternoon paper of the city of Washington, of October 20, 1908, bears
the heading, 'Typhoid a National Scourge,' arguing that it is to-day as great a scourge as tuberculosis.
The editorial writer might equally well have used the heading 'Typhoid a National Reproach,' or
perhaps even 'Typhoid a National Crime,' since it is an absolutely preventable disease. And as for the
typhoid fly, that a creature born in indescribable filth and absolutely swarming with disease germs
should practically be invited to multiply unchecked, even in great centers of population, is surely
nothing less than criminal."
The whole bulletin (No. 78, Bureau of Entomology) should be read and
studied by all who are interested in this subject.
OTHER FLIES
Occasionally other flies looking more or less like the house-fly are seen
in houses. Some of these have the same type of sucking mouth-parts and
have habits very similar to the house-fly, but as they are usually much less
common and as nearly all that has been said in regard to the house-fly
would apply equally well to them and as the same measures should be
adopted in fighting them they need not be discussed further here.
I have already called attention to the fact that a fly which looks very
much like the house-fly is sometimes found in the house and will often bite
severely. It has quite a different style of beak, one that is fitted for piercing
so it may suck the blood of its victim (Fig. 51). As these flies often seem to
be more persistent before a rain the weather prophet will tell you that "It is
surely going to rain for the house-flies are beginning to bite."
These stable-flies, as they are called, are great pests of cattle and horses
in some sections. It is thought that they are important factors in the spread
of some of the diseases of domestic animals, and their habit of sometimes
attacking human beings makes it possible for them to carry certain disease
germs from animals to man or from man to man.
mankind. This duty is as pronounced as though the community were attacked by bands of ravenous
wolves."
Again:
"A leading editorial in an afternoon paper of the city of Washington, of October 20, 1908, bears
the heading, 'Typhoid a National Scourge,' arguing that it is to-day as great a scourge as tuberculosis.
The editorial writer might equally well have used the heading 'Typhoid a National Reproach,' or
perhaps even 'Typhoid a National Crime,' since it is an absolutely preventable disease. And as for the
typhoid fly, that a creature born in indescribable filth and absolutely swarming with disease germs
should practically be invited to multiply unchecked, even in great centers of population, is surely
nothing less than criminal."
The whole bulletin (No. 78, Bureau of Entomology) should be read and
studied by all who are interested in this subject.
OTHER FLIES
Occasionally other flies looking more or less like the house-fly are seen
in houses. Some of these have the same type of sucking mouth-parts and
have habits very similar to the house-fly, but as they are usually much less
common and as nearly all that has been said in regard to the house-fly
would apply equally well to them and as the same measures should be
adopted in fighting them they need not be discussed further here.
I have already called attention to the fact that a fly which looks very
much like the house-fly is sometimes found in the house and will often bite
severely. It has quite a different style of beak, one that is fitted for piercing
so it may suck the blood of its victim (Fig. 51). As these flies often seem to
be more persistent before a rain the weather prophet will tell you that "It is
surely going to rain for the house-flies are beginning to bite."
These stable-flies, as they are called, are great pests of cattle and horses
in some sections. It is thought that they are important factors in the spread
of some of the diseases of domestic animals, and their habit of sometimes
attacking human beings makes it possible for them to carry certain disease
germs from animals to man or from man to man.
Page 95
Page 96
CHAPTER VI
MOSQUITOES
OSQUITOES are no more abundant now than they have been in
the past, but when Linnæus in 1758 made his list of all the
animals known to exist at that time he catalogued only six
species of mosquitoes. Only a few years ago, 1901, Dr. Theobald
of the British Museum published a book on the mosquitoes of the world in
which he listed three hundred and forty-three kinds. Soon other volumes
appeared, adding more species, and systematists everywhere have been
describing new ones until now the total number of described species is
probably over five hundred, more than sixty of which occur in the United
States.
This shows only one phase of the great interest that has been taken in
the mosquitoes since the discovery of their importance as carriers of
disease. Not only have they been studied from a systematic standpoint but
an endless amount of work has been done and is being done in studying
their development, habits, and structure until now, if one could gather
together all that has been written about mosquitoes in the last ten or twelve
years he would have a considerable library.
MOSQUITOES
OSQUITOES are no more abundant now than they have been in
the past, but when Linnæus in 1758 made his list of all the
animals known to exist at that time he catalogued only six
species of mosquitoes. Only a few years ago, 1901, Dr. Theobald
of the British Museum published a book on the mosquitoes of the world in
which he listed three hundred and forty-three kinds. Soon other volumes
appeared, adding more species, and systematists everywhere have been
describing new ones until now the total number of described species is
probably over five hundred, more than sixty of which occur in the United
States.
This shows only one phase of the great interest that has been taken in
the mosquitoes since the discovery of their importance as carriers of
disease. Not only have they been studied from a systematic standpoint but
an endless amount of work has been done and is being done in studying
their development, habits, and structure until now, if one could gather
together all that has been written about mosquitoes in the last ten or twelve
years he would have a considerable library.
Page 97
Fig. 50 Fig. 51
Fig. 52
Fig. 50—Pupa of house-fly with the end broken to allow the fly to issue.
Fig. 51—Head of stable-fly showing sharp piercing beak.
Fig. 52
Fig. 50—Pupa of house-fly with the end broken to allow the fly to issue.
Fig. 51—Head of stable-fly showing sharp piercing beak.
Page 98
Fig. 52—Mass of mosquito eggs (Theobaldia incidens).
Fig. 53—Mosquito eggs and larvæ (Theobaldia incidens); two
larvæ feeding on bottom, others at surface to breathe.
Fig. 54—Mosquito larvæ (T. incidens), dorsal view.
Those who are particularly interested in the group will find some of
these books and papers easily accessible, so there may be given here only a
brief summary of the more important facts in regard to the structure and
habits of the mosquitoes in order that we may more readily understand the
part that they play in the transmission of diseases and see the
reasonableness of the recommendations in regard to fighting them.
THE EGGS
Fig. 53—Mosquito eggs and larvæ (Theobaldia incidens); two
larvæ feeding on bottom, others at surface to breathe.
Fig. 54—Mosquito larvæ (T. incidens), dorsal view.
Those who are particularly interested in the group will find some of
these books and papers easily accessible, so there may be given here only a
brief summary of the more important facts in regard to the structure and
habits of the mosquitoes in order that we may more readily understand the
part that they play in the transmission of diseases and see the
reasonableness of the recommendations in regard to fighting them.
THE EGGS
Page 99
Mosquito eggs are laid in water or in places where water is apt to
accumulate, otherwise they will not hatch. Some species lay their eggs in
little masses (Fig. 52) that float on the surface of the water, looking like
small particles of soot. Others lay their eggs singly, some floating about on
the surface, others sinking to the bottom where they remain until the young
issue. Some of the eggs may remain over winter, but usually those laid in
the summer hatch in thirty-six to forty-eight hours or longer according to
the temperature.
THE LARVÆ
When the larvæ are ready to issue they burst open the lower end of the
eggs and the young wrigglers escape into the water. The larvæ are fitted for
aquatic life only, so mosquitoes cannot breed in moist or damp places
unless there is at least a small amount of standing water there. A very little
will do, but there must be enough to cover the larvæ or they perish.
The head of the larvæ of most species is wide and flattened. The eyes
are situated at the sides, and just in front of them is a pair of short antennæ
which vary with the different species.
The mouth-parts too vary greatly according to the feeding habits. Some
mosquito larvæ are predaceous, feeding on the young of other species or on
other insects. These of course have their mouth-parts fitted for seizing and
holding their prey. Most of the wrigglers, however, feed on algæ, diatoms,
Protozoa and other minute plant or animal forms which are swept into the
mouth by curious little brush-like organs whose movements keep a stream
of water flowing toward the mouth.
Another group containing the Anopheles are intermediate between these
two and have mouth-parts fitted for feeding on minute organisms as well as
for attacking and holding other larger things.
accumulate, otherwise they will not hatch. Some species lay their eggs in
little masses (Fig. 52) that float on the surface of the water, looking like
small particles of soot. Others lay their eggs singly, some floating about on
the surface, others sinking to the bottom where they remain until the young
issue. Some of the eggs may remain over winter, but usually those laid in
the summer hatch in thirty-six to forty-eight hours or longer according to
the temperature.
THE LARVÆ
When the larvæ are ready to issue they burst open the lower end of the
eggs and the young wrigglers escape into the water. The larvæ are fitted for
aquatic life only, so mosquitoes cannot breed in moist or damp places
unless there is at least a small amount of standing water there. A very little
will do, but there must be enough to cover the larvæ or they perish.
The head of the larvæ of most species is wide and flattened. The eyes
are situated at the sides, and just in front of them is a pair of short antennæ
which vary with the different species.
The mouth-parts too vary greatly according to the feeding habits. Some
mosquito larvæ are predaceous, feeding on the young of other species or on
other insects. These of course have their mouth-parts fitted for seizing and
holding their prey. Most of the wrigglers, however, feed on algæ, diatoms,
Protozoa and other minute plant or animal forms which are swept into the
mouth by curious little brush-like organs whose movements keep a stream
of water flowing toward the mouth.
Another group containing the Anopheles are intermediate between these
two and have mouth-parts fitted for feeding on minute organisms as well as
for attacking and holding other larger things.
Page 100
Fig. 55—Eggs, larvæ and pupæ of mosquitoes (T. incidens).
Fig. 56—Larva of mosquito (T. incidens).
Fig. 56—Larva of mosquito (T. incidens).
Page 101
Fig. 57—Mosquito larvæ and pupæ (T. incidens) with their
breathing-tubes at the surface of the water.
Fig. 58—Anopheles larvæ (A. maculipennis) resting at the surface
of the water.
A few kinds feed habitually some distance below the surface, others on
the bottom, while still others feed always at the surface. With one or two
exceptions, the larvæ must all come to the surface to breathe (Figs. 53–57).
Most species have on the eighth abdominal segment a rather long breathing-
tube the tip of which is thrust just above the surface of the water when they
come up for air. In this tube are two large vessels or tracheæ which open
just below the tip of the tube and extend forward through the whole length
of the body, giving off branches here and there that divide into still smaller
breathing-tubes at the surface of the water.
Fig. 58—Anopheles larvæ (A. maculipennis) resting at the surface
of the water.
A few kinds feed habitually some distance below the surface, others on
the bottom, while still others feed always at the surface. With one or two
exceptions, the larvæ must all come to the surface to breathe (Figs. 53–57).
Most species have on the eighth abdominal segment a rather long breathing-
tube the tip of which is thrust just above the surface of the water when they
come up for air. In this tube are two large vessels or tracheæ which open
just below the tip of the tube and extend forward through the whole length
of the body, giving off branches here and there that divide into still smaller
Page 102
branches until every part of the body is reached by some of the small
divisions of this tracheal system that carries the oxygen to all the tissues.
The length of the breathing-tube is correlated with the feeding-habits of the
larvæ. Anopheles larvæ which feed at the surface have very short tubes
(Fig. 58), others that feed just below the surface have breathing-tubes as
long or very much longer than the ninth abdominal segment. The last
segment has at its tip four thin flat plates, the tracheal gills. These too are
larger or smaller according to the habits of the larvæ. Those species that
feed close to the surface and have the tip of the breathing-tube above the
surface most of the time have very small tracheal gills, while those that feed
mostly on the bottom have them well developed.
When first hatched the larvæ are of course very small. If the weather is
warm and the food is abundant they grow very rapidly. In a few days the
outer skin becomes rather firm and inelastic so it will not allow further
growth. Then a new skin forms underneath and the old skin is cast off. This
process of casting off the old skin is called molting, and is repeated four
times during the one, two, three or more weeks of larval life.
PUPA
With the fourth molt the active feeding larva changes to the still active
but non-feeding pupa (Fig. 59). The head and thorax are closely united and
a close inspection will reveal the head, antennæ, wings and legs of the adult
mosquito folded away beneath the pupal skin. Instead of the breathing-tube
on the eighth segment of the abdomen as in the larva, the pupa has two
trumpet-shaped tubes on the back of the thorax through which it now gets
its air from above the surface. The pupal stage lasts from two to five or six
days or more. When the adult is ready to issue the pupal skin splits along
the back and the mosquito gradually and slowly issues. It usually takes
several minutes for the adult to issue and for its wings to become hard
enough so it can fly. In the meantime, it is resting on the old pupal skin or
on the surface of the water, where it is entirely at the mercy of any of its
divisions of this tracheal system that carries the oxygen to all the tissues.
The length of the breathing-tube is correlated with the feeding-habits of the
larvæ. Anopheles larvæ which feed at the surface have very short tubes
(Fig. 58), others that feed just below the surface have breathing-tubes as
long or very much longer than the ninth abdominal segment. The last
segment has at its tip four thin flat plates, the tracheal gills. These too are
larger or smaller according to the habits of the larvæ. Those species that
feed close to the surface and have the tip of the breathing-tube above the
surface most of the time have very small tracheal gills, while those that feed
mostly on the bottom have them well developed.
When first hatched the larvæ are of course very small. If the weather is
warm and the food is abundant they grow very rapidly. In a few days the
outer skin becomes rather firm and inelastic so it will not allow further
growth. Then a new skin forms underneath and the old skin is cast off. This
process of casting off the old skin is called molting, and is repeated four
times during the one, two, three or more weeks of larval life.
PUPA
With the fourth molt the active feeding larva changes to the still active
but non-feeding pupa (Fig. 59). The head and thorax are closely united and
a close inspection will reveal the head, antennæ, wings and legs of the adult
mosquito folded away beneath the pupal skin. Instead of the breathing-tube
on the eighth segment of the abdomen as in the larva, the pupa has two
trumpet-shaped tubes on the back of the thorax through which it now gets
its air from above the surface. The pupal stage lasts from two to five or six
days or more. When the adult is ready to issue the pupal skin splits along
the back and the mosquito gradually and slowly issues. It usually takes
several minutes for the adult to issue and for its wings to become hard
enough so it can fly. In the meantime, it is resting on the old pupal skin or
on the surface of the water, where it is entirely at the mercy of any of its
Page 103
enemies that might happen along and is in constant danger of being tumbled
over should the water not be perfectly smooth.
Fig. 59—Mosquito pupæ (T. incidens) resting at the surface of the
water.
Fig. 60—Mosquito pupa (T. incidens)
with its breathing-tubes in an air bubble
below the surface of the water.
over should the water not be perfectly smooth.
Fig. 59—Mosquito pupæ (T. incidens) resting at the surface of the
water.
Fig. 60—Mosquito pupa (T. incidens)
with its breathing-tubes in an air bubble
below the surface of the water.
Page 104
Fig. 61—Mosquito larvæ and pupæ (T. incidens) resting at the
surface of the water.
Fig. 62—A female mosquito (T. incidens); note the thread-like
antennæ.
surface of the water.
Fig. 62—A female mosquito (T. incidens); note the thread-like
antennæ.
Page 105
Fig. 63—A male mosquito (T. incidens); note the feathery
antennæ.
THE ADULT
The adult mosquito is altogether too familiar an object to need
description, but it is necessary that we keep in mind certain particular points
in regard to its structure, in order that we may better understand how it is
that it is capable of transmitting disease.
If we examine closely the antennæ of a number of mosquitoes that are
bothering us with their too constant attentions we shall see that they all look
very much alike (Fig. 62), small cylindrical joints bearing whorls of short
fine hairs. But if we examine a number of mosquitoes that have been bred
from a jar or aquarium we will find two types of antennæ, the one described
above belonging to the female. The antennæ of the male (Fig. 63) are much
more conspicuous on account of the whorl of dense, fine, long hairs on each
segment. Another interesting difference in the antennæ is to be noted in the
size of the first joint. In both sexes it is short and cup-shaped, but in the
male it is somewhat larger. This basal segment contains a highly complex
auditory organ which responds to the vibrations of the whorls of hairs on
the other segments. Interesting experiments have shown that these hairs
antennæ.
THE ADULT
The adult mosquito is altogether too familiar an object to need
description, but it is necessary that we keep in mind certain particular points
in regard to its structure, in order that we may better understand how it is
that it is capable of transmitting disease.
If we examine closely the antennæ of a number of mosquitoes that are
bothering us with their too constant attentions we shall see that they all look
very much alike (Fig. 62), small cylindrical joints bearing whorls of short
fine hairs. But if we examine a number of mosquitoes that have been bred
from a jar or aquarium we will find two types of antennæ, the one described
above belonging to the female. The antennæ of the male (Fig. 63) are much
more conspicuous on account of the whorl of dense, fine, long hairs on each
segment. Another interesting difference in the antennæ is to be noted in the
size of the first joint. In both sexes it is short and cup-shaped, but in the
male it is somewhat larger. This basal segment contains a highly complex
auditory organ which responds to the vibrations of the whorls of hairs on
the other segments. Interesting experiments have shown that these hairs
Page 106
vibrate best to the pitch corresponding to middle C on the piano, the same
pitch in which the female "sings." Of course mosquitoes and other insects
have no voice as we ordinarily understand the word, but produce sound by
the rapid vibration of the wings or by the passage of air through the
openings of the tracheæ. The males and females are thus easily
distinguished and, as we shall see later, this is of some importance for only
the females can bite. The males and females differ in another way. Just
below the antennæ and at the sides of the proboscis or beak is a pair of
three-to five-jointed appendages, the maxillary palpi or mouth-feelers
which in the females of most species are very short (Fig. 64) while in the
males they are usually as long as the proboscis (Fig. 65). The females of
Anopheles and related forms have palpi quite as long as the males, but they
are slender throughout while the male palpi are usually somewhat enlarged
toward the tip and bear more or less conspicuous patches of rather long
hairs or scales.
Fig. 64—Head and thorax of female mosquito (Ochlerotatus
lativittatus); the short maxillary palpi are just above the proboscis
and below the thread-like antennæ.
pitch in which the female "sings." Of course mosquitoes and other insects
have no voice as we ordinarily understand the word, but produce sound by
the rapid vibration of the wings or by the passage of air through the
openings of the tracheæ. The males and females are thus easily
distinguished and, as we shall see later, this is of some importance for only
the females can bite. The males and females differ in another way. Just
below the antennæ and at the sides of the proboscis or beak is a pair of
three-to five-jointed appendages, the maxillary palpi or mouth-feelers
which in the females of most species are very short (Fig. 64) while in the
males they are usually as long as the proboscis (Fig. 65). The females of
Anopheles and related forms have palpi quite as long as the males, but they
are slender throughout while the male palpi are usually somewhat enlarged
toward the tip and bear more or less conspicuous patches of rather long
hairs or scales.
Fig. 64—Head and thorax of female mosquito (Ochlerotatus
lativittatus); the short maxillary palpi are just above the proboscis
and below the thread-like antennæ.
Page 107
Fig. 65—Head and thorax of male mosquito (O. lativittatus); the
maxillary palpi are as long as the proboscis.
Fig. 66—Head of female mosquito (Anopheles), with mouth-parts
separated to show the needle-like parts: a, a antennæ; b, b, palpi;
c, labrum; d, d, mandibles; e, hypopharynx; f, f, maxillæ; g,
labium; h, labella. (After Manson.)
maxillary palpi are as long as the proboscis.
Fig. 66—Head of female mosquito (Anopheles), with mouth-parts
separated to show the needle-like parts: a, a antennæ; b, b, palpi;
c, labrum; d, d, mandibles; e, hypopharynx; f, f, maxillæ; g,
labium; h, labella. (After Manson.)
Page 108
Fig. 67—Cross-section of proboscis of female (a) and male (b)
mosquito. lxe, labrum-epipharynx; mn, mandibles; mx, maxillæ;
hp, hypopharynx; sal, salivary duct; li, labium; tr, trachea; mus,
muscles. (After Nuttall and Shipley.)
THE MOUTH-PARTS
The mouth-parts of the mosquito are of course of particular interest to
us. At first they appear to consist of a long slender beak or proboscis, but by
dissecting and examining with a microscope we find this beak to be made
up of several parts (Fig. 66). The labium, which is the largest and most
conspicuous, is apparently cylindrical but is grooved above throughout its
length. At the tip of the labium are the labellæ, two little lobes which serve
to guide the piercing organs. Lying in this groove along the upper side of
the labium are six very fine, sharp-pointed needles. The uppermost of these,
the labrum-epipharynx, or labrum as we will call it, is the largest and is
really a hollow tube very slightly open on its under side. Just below this is
the hypopharynx, the lateral margins of which are very thin. Down through
the median line of the hypopharynx runs a minute duct (Fig. 67, sal) which,
though exceedingly small, is of very great importance, for through it is
poured the saliva which may carry the malaria germs into the wound made
when the mosquito bites. The other four needles consist of a pair of
mandibles which are lance-shaped at the tip and a heavier pair of maxillæ,
the tips of which are serrate on one edge.
HOW THE MOSQUITO BITES
When the female mosquito is feeding on man or any other animal the tip
of the labium is placed against the surface and the six needles are thrust into
the skin, the labellæ serving as guides. As they are thrust deeper and deeper
the labium is bowed back to allow them to enter. As soon as the wound is
made the insect pours out through the tube of the hypopharynx some of the
secretion from the salivary glands and then begins to suck up the blood
through the hollow labrum into the pharynx and on into the stomach.
mosquito. lxe, labrum-epipharynx; mn, mandibles; mx, maxillæ;
hp, hypopharynx; sal, salivary duct; li, labium; tr, trachea; mus,
muscles. (After Nuttall and Shipley.)
THE MOUTH-PARTS
The mouth-parts of the mosquito are of course of particular interest to
us. At first they appear to consist of a long slender beak or proboscis, but by
dissecting and examining with a microscope we find this beak to be made
up of several parts (Fig. 66). The labium, which is the largest and most
conspicuous, is apparently cylindrical but is grooved above throughout its
length. At the tip of the labium are the labellæ, two little lobes which serve
to guide the piercing organs. Lying in this groove along the upper side of
the labium are six very fine, sharp-pointed needles. The uppermost of these,
the labrum-epipharynx, or labrum as we will call it, is the largest and is
really a hollow tube very slightly open on its under side. Just below this is
the hypopharynx, the lateral margins of which are very thin. Down through
the median line of the hypopharynx runs a minute duct (Fig. 67, sal) which,
though exceedingly small, is of very great importance, for through it is
poured the saliva which may carry the malaria germs into the wound made
when the mosquito bites. The other four needles consist of a pair of
mandibles which are lance-shaped at the tip and a heavier pair of maxillæ,
the tips of which are serrate on one edge.
HOW THE MOSQUITO BITES
When the female mosquito is feeding on man or any other animal the tip
of the labium is placed against the surface and the six needles are thrust into
the skin, the labellæ serving as guides. As they are thrust deeper and deeper
the labium is bowed back to allow them to enter. As soon as the wound is
made the insect pours out through the tube of the hypopharynx some of the
secretion from the salivary glands and then begins to suck up the blood
through the hollow labrum into the pharynx and on into the stomach.
Page 109
The mouth-parts of the male differ in some important respects from
those of the female. The hypopharynx is united to the labium, the mandibles
are wanting and the maxillæ are very much reduced so that the insect is
unable to pierce the tough skin of animals. The male feeds on the juices of
plants as do the females when they cannot get blood. It is not at all
necessary for mosquitoes to have the warm blood of man or other animals.
Comparatively few of them ever taste blood. They have been seen feeding
on blossoms, ripe fruit, watermelons, plant juices, etc. They are very fond
of ripe bananas and are fed on them in the laboratory when we wish to keep
mosquitoes for experimental purposes.
THE THORAX
The middle part of the body, called the thorax, is really a strong box
with heavy walls for the attachment of the powerful wing and leg muscles.
The three pairs of legs are covered with hairs and scales, and their tips are
provided with a pair of claws which vary somewhat in the different species.
The wings (Fig. 68) are long and narrow with a characteristic venation.
Along the veins and the margin of the wings are the scales which readily
enable one to distinguish mosquitoes from other insects that may look much
like them. In some species these scales are long and narrow, almost hair-
like, in others they are quite broad and flat (Fig. 69). Just back of the wings
is a pair of balancers, short thread-like processes knobbed at the end. These
probably represent the second pair of wings with which most insects are
provided, and seem to serve as balancers or orienting organs when the
insect is flying. On the sides of the thorax are two small slit-like openings,
the breathing-pores. These are the openings into the tracheal or respiratory
system.
THE ABDOMEN
The long cylindrical abdomen is composed of eight segments. These are
rather strongly chitinized above and below, but a narrow strip along the side
is unchitinized. In this strip are situated the abdominal breathing-pores. The
those of the female. The hypopharynx is united to the labium, the mandibles
are wanting and the maxillæ are very much reduced so that the insect is
unable to pierce the tough skin of animals. The male feeds on the juices of
plants as do the females when they cannot get blood. It is not at all
necessary for mosquitoes to have the warm blood of man or other animals.
Comparatively few of them ever taste blood. They have been seen feeding
on blossoms, ripe fruit, watermelons, plant juices, etc. They are very fond
of ripe bananas and are fed on them in the laboratory when we wish to keep
mosquitoes for experimental purposes.
THE THORAX
The middle part of the body, called the thorax, is really a strong box
with heavy walls for the attachment of the powerful wing and leg muscles.
The three pairs of legs are covered with hairs and scales, and their tips are
provided with a pair of claws which vary somewhat in the different species.
The wings (Fig. 68) are long and narrow with a characteristic venation.
Along the veins and the margin of the wings are the scales which readily
enable one to distinguish mosquitoes from other insects that may look much
like them. In some species these scales are long and narrow, almost hair-
like, in others they are quite broad and flat (Fig. 69). Just back of the wings
is a pair of balancers, short thread-like processes knobbed at the end. These
probably represent the second pair of wings with which most insects are
provided, and seem to serve as balancers or orienting organs when the
insect is flying. On the sides of the thorax are two small slit-like openings,
the breathing-pores. These are the openings into the tracheal or respiratory
system.
THE ABDOMEN
The long cylindrical abdomen is composed of eight segments. These are
rather strongly chitinized above and below, but a narrow strip along the side
is unchitinized. In this strip are situated the abdominal breathing-pores. The
Page 110
tip of the abdomen is furnished with a pair of movable organs, which in the
male are variously modified and serve as clasping organs at mating time.
THE DIGESTIVE SYSTEM
The mouth-parts of the mosquito have just been described. It will be
remembered that the labrum is provided with a groove. Through this the
blood or other food is sucked up by means of a strong-walled pumping
organ, the pharynx, situated in the head (Fig. 70). Just back of the pharynx
is the esophagus which leads to the beginning of the stomach. Close to its
posterior end the esophagus gives off three food reservoirs, two above and a
single larger one below. In dissections these will often be seen to be filled
with minute bubbles. The stomach reaches from the middle of the thorax to
beyond the middle of the abdomen. At its posterior end are given off five
long slender processes, the Malpighian tubules which are organs of
excretion, acting like the kidneys of higher animals. The hindgut is that
portion of the intestine from the stomach to the end of the body.
Fig. 68—Wing of Mosquito (O. lativittatus).
male are variously modified and serve as clasping organs at mating time.
THE DIGESTIVE SYSTEM
The mouth-parts of the mosquito have just been described. It will be
remembered that the labrum is provided with a groove. Through this the
blood or other food is sucked up by means of a strong-walled pumping
organ, the pharynx, situated in the head (Fig. 70). Just back of the pharynx
is the esophagus which leads to the beginning of the stomach. Close to its
posterior end the esophagus gives off three food reservoirs, two above and a
single larger one below. In dissections these will often be seen to be filled
with minute bubbles. The stomach reaches from the middle of the thorax to
beyond the middle of the abdomen. At its posterior end are given off five
long slender processes, the Malpighian tubules which are organs of
excretion, acting like the kidneys of higher animals. The hindgut is that
portion of the intestine from the stomach to the end of the body.
Fig. 68—Wing of Mosquito (O. lativittatus).
Page 111
Fig. 69—End of mosquito wing highly magnified to show the
scales on the veins.
Fig. 70—Diagram to show the alimentary canal and salivary
glands of a mosquito.
scales on the veins.
Fig. 70—Diagram to show the alimentary canal and salivary
glands of a mosquito.
Page 112
Fig. 71—Salivary glands of Culex at right. Anopheles at left.
(After Christophers.)
THE SALIVARY GLANDS
Lying under the alimentary canal in the forward part of the thorax are
the salivary glands. There are two sets of these, each having three lobes
with a common duct which joins the duct from the other set a short distance
before they enter the base of the hypopharynx. Each of these lobes is made
up of a layer of secreting cells (Fig. 71) which produces the saliva that is
poured into the wound as soon as the insect pierces the skin of the victim,
and we shall see, too, that the malarial germs also collect in these glands to
be carried by the saliva to the new host.
EFFECTS OF THE BITE
After a mosquito has bitten a person and withdrawn the stylets, a small
area about the puncture whitens, then soon becomes pink and begins to
swell, then to itch and burn. Some people suffer much more from the bites
of mosquitoes than do others. For some such bites mean little or no
inconvenience, indeed may pass wholly unnoticed, to others a single bite
may mean much annoyance, and several bites may cause much suffering.
After an hour or so the itching usually ceases, but in some cases it
continues longer. In some instances little or no irritation is felt until some
(After Christophers.)
THE SALIVARY GLANDS
Lying under the alimentary canal in the forward part of the thorax are
the salivary glands. There are two sets of these, each having three lobes
with a common duct which joins the duct from the other set a short distance
before they enter the base of the hypopharynx. Each of these lobes is made
up of a layer of secreting cells (Fig. 71) which produces the saliva that is
poured into the wound as soon as the insect pierces the skin of the victim,
and we shall see, too, that the malarial germs also collect in these glands to
be carried by the saliva to the new host.
EFFECTS OF THE BITE
After a mosquito has bitten a person and withdrawn the stylets, a small
area about the puncture whitens, then soon becomes pink and begins to
swell, then to itch and burn. Some people suffer much more from the bites
of mosquitoes than do others. For some such bites mean little or no
inconvenience, indeed may pass wholly unnoticed, to others a single bite
may mean much annoyance, and several bites may cause much suffering.
After an hour or so the itching usually ceases, but in some cases it
continues longer. In some instances little or no irritation is felt until some
Page 113
hours, sometimes as much as a day, after the bite. In such cases the effect of
the bite is apt to be severe and to last for several days. Sometimes a more or
less serious sore will follow a bite, probably due to infection of the wound
by scratching. It is doubtless the saliva that is poured into the wound that
causes the irritation. It is frequently asserted that if the mosquito is allowed
to drink its fill and withdraw its beak without being disturbed no evil results
will follow. Those who hold this theory say that the saliva that is poured
into the wound is all withdrawn again with the blood if the mosquito is
allowed to feed long enough. There may be some truth in this, but for most
of us a bite means a hurt anyway and few will be content to sit perfectly
still and watch the little pest gradually fill up on blood.
It is not known just what the action of the saliva is, its composition or
reaction on the tissues. It is generally supposed to prevent coagulation of
the blood that is to be drawn through the narrow tube of the labrum. Others
think that its presence causes a greater flow of blood to the wound. But the
sad part of it is, for us at least, that it hurts and may cause malaria and
possibly other diseases.
HOW MOSQUITOES BREATHE
Mosquitoes and other insects do not have any nostrils nor do they
breathe through any openings on the head. Along the sides of the thorax and
abdomen is a series of very minute openings known as the spiracles.
Through these the air passes into a system of air-tubes, the tracheæ. There
are two main trunks or divisions of the tracheæ just inside the body-wall
and a number of shorter connecting trunks. From these larger vessels arise a
great number of smaller ones which branch and subdivide again and again
until all the tissues are supplied by these minute little air-tubes that carry the
oxygen to all parts of the body and carry off the waste carbon dioxid. These
air-tubes are emptied and filled by the contractions of the walls of the
abdomen. When the body-wall contracts the air is forced out of the thin-
walled trachea through the spiracles; when the pressure is removed they are
refilled by the fresh air rushing in.
the bite is apt to be severe and to last for several days. Sometimes a more or
less serious sore will follow a bite, probably due to infection of the wound
by scratching. It is doubtless the saliva that is poured into the wound that
causes the irritation. It is frequently asserted that if the mosquito is allowed
to drink its fill and withdraw its beak without being disturbed no evil results
will follow. Those who hold this theory say that the saliva that is poured
into the wound is all withdrawn again with the blood if the mosquito is
allowed to feed long enough. There may be some truth in this, but for most
of us a bite means a hurt anyway and few will be content to sit perfectly
still and watch the little pest gradually fill up on blood.
It is not known just what the action of the saliva is, its composition or
reaction on the tissues. It is generally supposed to prevent coagulation of
the blood that is to be drawn through the narrow tube of the labrum. Others
think that its presence causes a greater flow of blood to the wound. But the
sad part of it is, for us at least, that it hurts and may cause malaria and
possibly other diseases.
HOW MOSQUITOES BREATHE
Mosquitoes and other insects do not have any nostrils nor do they
breathe through any openings on the head. Along the sides of the thorax and
abdomen is a series of very minute openings known as the spiracles.
Through these the air passes into a system of air-tubes, the tracheæ. There
are two main trunks or divisions of the tracheæ just inside the body-wall
and a number of shorter connecting trunks. From these larger vessels arise a
great number of smaller ones which branch and subdivide again and again
until all the tissues are supplied by these minute little air-tubes that carry the
oxygen to all parts of the body and carry off the waste carbon dioxid. These
air-tubes are emptied and filled by the contractions of the walls of the
abdomen. When the body-wall contracts the air is forced out of the thin-
walled trachea through the spiracles; when the pressure is removed they are
refilled by the fresh air rushing in.
Page 114
THE BLOOD
After a mosquito has been feeding on a man or some other animal it is
often so distended that the blood shows rich and red through the thin sides
of the walls of the abdomen. This, however, is the blood of the victim and
not of the mosquito. The blood of insects is not red but pale yellowish or
greenish. It is not confined in definite vessels, but fills all the space inside
the body cavity that is not occupied by some of the tissues or organs. It
bathes the walls of the alimentary canal and gathers there the nourishment
which it carries to all parts of the body. It does not carry oxygen or collect
the carbon dioxid as does the blood of higher animals. That work, as we
have just seen, is done by the air-tubes. Above the alimentary canal,
extending almost the whole length of the abdomen and thorax, is a thin-
walled pulsating vessel, the heart. This consists of a series of chambers each
communicating with the one in front of it by an opening which is guarded
by a valve. When one of these chambers contracts it forces the blood that is
in it forward into the next chamber which, in its turn, sends it on. As the
walls relax the valves at the sides are opened and the blood that is in the
body-cavity rushes in to fill the empty chamber. As these regular rythmical
pulsations recur the blood is forced forward through the heart into the head
where it bathes the organs there. We shall see in another chapter that the
malarial parasite escapes from the walls of the stomach of the mosquito into
the blood in the body-cavity and finally reaches the salivary glands. As the
heart is constantly driving blood to this part of the body the parasites readily
reach the glands from which they finally escape into the new host.
After a mosquito has been feeding on a man or some other animal it is
often so distended that the blood shows rich and red through the thin sides
of the walls of the abdomen. This, however, is the blood of the victim and
not of the mosquito. The blood of insects is not red but pale yellowish or
greenish. It is not confined in definite vessels, but fills all the space inside
the body cavity that is not occupied by some of the tissues or organs. It
bathes the walls of the alimentary canal and gathers there the nourishment
which it carries to all parts of the body. It does not carry oxygen or collect
the carbon dioxid as does the blood of higher animals. That work, as we
have just seen, is done by the air-tubes. Above the alimentary canal,
extending almost the whole length of the abdomen and thorax, is a thin-
walled pulsating vessel, the heart. This consists of a series of chambers each
communicating with the one in front of it by an opening which is guarded
by a valve. When one of these chambers contracts it forces the blood that is
in it forward into the next chamber which, in its turn, sends it on. As the
walls relax the valves at the sides are opened and the blood that is in the
body-cavity rushes in to fill the empty chamber. As these regular rythmical
pulsations recur the blood is forced forward through the heart into the head
where it bathes the organs there. We shall see in another chapter that the
malarial parasite escapes from the walls of the stomach of the mosquito into
the blood in the body-cavity and finally reaches the salivary glands. As the
heart is constantly driving blood to this part of the body the parasites readily
reach the glands from which they finally escape into the new host.
Page 115
Fig. 72 Fig. 73
Fig. 72—Heads of Culicinæ mosquitoes; a, male; b, female. (After Manson.)
Fig. 73—Heads of Anophelinæ mosquitoes; c, male; d, female. (After Manson.)
Fig. 74—Wing of Anopheles maculipennis.
Fig. 75—Wing of Theobaldia incidens.
Fig. 72—Heads of Culicinæ mosquitoes; a, male; b, female. (After Manson.)
Fig. 73—Heads of Anophelinæ mosquitoes; c, male; d, female. (After Manson.)
Fig. 74—Wing of Anopheles maculipennis.
Fig. 75—Wing of Theobaldia incidens.
Page 116
Fig. 76 Fig. 77
Page 117
Fig. 78 Fig. 79
Fig. 76—A non-malarial mosquito (T. incidens), male, standing on the wall.
Fig. 77—Female of same.
Fig. 78—A malarial mosquito (A. maculipennis), male, standing on the wall.
Fig. 79—Female of same.
CLASSIFICATION
For our purpose it will not be necessary to try to give a system of
classification of all the mosquitoes. Those interested in this phase of the
subject will find several books and papers devoted wholly to it. It is quite
important, however, that we know something about a few of the more
familiar groups and kinds, especially those concerned in the transmission of
diseases.
THE ANOPHELES
Fig. 76—A non-malarial mosquito (T. incidens), male, standing on the wall.
Fig. 77—Female of same.
Fig. 78—A malarial mosquito (A. maculipennis), male, standing on the wall.
Fig. 79—Female of same.
CLASSIFICATION
For our purpose it will not be necessary to try to give a system of
classification of all the mosquitoes. Those interested in this phase of the
subject will find several books and papers devoted wholly to it. It is quite
important, however, that we know something about a few of the more
familiar groups and kinds, especially those concerned in the transmission of
diseases.
THE ANOPHELES
Page 118
In pointing out the differences between male and female mosquitoes we
noted that in one group, the genus Anopheles, both sexes have long
maxillary palpi (Figs. 72, 73). This is the most important character
separating this genus from the other common forms and as the Anopheles
are the malaria carriers it is important that this difference be remembered.
Most of the members of this group have spotted wings (Fig. 74), but as
some other common kinds also have spotted wings (Fig. 75) this character
will not always be reliable. When an Anopheles mosquito is at rest the head
and proboscis are held in one line with the body and the body rests at a
considerable angle to the surface on which it is standing. Other kinds rest
with the body almost or quite parallel to the surface on which they are
standing. So if you find a female mosquito with long mouth-palpi and
spotted wings resting at an angle to the surface on which it stands you may
be reasonably sure that it is an Anopheles and therefore may be dangerous
(Figs. 76, 77, 78, 79).
In the United States there are three species of Anopheles—
maculipennis, punctipennis and crucians—which are common in various
localities, and one or two other species that so far as known are local or
rare.
The Anopheles eggs are not laid in masses as are the eggs of many other
mosquitoes, but are deposited singly on the surface of the water where they
may be found often floating close together.
Fig. 80—Egg of Anopheles, side view. (After Nuttall and
Shipley.)
noted that in one group, the genus Anopheles, both sexes have long
maxillary palpi (Figs. 72, 73). This is the most important character
separating this genus from the other common forms and as the Anopheles
are the malaria carriers it is important that this difference be remembered.
Most of the members of this group have spotted wings (Fig. 74), but as
some other common kinds also have spotted wings (Fig. 75) this character
will not always be reliable. When an Anopheles mosquito is at rest the head
and proboscis are held in one line with the body and the body rests at a
considerable angle to the surface on which it is standing. Other kinds rest
with the body almost or quite parallel to the surface on which they are
standing. So if you find a female mosquito with long mouth-palpi and
spotted wings resting at an angle to the surface on which it stands you may
be reasonably sure that it is an Anopheles and therefore may be dangerous
(Figs. 76, 77, 78, 79).
In the United States there are three species of Anopheles—
maculipennis, punctipennis and crucians—which are common in various
localities, and one or two other species that so far as known are local or
rare.
The Anopheles eggs are not laid in masses as are the eggs of many other
mosquitoes, but are deposited singly on the surface of the water where they
may be found often floating close together.
Fig. 80—Egg of Anopheles, side view. (After Nuttall and
Shipley.)
Page 119
Fig. 81—Egg of Anopheles, dorsal view. (After Nuttall
and Shipley.)
Fig. 82—Anopheles larvæ, the one to the right feeding.
Fig. 83—Anopheles larvæ, the one to the right feeding,
the other just coming to the surface.
Fig. 84—Anopheles larva, dorsal view.
and Shipley.)
Fig. 82—Anopheles larvæ, the one to the right feeding.
Fig. 83—Anopheles larvæ, the one to the right feeding,
the other just coming to the surface.
Fig. 84—Anopheles larva, dorsal view.
Page 120
Fig. 85—Anopheles pupæ resting at surface of water.
The eggs (Figs. 80, 81) are elliptical in outline and are provided with a
characteristic membranous expansion near the middle.
The larvæ may be found at the proper season and in the localities where
they are abundant in almost any kind of standing water, in clear little pools
beside running streams, in the overflow from springs, in swamps and
marshy lands, in rain-barrels or any other places or vessels where the water
is quiet. They do not breed in brackish water. As they feed largely on the
algæ or green scum on the surface of the water they are especially apt to be
found where this is present. We have already noted that their positions in
the water differ from that assumed by other species (Fig. 82).
As the breathing-tube is very short the larvæ must come close to the
surface to breathe, and when they are feeding we find them lying just under
and parallel to the surface of the water with their curious round heads
turned entirely upside down as they feed on the particles that are floating on
the surface (Figs. 83, 84).
The pupæ do not differ very much from the pupæ of other species
although the breathing-tubes on the thorax are usually shorter and the
creature usually rests with its abdomen closer to the surface, that is, it does
not hang down from the surface quite as straight as do other forms (Fig.
85).
The adults may be found out of doors or in houses, barns or other
outbuildings. They do not seem to like a draft and consequently will be
more apt to frequent rooms or places where there is little circulation of air.
Although they are usually supposed to fly and bite only in the evening or at
night, they may occasionally bite in the daytime. One hungry female took
two short meals from my arm while we were trying to get her to pose for a
photograph one warm afternoon.
The female passes the winter in the adult condition, hibernating in any
convenient place about old trees or logs, in cracks or crevices in doors or
The eggs (Figs. 80, 81) are elliptical in outline and are provided with a
characteristic membranous expansion near the middle.
The larvæ may be found at the proper season and in the localities where
they are abundant in almost any kind of standing water, in clear little pools
beside running streams, in the overflow from springs, in swamps and
marshy lands, in rain-barrels or any other places or vessels where the water
is quiet. They do not breed in brackish water. As they feed largely on the
algæ or green scum on the surface of the water they are especially apt to be
found where this is present. We have already noted that their positions in
the water differ from that assumed by other species (Fig. 82).
As the breathing-tube is very short the larvæ must come close to the
surface to breathe, and when they are feeding we find them lying just under
and parallel to the surface of the water with their curious round heads
turned entirely upside down as they feed on the particles that are floating on
the surface (Figs. 83, 84).
The pupæ do not differ very much from the pupæ of other species
although the breathing-tubes on the thorax are usually shorter and the
creature usually rests with its abdomen closer to the surface, that is, it does
not hang down from the surface quite as straight as do other forms (Fig.
85).
The adults may be found out of doors or in houses, barns or other
outbuildings. They do not seem to like a draft and consequently will be
more apt to frequent rooms or places where there is little circulation of air.
Although they are usually supposed to fly and bite only in the evening or at
night, they may occasionally bite in the daytime. One hungry female took
two short meals from my arm while we were trying to get her to pose for a
photograph one warm afternoon.
The female passes the winter in the adult condition, hibernating in any
convenient place about old trees or logs, in cracks or crevices in doors or
Page 121
out of doors. In the house they hide in the closets, behind the bureau, behind
the head of the bed, or underneath it, or in any place where they are not apt
to be disturbed. During a warm spell in the winter or if the room is kept
warm they may come out for a meal almost any time.
THE YELLOW FEVER MOSQUITO
Ranking next in importance to Anopheles as a disseminator of disease
and in fact solely responsible for a more dreaded scourge, is the species of
mosquito now known as Stegomyia calopus. While this species is usually
restricted to tropical or semi-tropical regions it sometimes makes its
appearance in places farther north, especially in summer time, where it may
thrive for a time. The adult mosquito (Fig. 104) is black, conspicuously
marked with white. The legs and abdomen are banded with white and on the
thorax is a series of white lines which in well-preserved specimens
distinctly resembles a lyre. These mosquitoes are essentially domestic
insects, for they are very rarely found except in houses or in their
immediate vicinity. Once they enter a room they will scarcely leave it
except to lay their eggs in a near-by cistern, water-pot, or some other
convenient place.
Their habit of biting in the daytime has gained for them the name of
"day mosquitoes" to distinguish them from the night feeders. But they will
bite at night as well as by day and many other species are not at all adverse
to a daylight meal, if the opportunity offers, so this habit is not distinctive.
The recognition of these facts has a distinct bearing in the methods adopted
to prevent the spread of yellow fever. There are no striking characters or
habits in the larval or pupal stages that would enable us to distinguish
without careful examination this species from other similar forms with
which it might be associated. For some time it was claimed that this species
would breed only in clean water, but it has been found that it is not nearly
so particular, some even claiming that it prefers foul water. I have seen them
breeding in countless thousands in company with Stegomyia scutellaris and
Culex fatigans in the sewer drains in Tahiti in the streets of Papeete. As the
the head of the bed, or underneath it, or in any place where they are not apt
to be disturbed. During a warm spell in the winter or if the room is kept
warm they may come out for a meal almost any time.
THE YELLOW FEVER MOSQUITO
Ranking next in importance to Anopheles as a disseminator of disease
and in fact solely responsible for a more dreaded scourge, is the species of
mosquito now known as Stegomyia calopus. While this species is usually
restricted to tropical or semi-tropical regions it sometimes makes its
appearance in places farther north, especially in summer time, where it may
thrive for a time. The adult mosquito (Fig. 104) is black, conspicuously
marked with white. The legs and abdomen are banded with white and on the
thorax is a series of white lines which in well-preserved specimens
distinctly resembles a lyre. These mosquitoes are essentially domestic
insects, for they are very rarely found except in houses or in their
immediate vicinity. Once they enter a room they will scarcely leave it
except to lay their eggs in a near-by cistern, water-pot, or some other
convenient place.
Their habit of biting in the daytime has gained for them the name of
"day mosquitoes" to distinguish them from the night feeders. But they will
bite at night as well as by day and many other species are not at all adverse
to a daylight meal, if the opportunity offers, so this habit is not distinctive.
The recognition of these facts has a distinct bearing in the methods adopted
to prevent the spread of yellow fever. There are no striking characters or
habits in the larval or pupal stages that would enable us to distinguish
without careful examination this species from other similar forms with
which it might be associated. For some time it was claimed that this species
would breed only in clean water, but it has been found that it is not nearly
so particular, some even claiming that it prefers foul water. I have seen them
breeding in countless thousands in company with Stegomyia scutellaris and
Culex fatigans in the sewer drains in Tahiti in the streets of Papeete. As the
Page 122
larvæ feed largely on bacteria one would expect to find them in exactly
such places where the bacteria are of course abundant.
The fact that they are able to live in any kind of water and in a very
small amount of it well adapts them to their habits of living about
dwellings.
So far as known the members of these two genera are the only two that
are concerned in the transmission of disease in the United States. In other
countries other species are suspected or proven disseminators of certain
diseases, but these will be discussed in connection with the particular
diseases in later chapters.
OTHER SPECIES
The many other species of mosquitoes that we have may be
conveniently divided as to their breeding-habits into the fresh-water and the
brackish-water forms. Among the fresh-water kinds some are found
principally associated with man and his dwelling places, others live in the
woods or other places and so are far less troublesome. Most of these do not
fly far. Several of the species that breed in brackish water are great travelers
and may fly inland for several miles. Thus the towns situated from one to
three or four miles inland from the lower reaches of San Francisco Bay are
often annoyed more by the mosquitoes that breed only in the brackish water
on the salt marshes than they are by any of the fresh-water forms (Figs. 86,
87). The worst mosquito pest along the coast of the eastern United States
and for some distance inland is a species that breeds in the salt marshes.
NATURAL ENEMIES OF MOSQUITOES
In combating noxious insects we learned long ago that often the most
efficient, the easiest and cheapest way is to depend on their natural enemies
to hold them in check. Under normal or rather natural conditions we find
that they are usually kept within reasonable bounds by their natural
enemies, but under the artificial conditions brought about by the settling
such places where the bacteria are of course abundant.
The fact that they are able to live in any kind of water and in a very
small amount of it well adapts them to their habits of living about
dwellings.
So far as known the members of these two genera are the only two that
are concerned in the transmission of disease in the United States. In other
countries other species are suspected or proven disseminators of certain
diseases, but these will be discussed in connection with the particular
diseases in later chapters.
OTHER SPECIES
The many other species of mosquitoes that we have may be
conveniently divided as to their breeding-habits into the fresh-water and the
brackish-water forms. Among the fresh-water kinds some are found
principally associated with man and his dwelling places, others live in the
woods or other places and so are far less troublesome. Most of these do not
fly far. Several of the species that breed in brackish water are great travelers
and may fly inland for several miles. Thus the towns situated from one to
three or four miles inland from the lower reaches of San Francisco Bay are
often annoyed more by the mosquitoes that breed only in the brackish water
on the salt marshes than they are by any of the fresh-water forms (Figs. 86,
87). The worst mosquito pest along the coast of the eastern United States
and for some distance inland is a species that breeds in the salt marshes.
NATURAL ENEMIES OF MOSQUITOES
In combating noxious insects we learned long ago that often the most
efficient, the easiest and cheapest way is to depend on their natural enemies
to hold them in check. Under normal or rather natural conditions we find
that they are usually kept within reasonable bounds by their natural
enemies, but under the artificial conditions brought about by the settling
Page 123
and developing of any district great changes come about. It very often
happens that these changes are favorable to the development of the noxious
insects and unfavorable to the development of their enemies.
A striking example and one to the point is afforded in the introduction
of mosquitoes into Hawaii. Up to 1826 there were no mosquitoes on these
islands. It is supposed that they were introduced about that time by some
ships that were trading at the islands. Indeed it is claimed that the very ship
is known that brought them over from Mexico.
Once introduced they found conditions there very favorable to their
development, plenty of standing water and few natural enemies to prey on
them, so they increased very rapidly and gradually spread over all the
islands of the group. This was the so-called night mosquito, Culex pipiens.
Much later another species, Stegomyia calopus, just as annoying and much
more dangerous was introduced and has also become very troublesome. We
have a few species of top-minnows (Fig. 88) occurring in sluggish streams
in the southern part of the United States that are important enemies of the
mosquitoes of that region. A few years ago some of these were taken over to
Hawaii and liberated in suitable places to see if they would not help solve
the mosquito problem there. The fishes seem to be doing well. Already they
are destroying many mosquito larvæ, and there are indications that they are
going to do an important work, but of course can be depended on only as an
aid.
happens that these changes are favorable to the development of the noxious
insects and unfavorable to the development of their enemies.
A striking example and one to the point is afforded in the introduction
of mosquitoes into Hawaii. Up to 1826 there were no mosquitoes on these
islands. It is supposed that they were introduced about that time by some
ships that were trading at the islands. Indeed it is claimed that the very ship
is known that brought them over from Mexico.
Once introduced they found conditions there very favorable to their
development, plenty of standing water and few natural enemies to prey on
them, so they increased very rapidly and gradually spread over all the
islands of the group. This was the so-called night mosquito, Culex pipiens.
Much later another species, Stegomyia calopus, just as annoying and much
more dangerous was introduced and has also become very troublesome. We
have a few species of top-minnows (Fig. 88) occurring in sluggish streams
in the southern part of the United States that are important enemies of the
mosquitoes of that region. A few years ago some of these were taken over to
Hawaii and liberated in suitable places to see if they would not help solve
the mosquito problem there. The fishes seem to be doing well. Already they
are destroying many mosquito larvæ, and there are indications that they are
going to do an important work, but of course can be depended on only as an
aid.
Page 124
Fig. 86—Salt-marsh mosquito (Ochlerotatus lativittatus); male.
Page 125
Fig. 87—Salt-marsh mosquito (O. lativittatus); female.
Fig. 88—Top-minnow (Mollienisia latipinna). (From
Bull., 47 U.S. Fish Com.)
Fig. 88—Top-minnow (Mollienisia latipinna). (From
Bull., 47 U.S. Fish Com.)
Page 126
Fig. 89—Dragon-flies. (From Kellogg's Amer. Insects.)
On account of the various habits of both the larvæ and adults it will
never be possible for any natural enemy or group of natural enemies
effectively to control the mosquitoes of any region, but as certain of them
are important as helpers they deserve to be mentioned.
ENEMIES OF THE ADULTS
Birds devour a few mosquitoes, the night-flying forms being
particularly serviceable, but the number thus destroyed is probably so small
as to be of little practical importance.
The dragon-flies (Figs. 89, 90, 91) or mosquito hawks have long been
known as great enemies of mosquitoes, and they certainly do destroy many
of them as they are hawking about places where mosquitoes abound. Dr.
J.B. Smith of New Jersey very much doubts their efficiency, but
observations made by other scientific men would seem to indicate that they
often devour large numbers of mosquitoes during the course of the day and
evening.
On account of the various habits of both the larvæ and adults it will
never be possible for any natural enemy or group of natural enemies
effectively to control the mosquitoes of any region, but as certain of them
are important as helpers they deserve to be mentioned.
ENEMIES OF THE ADULTS
Birds devour a few mosquitoes, the night-flying forms being
particularly serviceable, but the number thus destroyed is probably so small
as to be of little practical importance.
The dragon-flies (Figs. 89, 90, 91) or mosquito hawks have long been
known as great enemies of mosquitoes, and they certainly do destroy many
of them as they are hawking about places where mosquitoes abound. Dr.
J.B. Smith of New Jersey very much doubts their efficiency, but
observations made by other scientific men would seem to indicate that they
often devour large numbers of mosquitoes during the course of the day and
evening.
Page 127
Spiders and toads destroy a few mosquitoes each night. Certain external
and internal parasites destroy a few more, but the sum total of all of these
agencies is probably not very considerable, for while the adults may have
several natural enemies they are not of sufficient importance to have any
appreciable effect on the number of mosquitoes in a badly infested region.
ENEMIES OF THE LARVÆ AND PUPÆ
The larvæ and pupæ on the other hand have many important enemies.
Indeed under favorable conditions these may keep small ponds or lakes
quite free from the pests. The predaceous aquatic larvæ of many insects
feed freely on wrigglers. The larvæ of the diving beetles which are known
as water-tigers are particularly ferocious and will soon destroy all the
wrigglers in ponds where they are present (Fig. 92). Dragon-fly larvæ also
feed freely on mosquito larvæ. Whirligig beetles are said to be particularly
destructive to Anopheles larvæ and many other insects such as water-
boatmen, back-swimmers, etc., feed on the larvæ of various species. A few
of these introduced into a breeding-jar with Anopheles larvæ will soon
destroy all of them, even the very young bugs attacking larvæ much larger
than themselves.
It is interesting to note that the larvæ of some mosquitoes are
themselves predaceous and feed freely on the other wrigglers that may
chance to be in the same locality.
and internal parasites destroy a few more, but the sum total of all of these
agencies is probably not very considerable, for while the adults may have
several natural enemies they are not of sufficient importance to have any
appreciable effect on the number of mosquitoes in a badly infested region.
ENEMIES OF THE LARVÆ AND PUPÆ
The larvæ and pupæ on the other hand have many important enemies.
Indeed under favorable conditions these may keep small ponds or lakes
quite free from the pests. The predaceous aquatic larvæ of many insects
feed freely on wrigglers. The larvæ of the diving beetles which are known
as water-tigers are particularly ferocious and will soon destroy all the
wrigglers in ponds where they are present (Fig. 92). Dragon-fly larvæ also
feed freely on mosquito larvæ. Whirligig beetles are said to be particularly
destructive to Anopheles larvæ and many other insects such as water-
boatmen, back-swimmers, etc., feed on the larvæ of various species. A few
of these introduced into a breeding-jar with Anopheles larvæ will soon
destroy all of them, even the very young bugs attacking larvæ much larger
than themselves.
It is interesting to note that the larvæ of some mosquitoes are
themselves predaceous and feed freely on the other wrigglers that may
chance to be in the same locality.
Page 128
Fig. 90—The young (nymph) of a dragon-fly.
(From Kellogg's Amer. Insects.)
Fig. 91—The cast skin (exuvæ) of a dragon-fly nymph.
(From Kellogg's Amer. Insects.)
Fig. 91—The cast skin (exuvæ) of a dragon-fly nymph.
Page 129
Fig. 92—Diving-beetles and back-swimmers. (From Kellogg's Amer.
Insects.)
Various species of fish are, however, the most important enemies of the
mosquitoes. Great schools of tide-water minnows (Fig. 93) are often carried
over the low salt-marshes by the extreme high-tides and left in the hundreds
of tide pools as the tide recedes. No mosquitoes can breed in a pool thus
stocked with these fish. In the fresh-water streams and lakes there are
several species of the top-minnows, sticklebacks (Fig. 94), etc., that feed
voraciously on mosquito larvæ and unless the grass or reeds prevent the fish
from getting to all parts of the ponds or lakes very few mosquitoes can
breed in places where they are present.
Minute red mites such as attack the house-flies and other insects
sometimes attack adult mosquitoes, but they are rarely very abundant.
Parasitic roundworms attack certain species. Others suffer more or less
from the attacks of various Sporozoan parasites.
FIGHTING MOSQUITOES
Insects.)
Various species of fish are, however, the most important enemies of the
mosquitoes. Great schools of tide-water minnows (Fig. 93) are often carried
over the low salt-marshes by the extreme high-tides and left in the hundreds
of tide pools as the tide recedes. No mosquitoes can breed in a pool thus
stocked with these fish. In the fresh-water streams and lakes there are
several species of the top-minnows, sticklebacks (Fig. 94), etc., that feed
voraciously on mosquito larvæ and unless the grass or reeds prevent the fish
from getting to all parts of the ponds or lakes very few mosquitoes can
breed in places where they are present.
Minute red mites such as attack the house-flies and other insects
sometimes attack adult mosquitoes, but they are rarely very abundant.
Parasitic roundworms attack certain species. Others suffer more or less
from the attacks of various Sporozoan parasites.
FIGHTING MOSQUITOES
Page 130
When mosquitoes are bothering us we usually begin by trying to kill the
individual pests that are nearest to us. We try to crush them if they bite us;
we screen the doors and windows to keep them from the house. In warmer
countries the people are a little more hospitable and do not screen the
mosquitoes out of the house entirely, but screen the beds for protection at
night, and if the mosquitoes get too insistent during the day the bed makes a
safe and comfortable retreat. All the mosquitoes in a room may be killed by
fumigating with sulphur at the rate of two pounds to the thousand cubic feet
of air-space. Pyrethrum is also used largely, but it only stupefies the
mosquitoes temporarily instead of killing them. While in that condition they
may be swept up and destroyed.
Various substances are sometimes used as repellants by those who must
be in regions where the mosquitoes are abundant. With many of these,
however, "the cure is worse than the disease." Smudges are often built to
the windward of a house or barn-yard and the smoke from a good
smoldering fire will keep a considerable area quite free from mosquitoes.
The man who can keep himself enveloped in a cloud of tobacco smoke will
not be bothered by mosquitoes. Oil of pennyroyal, oil of tar or a mixture of
these with olive oil, and various other concoctions are sometimes smeared
over the face and hands. These will furnish protection as long as they last.
Dr. Smith says that he has found oil of citronella quite effective and of
course less objectionable than the other things usually used. Care should be
taken not to get it in the eyes. An ointment made of cedar oil, one ounce; oil
of citronella, two ounces; spirits of camphor, two ounces, is said to make a
good repellant and is effective for a long time.
individual pests that are nearest to us. We try to crush them if they bite us;
we screen the doors and windows to keep them from the house. In warmer
countries the people are a little more hospitable and do not screen the
mosquitoes out of the house entirely, but screen the beds for protection at
night, and if the mosquitoes get too insistent during the day the bed makes a
safe and comfortable retreat. All the mosquitoes in a room may be killed by
fumigating with sulphur at the rate of two pounds to the thousand cubic feet
of air-space. Pyrethrum is also used largely, but it only stupefies the
mosquitoes temporarily instead of killing them. While in that condition they
may be swept up and destroyed.
Various substances are sometimes used as repellants by those who must
be in regions where the mosquitoes are abundant. With many of these,
however, "the cure is worse than the disease." Smudges are often built to
the windward of a house or barn-yard and the smoke from a good
smoldering fire will keep a considerable area quite free from mosquitoes.
The man who can keep himself enveloped in a cloud of tobacco smoke will
not be bothered by mosquitoes. Oil of pennyroyal, oil of tar or a mixture of
these with olive oil, and various other concoctions are sometimes smeared
over the face and hands. These will furnish protection as long as they last.
Dr. Smith says that he has found oil of citronella quite effective and of
course less objectionable than the other things usually used. Care should be
taken not to get it in the eyes. An ointment made of cedar oil, one ounce; oil
of citronella, two ounces; spirits of camphor, two ounces, is said to make a
good repellant and is effective for a long time.
Page 131
Fig. 93—Killifish (Fundulus heteroliatus). (From Bull. 47, U.S.
Fish Com.)
Fig. 94—Stickleback (Apeltes quadracus). (From Bull. 47, U.S.
Fish Com.)
Fig. 95—An old watering trough, an excellent breeding-place for
mosquitoes.
FIGHTING THE LARVÆ
All of the efforts directed against the adult mosquitoes are usually of
little avail in decreasing the number in any region. It is comparatively easy,
however, to fight them successfully in the larval stage. We have seen that
standing water is absolutely necessary for mosquitoes to breed in. This
makes the problem much simpler than if they could breed in any moist
places such as well-sprinkled lawns, a shady part of the garden, etc. The
Fish Com.)
Fig. 94—Stickleback (Apeltes quadracus). (From Bull. 47, U.S.
Fish Com.)
Fig. 95—An old watering trough, an excellent breeding-place for
mosquitoes.
FIGHTING THE LARVÆ
All of the efforts directed against the adult mosquitoes are usually of
little avail in decreasing the number in any region. It is comparatively easy,
however, to fight them successfully in the larval stage. We have seen that
standing water is absolutely necessary for mosquitoes to breed in. This
makes the problem much simpler than if they could breed in any moist
places such as well-sprinkled lawns, a shady part of the garden, etc. The
Page 132
whole problem of successful campaigns against the mosquitoes resolves
itself into the problem of finding and destroying or properly treating their
breeding-places. We have seen how certain kinds, such as the yellow fever
mosquito, are "domestic" species. They never go far from their breeding-
places. If a house is infected by one of these species the immediate
premises should be searched for the source. Cisterns, rain-barrels, sewer-
traps, cesspools, tubs or buckets of water or old tin cans in out-of-the-way
corners, are all suitable places for them to breed in. Cisterns and rain-
barrels should be thoroughly screened so that no mosquitoes can get in or
out, or the surface should be covered with a film of kerosene which will kill
all the larvæ in the water when they come to the surface to breathe, and will
also kill the females when they come to deposit their eggs. The vent to open
cesspools should be thoroughly screened or the surface of the water kept
well covered with oil. Water standing in any vessels in the yards should be
emptied every week or ten days and the old tin cans destroyed or hauled
away. In fighting these domestic species you need be concerned only with
your own yard and that of your near-by neighbors. Other species, while also
rather local in their distribution, fly much farther than the really domestic
ones. In fighting these the region for a considerable distance around must be
taken into consideration. Watering-troughs (Fig. 95) that are left filled from
week to week, the overflow from such places, and the tracks made in the
mud round about them (Fig. 96), small sluggish streams, irrigating ditches,
and small ponds or lakes not supplied with fish are excellent breeding-
places for several species of mosquitoes including Anopheles and others.
The remedy at once suggests itself. The watering-trough can be emptied and
renewed every week during the summer time, the overflow can be taken
care of in a ditch that will lead it away from the trough to where it will sink
into the ground, the banks of the streams or ponds or lakes can be cleared in
such a way that fish can get to all parts of the water; most of the small
ponds can be drained or their surface may be covered over with a thin film
of kerosene. This is best applied as a spray; one ounce to fifteen square feet
will suffice. If the oil is simply poured over the surface more will be
required.
itself into the problem of finding and destroying or properly treating their
breeding-places. We have seen how certain kinds, such as the yellow fever
mosquito, are "domestic" species. They never go far from their breeding-
places. If a house is infected by one of these species the immediate
premises should be searched for the source. Cisterns, rain-barrels, sewer-
traps, cesspools, tubs or buckets of water or old tin cans in out-of-the-way
corners, are all suitable places for them to breed in. Cisterns and rain-
barrels should be thoroughly screened so that no mosquitoes can get in or
out, or the surface should be covered with a film of kerosene which will kill
all the larvæ in the water when they come to the surface to breathe, and will
also kill the females when they come to deposit their eggs. The vent to open
cesspools should be thoroughly screened or the surface of the water kept
well covered with oil. Water standing in any vessels in the yards should be
emptied every week or ten days and the old tin cans destroyed or hauled
away. In fighting these domestic species you need be concerned only with
your own yard and that of your near-by neighbors. Other species, while also
rather local in their distribution, fly much farther than the really domestic
ones. In fighting these the region for a considerable distance around must be
taken into consideration. Watering-troughs (Fig. 95) that are left filled from
week to week, the overflow from such places, and the tracks made in the
mud round about them (Fig. 96), small sluggish streams, irrigating ditches,
and small ponds or lakes not supplied with fish are excellent breeding-
places for several species of mosquitoes including Anopheles and others.
The remedy at once suggests itself. The watering-trough can be emptied and
renewed every week during the summer time, the overflow can be taken
care of in a ditch that will lead it away from the trough to where it will sink
into the ground, the banks of the streams or ponds or lakes can be cleared in
such a way that fish can get to all parts of the water; most of the small
ponds can be drained or their surface may be covered over with a thin film
of kerosene. This is best applied as a spray; one ounce to fifteen square feet
will suffice. If the oil is simply poured over the surface more will be
required.
Page 133
The fighting of the species that breed on the extensive salt-marshes in
many regions is a larger and more difficult problem, but as it is a matter that
usually concerns large communities, sometimes whole states, it can be dealt
with on a larger scale. The very excellent results that have been
accomplished in New Jersey and on the San Francisco peninsula, and in a
smaller way in other places, show what may be done if the community goes
about the fight in an intelligent manner. In the fight in New Jersey hundreds
of acres of tide-lands have been drained so that they no longer have tide
pools standing where the mosquitoes may breed. When it is impracticable to
drain them the pools may be sprayed occasionally with kerosene.
The value of the land that is reclaimed by a good system of draining is
often enough to pay many times over the cost of draining, thus the
mosquitoes are gotten rid of and the land enhanced in value by a single
operation.
many regions is a larger and more difficult problem, but as it is a matter that
usually concerns large communities, sometimes whole states, it can be dealt
with on a larger scale. The very excellent results that have been
accomplished in New Jersey and on the San Francisco peninsula, and in a
smaller way in other places, show what may be done if the community goes
about the fight in an intelligent manner. In the fight in New Jersey hundreds
of acres of tide-lands have been drained so that they no longer have tide
pools standing where the mosquitoes may breed. When it is impracticable to
drain them the pools may be sprayed occasionally with kerosene.
The value of the land that is reclaimed by a good system of draining is
often enough to pay many times over the cost of draining, thus the
mosquitoes are gotten rid of and the land enhanced in value by a single
operation.
Page 134
CHAPTER VII
MOSQUITOES AND MALARIA
VER since the beginning of history we have records of certain
fevers that have been called by different names according to the
people that were affected. As we study these names and the
various writings concerning the fevers we find that a great group
of the most important of them are what we to-day know as malarial fevers.
Not only are these ills as old as history but they have been observed over
almost the entire inhabited earth. There are certain regions in all countries
where malaria does not occur, but almost always it will be found that other
regions near by are infected and it very often happens that these infected
regions are the most profitable parts of the land, the places where water is
plentiful and vegetation is luxuriant. Indeed the coincidence of these two
things, low-lying lands with an abundance of water, particularly standing
water, and malaria has always been noted and gave rise to the earliest
theories in regard to the cause of the disease.
For instance, we find some of the very early writers emphasizing the
point that swampy localities should be avoided for they produce animals
that give rise to disease, or that the air is poisoned by the breath of the
swamp-inhabiting animals.
These views of the origin of the fever prevailed until about the
beginning of the eighteenth century when the recently discovered
microscope began to reveal the various kinds of animalculæ to be found in
decaying material.
In 1718 Lancisi held that the myriads of insects, particularly gnats or
mosquitoes, that arose from such swampy regions might carry some of
these poisonous substances and by means of their proboscis introduce them
MOSQUITOES AND MALARIA
VER since the beginning of history we have records of certain
fevers that have been called by different names according to the
people that were affected. As we study these names and the
various writings concerning the fevers we find that a great group
of the most important of them are what we to-day know as malarial fevers.
Not only are these ills as old as history but they have been observed over
almost the entire inhabited earth. There are certain regions in all countries
where malaria does not occur, but almost always it will be found that other
regions near by are infected and it very often happens that these infected
regions are the most profitable parts of the land, the places where water is
plentiful and vegetation is luxuriant. Indeed the coincidence of these two
things, low-lying lands with an abundance of water, particularly standing
water, and malaria has always been noted and gave rise to the earliest
theories in regard to the cause of the disease.
For instance, we find some of the very early writers emphasizing the
point that swampy localities should be avoided for they produce animals
that give rise to disease, or that the air is poisoned by the breath of the
swamp-inhabiting animals.
These views of the origin of the fever prevailed until about the
beginning of the eighteenth century when the recently discovered
microscope began to reveal the various kinds of animalculæ to be found in
decaying material.
In 1718 Lancisi held that the myriads of insects, particularly gnats or
mosquitoes, that arose from such swampy regions might carry some of
these poisonous substances and by means of their proboscis introduce them
Page 135
into the bodies of the people, and although he had made no experiments to
test the assumption he did not consider it impossible that such insects might
also introduce the smallest animalculæ into the blood. It took almost two
centuries of study and investigation before this guess was proved to be
right.
One reason why the mosquitoes were not earlier associated with these
diseases was that all who investigated the matter at all turned their attention
to the bad condition of the air in these swampy regions. Malaria means bad
air. We all know that we can see the mists arising from such regions,
particularly in the evening or at night, and as exposure to these mists very
often meant an attack of malaria they were naturally supposed to be the
cause of the disease. So for a long time the whole attention of investigators
was turned toward studying and analyzing these vapors, and various
experiments were made which seemed to show conclusively that the
malaria was caused only by these emanations. The investigations even went
so far that the exact germs that were supposed to cause the fever were
separated and experimented with.
THE PARASITE THAT CAUSES MALARIA
The blood had been studied time and again and the characteristic
appearance of the blood of a malarial patient was well known. In 1880
Laveran, a French army surgeon in Algiers, began to study the blood of
such patients microscopically and soon was able to demonstrate the parasite
that caused the disease. His discoveries were not readily accepted, but other
investigations soon confirmed his observations and the fact was gradually
firmly established. Not until recently, however, did this distinguished
physician receive a full recognition of his work. A few years ago he was
awarded the Nobel prize for medicine, perhaps the highest honor that can be
bestowed on any physician. It is interesting, too, to note in this connection
that it was another French surgeon who in 1840 discovered that sulphate of
quinine is a specific for malaria.
test the assumption he did not consider it impossible that such insects might
also introduce the smallest animalculæ into the blood. It took almost two
centuries of study and investigation before this guess was proved to be
right.
One reason why the mosquitoes were not earlier associated with these
diseases was that all who investigated the matter at all turned their attention
to the bad condition of the air in these swampy regions. Malaria means bad
air. We all know that we can see the mists arising from such regions,
particularly in the evening or at night, and as exposure to these mists very
often meant an attack of malaria they were naturally supposed to be the
cause of the disease. So for a long time the whole attention of investigators
was turned toward studying and analyzing these vapors, and various
experiments were made which seemed to show conclusively that the
malaria was caused only by these emanations. The investigations even went
so far that the exact germs that were supposed to cause the fever were
separated and experimented with.
THE PARASITE THAT CAUSES MALARIA
The blood had been studied time and again and the characteristic
appearance of the blood of a malarial patient was well known. In 1880
Laveran, a French army surgeon in Algiers, began to study the blood of
such patients microscopically and soon was able to demonstrate the parasite
that caused the disease. His discoveries were not readily accepted, but other
investigations soon confirmed his observations and the fact was gradually
firmly established. Not until recently, however, did this distinguished
physician receive a full recognition of his work. A few years ago he was
awarded the Nobel prize for medicine, perhaps the highest honor that can be
bestowed on any physician. It is interesting, too, to note in this connection
that it was another French surgeon who in 1840 discovered that sulphate of
quinine is a specific for malaria.
Page 136
Fig. 96—Horse and cattle tracks in mud filled with water; good
breeding-places for Anopheles.
Fig. 97—A malarial mosquito (Anopheles maculipennis); male.
breeding-places for Anopheles.
Fig. 97—A malarial mosquito (Anopheles maculipennis); male.
Page 137
Fig. 98—A malarial mosquito (A. maculipennis); female.
The next important step was made in 1885 by Golgi, an Italian, who
studied the life-history of the parasite in the blood and distinguished the
three forms which cause the three most familiar kinds of malarial fevers, the
tertian, the quartan and the remittent types. From this time on this parasite
has been studied by physicians of many nationalities and the whole course
of its life-history worked out. In order that we may understand how it was
that mosquitoes were determined to be the means of disseminating this
parasite we will discuss first its life-history in the human blood.
The parasites that cause the malarial fevers are Sporozoans and belong
to the genus Plasmodium. Other names such as Hæmamœba and Laverania
have been used for them, but the term Plasmodium is the one now most
commonly employed. The three most common species are vivax, malariæ
and falciparum, causing respectively the tertian, quartan and remittent
fevers.
LIFE-HISTORY OF PARASITE
The life-history of all of these is very similar, the principal difference
being in the length of time it takes them to sporulate. Let us begin with the
The next important step was made in 1885 by Golgi, an Italian, who
studied the life-history of the parasite in the blood and distinguished the
three forms which cause the three most familiar kinds of malarial fevers, the
tertian, the quartan and the remittent types. From this time on this parasite
has been studied by physicians of many nationalities and the whole course
of its life-history worked out. In order that we may understand how it was
that mosquitoes were determined to be the means of disseminating this
parasite we will discuss first its life-history in the human blood.
The parasites that cause the malarial fevers are Sporozoans and belong
to the genus Plasmodium. Other names such as Hæmamœba and Laverania
have been used for them, but the term Plasmodium is the one now most
commonly employed. The three most common species are vivax, malariæ
and falciparum, causing respectively the tertian, quartan and remittent
fevers.
LIFE-HISTORY OF PARASITE
The life-history of all of these is very similar, the principal difference
being in the length of time it takes them to sporulate. Let us begin with the
Page 138
parasite after it has been introduced into the blood and trace its
development there. At first it is slender and rod-like in shape. It has some
power of movement in the blood-plasm. Very soon it attacks one of the red
blood-corpuscles and gradually pierces its way through the wall and into the
corpuscle substance (Fig. 99); here it becomes more amœboid and
continues to move about, feeding all the time on the corpuscle substance,
gradually destroying the whole cell. As the parasite feeds and grows there is
deposited within its body a blackish or brownish pigment known as
melanin.
During the time that the parasite is feeding and growing it is also giving
off waste products, as all living forms do in the process of metabolism, but
as the parasite is completely inclosed in the corpuscle wall these waste
products cannot escape until the wall bursts open. After about forty hours if
the parasite is vivax or about sixty-five hours if it is malariæ it becomes
immobile, the nucleus divides again and again and the protoplasm collects
around these nuclei, forming a number of small cells or spores, as they are
called. In about forty-eight or seventy-two hours, depending on whether the
parasite is vivax or malariæ the wall of the corpuscle bursts and all these
spores with the black pigment and the waste products that have been stored
away within the cell are liberated into the blood-plasm.
development there. At first it is slender and rod-like in shape. It has some
power of movement in the blood-plasm. Very soon it attacks one of the red
blood-corpuscles and gradually pierces its way through the wall and into the
corpuscle substance (Fig. 99); here it becomes more amœboid and
continues to move about, feeding all the time on the corpuscle substance,
gradually destroying the whole cell. As the parasite feeds and grows there is
deposited within its body a blackish or brownish pigment known as
melanin.
During the time that the parasite is feeding and growing it is also giving
off waste products, as all living forms do in the process of metabolism, but
as the parasite is completely inclosed in the corpuscle wall these waste
products cannot escape until the wall bursts open. After about forty hours if
the parasite is vivax or about sixty-five hours if it is malariæ it becomes
immobile, the nucleus divides again and again and the protoplasm collects
around these nuclei, forming a number of small cells or spores, as they are
called. In about forty-eight or seventy-two hours, depending on whether the
parasite is vivax or malariæ the wall of the corpuscle bursts and all these
spores with the black pigment and the waste products that have been stored
away within the cell are liberated into the blood-plasm.
Page 139
Page 140
Fig. 99—Diagram to illustrate the life-history of the malarial parasite. 1 is a red blood-corpuscle, 2
to 7 shows the development of the parasite in the corpuscle, a b c d and a´ b´ c´ and e the
development of the parasite in the stomach of the mosquito, f g h i the development in the capsule
on the outer wall of the stomach of the mosquito, k in the salivary gland.
Fig. 100—Malarial mosquito (A. maculipennis) on the wall.
to 7 shows the development of the parasite in the corpuscle, a b c d and a´ b´ c´ and e the
development of the parasite in the stomach of the mosquito, f g h i the development in the capsule
on the outer wall of the stomach of the mosquito, k in the salivary gland.
Fig. 100—Malarial mosquito (A. maculipennis) on the wall.
Page 141
Fig. 101—Malarial mosquito (A. maculipennis) standing on a
table.
These spores are round or somewhat amœboid and are carried in the
blood for a short time. Very soon, however, each one attacks a new red
corpuscle and the process of feeding, growth and spore-formation
continues, taking exactly the same time for development as in the first
generation, so every forty-eight hours in the case of the vivax, and every
seventy-two hours in the case of the malariæ a new lot of these spores and
the accompanying waste products are thrown out into the blood. Thus in a
very short time many generations of this parasite occur and thousands or
hundreds of thousands of the red-blood corpuscles are destroyed, leaving
the patient weak and anemic. It will be seen, too, that the recurrence of the
chills and fevers is simultaneous with the escaping of the parasites from the
blood-corpuscles, together with the waste products of their metabolism.
These waste products are poisonous, and it is believed that this great
amount of poison poured into the blood at one time causes the regular
recurring crisis. Zoölogists well know that this process of asexual
reproduction, i. e., reproduction without any conjugation of two different
cells, cannot go on indefinitely, and those who were studying the life-cycle
of these parasites were at a loss to know where the sexual stage took place.
In the meantime studies of other parasites more or less closely related to
Plasmodium showed that the sexual stage occurred outside the vertebrate
host. The remarkable work of Dr. Smith on the life-history of the germ that
table.
These spores are round or somewhat amœboid and are carried in the
blood for a short time. Very soon, however, each one attacks a new red
corpuscle and the process of feeding, growth and spore-formation
continues, taking exactly the same time for development as in the first
generation, so every forty-eight hours in the case of the vivax, and every
seventy-two hours in the case of the malariæ a new lot of these spores and
the accompanying waste products are thrown out into the blood. Thus in a
very short time many generations of this parasite occur and thousands or
hundreds of thousands of the red-blood corpuscles are destroyed, leaving
the patient weak and anemic. It will be seen, too, that the recurrence of the
chills and fevers is simultaneous with the escaping of the parasites from the
blood-corpuscles, together with the waste products of their metabolism.
These waste products are poisonous, and it is believed that this great
amount of poison poured into the blood at one time causes the regular
recurring crisis. Zoölogists well know that this process of asexual
reproduction, i. e., reproduction without any conjugation of two different
cells, cannot go on indefinitely, and those who were studying the life-cycle
of these parasites were at a loss to know where the sexual stage took place.
In the meantime studies of other parasites more or less closely related to
Plasmodium showed that the sexual stage occurred outside the vertebrate
host. The remarkable work of Dr. Smith on the life-history of the germ that
Page 142
causes the Texas fever of cattle had a strong influence in directing the
search for this other stage of the malarial parasite. Another thing that
indicated that this sexual generation must take place outside the body of the
vertebrate host was the fact that the investigators found that the parasites in
certain of the cells did not sporulate as did the others. When these
individuals were drawn from the circulation and placed on a slide for study
it was found that they would swell up and free themselves from the
inclosing corpuscle and some of them would emit long filaments which
would dart away among the corpuscles.
Many men have worked on this problem, but perhaps the most credit for
its solution will always be given to Sir Patrick Manson, the foremost
authority on tropical diseases, and to Ronald Ross, a surgeon in the English
army. There is no more interesting and inspiring reading than that which
deals with the development of the hypothesis by Manson and the persistent
faith of Ross in the correctness of this theory, and his continuous
indefatigable labors in trying to demonstrate it. It was an important piece of
scientific work, and shows what a man can do even when the obstacles
seem insurmountable.
THE PARASITE IN THE MOSQUITO
Briefly stated again, the problem was this: We have here a parasite in
the blood which behaves as do many other forms of life. Some of these
parasites do not go on with their development until they are removed from
the circulation. Now, how are they thus removed from the circulation under
normal conditions? This must first be solved before the still greater and
more important problem of how the parasite gets from one human host to
another can be taken up. In studying this over Manson reasoned that certain
suctorial insects were the agencies through which blood was most
commonly removed from the circulation and he ventured the guess that this
change in the parasite that may be seen taking place on the slide under the
microscope, normally takes place in the stomach of some insect that sucks
man's blood. Ross was greatly impressed with the theory and began his long
search for this other stage of the malarial parasite. Another thing that
indicated that this sexual generation must take place outside the body of the
vertebrate host was the fact that the investigators found that the parasites in
certain of the cells did not sporulate as did the others. When these
individuals were drawn from the circulation and placed on a slide for study
it was found that they would swell up and free themselves from the
inclosing corpuscle and some of them would emit long filaments which
would dart away among the corpuscles.
Many men have worked on this problem, but perhaps the most credit for
its solution will always be given to Sir Patrick Manson, the foremost
authority on tropical diseases, and to Ronald Ross, a surgeon in the English
army. There is no more interesting and inspiring reading than that which
deals with the development of the hypothesis by Manson and the persistent
faith of Ross in the correctness of this theory, and his continuous
indefatigable labors in trying to demonstrate it. It was an important piece of
scientific work, and shows what a man can do even when the obstacles
seem insurmountable.
THE PARASITE IN THE MOSQUITO
Briefly stated again, the problem was this: We have here a parasite in
the blood which behaves as do many other forms of life. Some of these
parasites do not go on with their development until they are removed from
the circulation. Now, how are they thus removed from the circulation under
normal conditions? This must first be solved before the still greater and
more important problem of how the parasite gets from one human host to
another can be taken up. In studying this over Manson reasoned that certain
suctorial insects were the agencies through which blood was most
commonly removed from the circulation and he ventured the guess that this
change in the parasite that may be seen taking place on the slide under the
microscope, normally takes place in the stomach of some insect that sucks
man's blood. Ross was greatly impressed with the theory and began his long
Page 143
and apparently hopeless task of finding these parasites in the stomach of
some insect. When we remember that they are so minute that they can only
be seen by the use of the highest power of the microscope we can realize
something of the magnitude of the task. Ross, who was at that time
stationed in India, selected the mosquito as the most likely of the insects to
be the host that he was looking for. For over two and one-half years he
worked with entirely negative results, for after examining thoroughly many
thousands of mosquitoes he found no trace of the parasite.
Practically all his work was done on the most common mosquito of the
region, a species of Culex. But one day a friend sent him a different
mosquito, one with spotted wings, and in examining it he was interested to
note certain oval or round nodules on the outer walls of the stomach. On
closer examinations he found that each of these nodules contained a few
granules of the coal-black melanin of malarial fever. Further studies and
experiments showed that these particular cells could always be found in the
walls of the stomach of this particular species of mosquito a few days after
it had bitten a malarial patient. This epoch-making discovery was made in
1898. Ross was detailed by the English government to devote his whole
time to the further solution of the problem, and after two years more of
careful experimentation and study was able to give a complete life-history
of this parasite. His experiments have been repeated many times, and the
conclusions he arrived at are as undeniable as any of the known facts of
science.
The whole life-history as we now know it can be summed up as follows:
The parasites develop within the circulation but certain of them seem to
wander about and do not go on with their development there. When these
particular parasites are taken into the stomach of most mosquitoes they are
digested with the rest of the blood. But when they are taken into the
stomach of a mosquito belonging to the genus Anopheles or other closely
related genera they are not digested but go on with their development,
conjugation and fertilization taking place, resulting in a more elongated
form which makes its way through the walls of the stomach on the outside
some insect. When we remember that they are so minute that they can only
be seen by the use of the highest power of the microscope we can realize
something of the magnitude of the task. Ross, who was at that time
stationed in India, selected the mosquito as the most likely of the insects to
be the host that he was looking for. For over two and one-half years he
worked with entirely negative results, for after examining thoroughly many
thousands of mosquitoes he found no trace of the parasite.
Practically all his work was done on the most common mosquito of the
region, a species of Culex. But one day a friend sent him a different
mosquito, one with spotted wings, and in examining it he was interested to
note certain oval or round nodules on the outer walls of the stomach. On
closer examinations he found that each of these nodules contained a few
granules of the coal-black melanin of malarial fever. Further studies and
experiments showed that these particular cells could always be found in the
walls of the stomach of this particular species of mosquito a few days after
it had bitten a malarial patient. This epoch-making discovery was made in
1898. Ross was detailed by the English government to devote his whole
time to the further solution of the problem, and after two years more of
careful experimentation and study was able to give a complete life-history
of this parasite. His experiments have been repeated many times, and the
conclusions he arrived at are as undeniable as any of the known facts of
science.
The whole life-history as we now know it can be summed up as follows:
The parasites develop within the circulation but certain of them seem to
wander about and do not go on with their development there. When these
particular parasites are taken into the stomach of most mosquitoes they are
digested with the rest of the blood. But when they are taken into the
stomach of a mosquito belonging to the genus Anopheles or other closely
related genera they are not digested but go on with their development,
conjugation and fertilization taking place, resulting in a more elongated
form which makes its way through the walls of the stomach on the outside
Page 144
of which are formed the little nodules discovered by Ross on his
mosquitoes. Within these nodules further division and development takes
place until finally the nodule is burst open and many thousand minute rod-
like organisms, sporozoites, are turned loose into the body-cavity of the
mosquito. Owing to some unknown cause these little organisms are
gathered together in the large vacuolated cells of the salivary glands of the
mosquito, and when the mosquito bites a man or any other animal they pour
down through the ducts with the secretion and are thus again introduced in
the circulation.
The nodules or cysts on the walls of the stomach of the mosquito may
contain as many as ten thousand sporozoites, and as many as five hundred
cysts may occur on a single stomach.
It takes ten, twelve or more days from the time the parasites are taken
into the stomach of the mosquito before they can go through their
transformations and reach the salivary gland, the time depending on the
temperature. So it is ten or twelve days or sometimes as much as eighteen
or twenty days from the time an Anopheles bites a malarial patient before it
is dangerous or can spread the disease. On the other hand, the sporozoites
may lie in the salivary gland alive and virulent for several weeks. It does
not give up all the parasites at one time, so that three or four or more people
may be affected by a single mosquito.
It is well known that two parasites may often be seen in the same
corpuscle. This is often simply a case of multiple infection, but Dr. Craig
has very recently shown that under certain conditions two individuals may
enter the same corpuscle and conjugate and the resulting individual will be
resistant to quinine and may remain latent in the spleen or bone marrow for
a long time. Under favorable conditions it may again begin the process of
multiplication and the patient will suffer a relapse.
SUMMARY
mosquitoes. Within these nodules further division and development takes
place until finally the nodule is burst open and many thousand minute rod-
like organisms, sporozoites, are turned loose into the body-cavity of the
mosquito. Owing to some unknown cause these little organisms are
gathered together in the large vacuolated cells of the salivary glands of the
mosquito, and when the mosquito bites a man or any other animal they pour
down through the ducts with the secretion and are thus again introduced in
the circulation.
The nodules or cysts on the walls of the stomach of the mosquito may
contain as many as ten thousand sporozoites, and as many as five hundred
cysts may occur on a single stomach.
It takes ten, twelve or more days from the time the parasites are taken
into the stomach of the mosquito before they can go through their
transformations and reach the salivary gland, the time depending on the
temperature. So it is ten or twelve days or sometimes as much as eighteen
or twenty days from the time an Anopheles bites a malarial patient before it
is dangerous or can spread the disease. On the other hand, the sporozoites
may lie in the salivary gland alive and virulent for several weeks. It does
not give up all the parasites at one time, so that three or four or more people
may be affected by a single mosquito.
It is well known that two parasites may often be seen in the same
corpuscle. This is often simply a case of multiple infection, but Dr. Craig
has very recently shown that under certain conditions two individuals may
enter the same corpuscle and conjugate and the resulting individual will be
resistant to quinine and may remain latent in the spleen or bone marrow for
a long time. Under favorable conditions it may again begin the process of
multiplication and the patient will suffer a relapse.
SUMMARY
Page 145
Now let us sum up some of the reasons why we believe that the malaria
fever can be transmitted only through the agency of mosquitoes. First, we
know the life-history of the parasite, it has been studied in both of its hosts.
Attempts have been made to rear it in other hosts but without avail, and we
know from the general relations of the parasite that it must have this sexual
as well as the asexual generations. Second, in some regions which would
seem to be malarial, that is, where the miasmatic mists arise, no malaria
occurs. Why? Usually it can be definitely shown that no Anopheles occur
there. Other mosquitoes may be there in abundance, but if no Anopheles,
there is no malaria. In certain regions this is well demonstrated. The west
coast of Africa is one of the worst pest-holes of malaria and Anopheles. The
east coast has no malaria and no Anopheles. In many islands the same
condition exists. On the other hand, the Fiji Islands have Anopheles but no
malaria. No malaria has ever been introduced there to infect the mosquitoes.
In the same way Stegomyia occurs in some of the South Sea islands and yet
there is no yellow fever there.
EXPERIMENTS
We may review, too, a few of the classic experiments that have served
to show that malaria can be contracted in no other way than through the bite
of the mosquito.
For many years Grassi, an Italian, devoted almost his whole time to the
study of malaria. In 1900 he received permission from the government to
experiment on the employees of a piece of railroad that was being built
through a malarial region. This was divided for the purpose of the
experiment into three sections, a protected zone in the middle and an
unprotected zone at each end.
Those working in the protected zone had their houses completely
screened and no one was allowed out of doors after sunset except they were
protected with veils and gloves. Early in the season they were all given
doses of quinine to prevent auto-infection. In the unprotected zone no
fever can be transmitted only through the agency of mosquitoes. First, we
know the life-history of the parasite, it has been studied in both of its hosts.
Attempts have been made to rear it in other hosts but without avail, and we
know from the general relations of the parasite that it must have this sexual
as well as the asexual generations. Second, in some regions which would
seem to be malarial, that is, where the miasmatic mists arise, no malaria
occurs. Why? Usually it can be definitely shown that no Anopheles occur
there. Other mosquitoes may be there in abundance, but if no Anopheles,
there is no malaria. In certain regions this is well demonstrated. The west
coast of Africa is one of the worst pest-holes of malaria and Anopheles. The
east coast has no malaria and no Anopheles. In many islands the same
condition exists. On the other hand, the Fiji Islands have Anopheles but no
malaria. No malaria has ever been introduced there to infect the mosquitoes.
In the same way Stegomyia occurs in some of the South Sea islands and yet
there is no yellow fever there.
EXPERIMENTS
We may review, too, a few of the classic experiments that have served
to show that malaria can be contracted in no other way than through the bite
of the mosquito.
For many years Grassi, an Italian, devoted almost his whole time to the
study of malaria. In 1900 he received permission from the government to
experiment on the employees of a piece of railroad that was being built
through a malarial region. This was divided for the purpose of the
experiment into three sections, a protected zone in the middle and an
unprotected zone at each end.
Those working in the protected zone had their houses completely
screened and no one was allowed out of doors after sunset except they were
protected with veils and gloves. Early in the season they were all given
doses of quinine to prevent auto-infection. In the unprotected zone no
Page 146
screens were used and every one was allowed to go without special
protection. The result for the summer was that there were no new cases of
fever in the protected zone. In the unprotected zones practically all had the
fever as usual.
Fig. 102—Salt-marsh mosquito (O. lativittatus) standing on a
table.
Fig. 103—Anopheles hanging from the ceiling.
protection. The result for the summer was that there were no new cases of
fever in the protected zone. In the unprotected zones practically all had the
fever as usual.
Fig. 102—Salt-marsh mosquito (O. lativittatus) standing on a
table.
Fig. 103—Anopheles hanging from the ceiling.
Page 147
In the same year two English physicians, Sambon and Low, went to
Italy where they built a cabin in one of the marshes noted as being a malaria
pest-hole. The house was thoroughly screened so that no mosquitoes could
enter, but the windows were always open so as to admit the air freely day
and night. Here they lived for three months, out of doors as much as they
pleased during the day but inside where they were protected from the
mosquitoes at night. No quinine was used and no fever developed, although
all about them other people were having the fever as usual.
Another English physician who had not been in malarial regions
allowed himself to be bitten by infected mosquitoes sent from a malarial
locality. In due time he developed the fever. Many other experiments made
in various places might be cited. The results have all been practically the
same. To-day the soldiers of many civilized nations are required to protect
themselves from mosquitoes because it has been found that it pays. Disease
has always been a worse terror than bullets in any war, and we are fast
learning that the great loss from diseases heretofore considered unavoidable
may be very largely eliminated by proper sanitary arrangements and
protection from noxious insects.
Italy where they built a cabin in one of the marshes noted as being a malaria
pest-hole. The house was thoroughly screened so that no mosquitoes could
enter, but the windows were always open so as to admit the air freely day
and night. Here they lived for three months, out of doors as much as they
pleased during the day but inside where they were protected from the
mosquitoes at night. No quinine was used and no fever developed, although
all about them other people were having the fever as usual.
Another English physician who had not been in malarial regions
allowed himself to be bitten by infected mosquitoes sent from a malarial
locality. In due time he developed the fever. Many other experiments made
in various places might be cited. The results have all been practically the
same. To-day the soldiers of many civilized nations are required to protect
themselves from mosquitoes because it has been found that it pays. Disease
has always been a worse terror than bullets in any war, and we are fast
learning that the great loss from diseases heretofore considered unavoidable
may be very largely eliminated by proper sanitary arrangements and
protection from noxious insects.
Page 148
CHAPTER VIII
MOSQUITOES AND YELLOW FEVER
ELLOW fever is a disease, principally of seaport towns, from
which the United States has suffered more than any other
country. It is endemic only in tropical regions but is often carried
to subtropical, sometimes even to temperate zones where, if the
proper mosquitoes exist, it may rage until frost.
Vera Cruz, Havana, Rio de Janeiro, and the west coast of Africa were
long regarded as permanent endemic foci, the disease appearing there in
epidemic form from time to time, often spreading to other ports in more or
less close communication with such places. In the United States the Gulf
states have been the greatest sufferers from the disease, although it has
spread as far as Baltimore, Philadelphia and Washington, where at rare
intervals it was most serious, abating its ravages only when frost came.
The last severe outbreak occurred in New Orleans in 1905 when eight
thousand cases and nine hundred deaths occurred. At that time there was
waged one of the most remarkable warfares against death in its most
terrifying form that the world has ever known. And, thanks to the
achievements of science, particularly to the investigations of three men, one
of whom gave his life to the cause, the fight was successful and this
dreadful outbreak was checked just at the time when according to all
precedent it should have been at its height.
This result which at other times and under other conditions would have
been considered miraculous was achieved not by the usual custom of
isolation, quarantine, etc., but by a direct, we may almost say hand to hand,
conflict with mosquitoes: the mosquitoes belonging to a particular genus
and species, Stegomyia calopus (fasciata).
MOSQUITOES AND YELLOW FEVER
ELLOW fever is a disease, principally of seaport towns, from
which the United States has suffered more than any other
country. It is endemic only in tropical regions but is often carried
to subtropical, sometimes even to temperate zones where, if the
proper mosquitoes exist, it may rage until frost.
Vera Cruz, Havana, Rio de Janeiro, and the west coast of Africa were
long regarded as permanent endemic foci, the disease appearing there in
epidemic form from time to time, often spreading to other ports in more or
less close communication with such places. In the United States the Gulf
states have been the greatest sufferers from the disease, although it has
spread as far as Baltimore, Philadelphia and Washington, where at rare
intervals it was most serious, abating its ravages only when frost came.
The last severe outbreak occurred in New Orleans in 1905 when eight
thousand cases and nine hundred deaths occurred. At that time there was
waged one of the most remarkable warfares against death in its most
terrifying form that the world has ever known. And, thanks to the
achievements of science, particularly to the investigations of three men, one
of whom gave his life to the cause, the fight was successful and this
dreadful outbreak was checked just at the time when according to all
precedent it should have been at its height.
This result which at other times and under other conditions would have
been considered miraculous was achieved not by the usual custom of
isolation, quarantine, etc., but by a direct, we may almost say hand to hand,
conflict with mosquitoes: the mosquitoes belonging to a particular genus
and species, Stegomyia calopus (fasciata).
Page 149
Before taking up a discussion of this achievement in New Orleans let us
consider first the work of the men that made such results possible.
For many years the cause and methods of dissemination of this disease
had been a puzzle to physicians and scientists. Very early it was believed
that it might be transmitted through the air, and the fact that infection
usually occurred in the vicinity of the water and in the tropics or in
midsummer led to the belief that the disease was due to fermentation. This
theory received strong support in the fact that serious outbreaks of the fever
often followed the coming into port of vessels from the tropics with the
water in their holds in an offensive condition. When it was discovered that
bacteria were the cause of fermentation and also of many diseases this
theory was considered abundantly proven. From time to time,
announcements have been made that the particular species of bacteria that
causes the disease has been isolated, but there has always been something
lacking in the final proof.
Yellow fever has always been regarded as a very highly contagious as
well as infectious disease, and the utmost precaution has been taken to
isolate the patients when possible and in recent years strict quarantines have
been established against infected localities and no person or commerce or
even the mails were allowed to come from such places without thorough
fumigations. But all these things proved unsatisfactory. The disease could
not ordinarily be checked by simply isolating the patients. Many people
became sick without ever having been near a yellow fever patient, while
others worked in direct daily contact with the disease and did not suffer
from it. Those who had once had it and recovered became practically
immune, rarely suffering from a second attack. Negroes may suffer from
the disease, but are usually regarded as practically immune.
consider first the work of the men that made such results possible.
For many years the cause and methods of dissemination of this disease
had been a puzzle to physicians and scientists. Very early it was believed
that it might be transmitted through the air, and the fact that infection
usually occurred in the vicinity of the water and in the tropics or in
midsummer led to the belief that the disease was due to fermentation. This
theory received strong support in the fact that serious outbreaks of the fever
often followed the coming into port of vessels from the tropics with the
water in their holds in an offensive condition. When it was discovered that
bacteria were the cause of fermentation and also of many diseases this
theory was considered abundantly proven. From time to time,
announcements have been made that the particular species of bacteria that
causes the disease has been isolated, but there has always been something
lacking in the final proof.
Yellow fever has always been regarded as a very highly contagious as
well as infectious disease, and the utmost precaution has been taken to
isolate the patients when possible and in recent years strict quarantines have
been established against infected localities and no person or commerce or
even the mails were allowed to come from such places without thorough
fumigations. But all these things proved unsatisfactory. The disease could
not ordinarily be checked by simply isolating the patients. Many people
became sick without ever having been near a yellow fever patient, while
others worked in direct daily contact with the disease and did not suffer
from it. Those who had once had it and recovered became practically
immune, rarely suffering from a second attack. Negroes may suffer from
the disease, but are usually regarded as practically immune.
Page 150
Fig. 104—Yellow-fever mosquito (Stegomyia calopus). (R.
Newstead, del.)
It was early observed, too, that the danger zone might be quite well
defined and that outside this zone one would be safe. More than a century
ago the British troops and other inhabitants of Jamaica found that by
retreating to the mountains during the warm weather the non-immunes
Newstead, del.)
It was early observed, too, that the danger zone might be quite well
defined and that outside this zone one would be safe. More than a century
ago the British troops and other inhabitants of Jamaica found that by
retreating to the mountains during the warm weather the non-immunes
Page 151
could escape the fever. It was also observed that those who slept on the first
floor were more apt to take the disease than those on the second floor.
THE YELLOW FEVER COMMISSION
In 1900, during the American occupation of Cuba, yellow fever became
very prevalent there. A board of medical officers was ordered to meet in
Havana for the purpose of studying the disease under the favorable
opportunities thus afforded. This board, which came to be known as the
Yellow Fever Commission, was composed of Drs. Walter Reed, James
Carroll, Jessie W. Lazear and Aristides Agramonte of the United States
Army. Agramonte was a Cuban and an immune, the others were non-
immunes. Dr. Manson in his lectures on Tropical Medicines says of them:
"I cannot pass on, however, to what I have to say in connection with this work without a word of
admiration for the insight, the energy, the skill, the courage, and withal the modesty and simplicity of
the leader of that remarkable band of workers. If any man deserved a monument to his memory, it
was Reed. If any band of men deserve recognition at the hands of their countrymen, it is Reed's
colleagues."
Their first work was to determine whether any of the germs that had
been claimed to be the cause of yellow fever were really responsible for the
disease. Bacillus icteroides that for some time and by some investigators
had been named as the offender was particularly investigated, but was
proved to be a secondary invader only.
Dr. Charles Finlay of Havana had been claiming for some years that the
yellow fever was transmitted by means of the mosquito and possibly by
other insects also. He even claimed to have proved this theory
experimentally. We know now, however, that there must have been errors in
his experiments and that his patients became infected from sources other
than those he was dealing with.
The Yellow Fever Commission decided to put this theory to the test and
secured a number of volunteers for the experiments. The first thing was to
let an infected mosquito bite some non-immune person. How this was done
and the results, may be told in Dr. Carroll's own words.
floor were more apt to take the disease than those on the second floor.
THE YELLOW FEVER COMMISSION
In 1900, during the American occupation of Cuba, yellow fever became
very prevalent there. A board of medical officers was ordered to meet in
Havana for the purpose of studying the disease under the favorable
opportunities thus afforded. This board, which came to be known as the
Yellow Fever Commission, was composed of Drs. Walter Reed, James
Carroll, Jessie W. Lazear and Aristides Agramonte of the United States
Army. Agramonte was a Cuban and an immune, the others were non-
immunes. Dr. Manson in his lectures on Tropical Medicines says of them:
"I cannot pass on, however, to what I have to say in connection with this work without a word of
admiration for the insight, the energy, the skill, the courage, and withal the modesty and simplicity of
the leader of that remarkable band of workers. If any man deserved a monument to his memory, it
was Reed. If any band of men deserve recognition at the hands of their countrymen, it is Reed's
colleagues."
Their first work was to determine whether any of the germs that had
been claimed to be the cause of yellow fever were really responsible for the
disease. Bacillus icteroides that for some time and by some investigators
had been named as the offender was particularly investigated, but was
proved to be a secondary invader only.
Dr. Charles Finlay of Havana had been claiming for some years that the
yellow fever was transmitted by means of the mosquito and possibly by
other insects also. He even claimed to have proved this theory
experimentally. We know now, however, that there must have been errors in
his experiments and that his patients became infected from sources other
than those he was dealing with.
The Yellow Fever Commission decided to put this theory to the test and
secured a number of volunteers for the experiments. The first thing was to
let an infected mosquito bite some non-immune person. How this was done
and the results, may be told in Dr. Carroll's own words.
Page 152
EXPERIMENTS
"Two separate lines of work now presented: one, the study of the bacterial flora of the intestine
and anaërobic cultures from the blood and various organs; the other, the theory of the transmission of
the disease by the mosquito, which had been advanced by Dr. Carlos Finlay in 1881. After due
consideration it was decided to investigate the latter first. Then arose the question of the tremendous
responsibility involved in the use of human beings for experimental purposes. It was concluded that
the results themselves, if positive, would be sufficient justification of the undertaking. It was
suggested that we subject ourselves to the same risk and this suggestion was accepted by Dr. Reed
and Dr. Lazear. It became necessary for Dr. Reed to return to the United States and the work was
begun by Dr. Lazear, who applied infected mosquitoes to a number of persons, himself included,
without result. On the afternoon of July 27, 1900, I submitted myself to the bite of an infected
mosquito applied by Dr. Lazear. The insect had been reared and hatched in the laboratory, had been
caused to feed upon four cases of yellow fever, two of them severe, and two mild. The first patient, a
severe case, was bitten twelve days before; the second, third and fourth patients had been bitten six,
four and two days previously, and were in character mild, severe and mild respectively. In writing to
Dr. Reed that night of the incident, I remarked jokingly that if there was anything in the mosquito
theory, I should have a good dose. And so it happened. After having slight premonitory symptoms for
two days, I was taken sick on August 31, and on September 1, I was carried to the yellow fever camp.
My life was in the balance for three days, and my chart shows that on the fifth, sixth and seventh
days my urine contained eighth-tenths and nine-tenths of moist albumin. On the day I was taken sick,
August 31, 1900, Dr. Lazear applied the same mosquito, with three others, to another individual who
suffered a comparatively mild attack and was well before I had left my bed. It so happened that I was
the first person in whom the mosquito was proved to convey the disease.
"On the eighteenth of September, five days after I was permitted to leave my bed, Dr. Lazear was
stricken, and died in convulsions just one week later, after several days of delirium with black vomit.
Such is yellow fever.
"He was bitten by a stray mosquito while applying the other insects to a patient in one of the city
hospitals. He did not recognize it as a Stegomyia, and thought it was a Culex. It was permitted to take
its fill and he attached no importance to the bite until after he was taken sick, when he related the
incident to me. I shall never forget the expression of alarm in his eyes when I last saw him alive in
the third or fourth day of his illness. The spasmodic contractions of his diaphragm indicated that
black vomit was impending, and he fully appreciated their significance. The dreaded vomit soon
appeared. I was too weak to see him again in that condition, and there was nothing that I could do to
help him.
"Dr. Lazear left a wife and two young children, one of whom he had never seen."
These experiments and many others like them conducted on soldiers
and Spanish immigrants proved that this particular mosquito would transmit
the disease under certain conditions.
"Two separate lines of work now presented: one, the study of the bacterial flora of the intestine
and anaërobic cultures from the blood and various organs; the other, the theory of the transmission of
the disease by the mosquito, which had been advanced by Dr. Carlos Finlay in 1881. After due
consideration it was decided to investigate the latter first. Then arose the question of the tremendous
responsibility involved in the use of human beings for experimental purposes. It was concluded that
the results themselves, if positive, would be sufficient justification of the undertaking. It was
suggested that we subject ourselves to the same risk and this suggestion was accepted by Dr. Reed
and Dr. Lazear. It became necessary for Dr. Reed to return to the United States and the work was
begun by Dr. Lazear, who applied infected mosquitoes to a number of persons, himself included,
without result. On the afternoon of July 27, 1900, I submitted myself to the bite of an infected
mosquito applied by Dr. Lazear. The insect had been reared and hatched in the laboratory, had been
caused to feed upon four cases of yellow fever, two of them severe, and two mild. The first patient, a
severe case, was bitten twelve days before; the second, third and fourth patients had been bitten six,
four and two days previously, and were in character mild, severe and mild respectively. In writing to
Dr. Reed that night of the incident, I remarked jokingly that if there was anything in the mosquito
theory, I should have a good dose. And so it happened. After having slight premonitory symptoms for
two days, I was taken sick on August 31, and on September 1, I was carried to the yellow fever camp.
My life was in the balance for three days, and my chart shows that on the fifth, sixth and seventh
days my urine contained eighth-tenths and nine-tenths of moist albumin. On the day I was taken sick,
August 31, 1900, Dr. Lazear applied the same mosquito, with three others, to another individual who
suffered a comparatively mild attack and was well before I had left my bed. It so happened that I was
the first person in whom the mosquito was proved to convey the disease.
"On the eighteenth of September, five days after I was permitted to leave my bed, Dr. Lazear was
stricken, and died in convulsions just one week later, after several days of delirium with black vomit.
Such is yellow fever.
"He was bitten by a stray mosquito while applying the other insects to a patient in one of the city
hospitals. He did not recognize it as a Stegomyia, and thought it was a Culex. It was permitted to take
its fill and he attached no importance to the bite until after he was taken sick, when he related the
incident to me. I shall never forget the expression of alarm in his eyes when I last saw him alive in
the third or fourth day of his illness. The spasmodic contractions of his diaphragm indicated that
black vomit was impending, and he fully appreciated their significance. The dreaded vomit soon
appeared. I was too weak to see him again in that condition, and there was nothing that I could do to
help him.
"Dr. Lazear left a wife and two young children, one of whom he had never seen."
These experiments and many others like them conducted on soldiers
and Spanish immigrants proved that this particular mosquito would transmit
the disease under certain conditions.
Page 153
1. The mosquito must bite the patient during the first three days of the
fever; after that a yellow fever patient cannot infect a mosquito.
2. A period of twelve days must elapse before the mosquito is able to
infect another person. After that she may infect anyone she may bite; that is,
the germs remain virulent during the rest of the mosquito's life. The French
Yellow Fever Commission working in Rio de Janeiro claim that the first
generation of offspring from such an infected mosquito is capable of
causing the disease after they are fourteen days in the adult condition.
The next step was to ascertain whether the disease could be contracted
in any other way than by the bites of infected mosquitoes. A camp named
Camp Lazear was established and the following tests made: A mosquito-
proof building of one room was completely divided by a wire screen from
floor to ceiling. In one room fifteen mosquitoes that had previously bitten
yellow fever patients and had undergone the proper period of incubation
were liberated. In this room a non-immune exposed himself so that he was
bitten by several of the insects. A little later the same day and again the next
day the mosquitoes were allowed to feed on him for a few minutes. Five
days later, the usual incubation period, he developed yellow fever.
At the same time that he entered the building two other non-immunes
entered the other compartment where they slept for eighteen nights
separated from the mosquitoes by the wire screen. They showed no signs of
taking the fever.
In another mosquito-proof house two soldiers and a surgeon, all non-
immunes, lived for twenty-one days. From time to time they were supplied
with soiled articles of bedding, clothing, etc., direct from the yellow fever
hospital in the city. These articles had been soiled by the urine, fecal matter
and black vomit obtained from fatal and other cases of yellow fever. These
articles were handled and shaken daily, but no disease developed among the
men and at the end of the twenty-one days, two other non-immunes relieved
them and handled a new supply of clothing in the same way, sleeping
fever; after that a yellow fever patient cannot infect a mosquito.
2. A period of twelve days must elapse before the mosquito is able to
infect another person. After that she may infect anyone she may bite; that is,
the germs remain virulent during the rest of the mosquito's life. The French
Yellow Fever Commission working in Rio de Janeiro claim that the first
generation of offspring from such an infected mosquito is capable of
causing the disease after they are fourteen days in the adult condition.
The next step was to ascertain whether the disease could be contracted
in any other way than by the bites of infected mosquitoes. A camp named
Camp Lazear was established and the following tests made: A mosquito-
proof building of one room was completely divided by a wire screen from
floor to ceiling. In one room fifteen mosquitoes that had previously bitten
yellow fever patients and had undergone the proper period of incubation
were liberated. In this room a non-immune exposed himself so that he was
bitten by several of the insects. A little later the same day and again the next
day the mosquitoes were allowed to feed on him for a few minutes. Five
days later, the usual incubation period, he developed yellow fever.
At the same time that he entered the building two other non-immunes
entered the other compartment where they slept for eighteen nights
separated from the mosquitoes by the wire screen. They showed no signs of
taking the fever.
In another mosquito-proof house two soldiers and a surgeon, all non-
immunes, lived for twenty-one days. From time to time they were supplied
with soiled articles of bedding, clothing, etc., direct from the yellow fever
hospital in the city. These articles had been soiled by the urine, fecal matter
and black vomit obtained from fatal and other cases of yellow fever. These
articles were handled and shaken daily, but no disease developed among the
men and at the end of the twenty-one days, two other non-immunes relieved
them and handled a new supply of clothing in the same way, sleeping
Page 154
between the same sheets that had been used by a patient dying of yellow
fever and exposing themselves in every possible way to the soiled clothing.
But no disease developed. That these men were susceptible was shown later
by inoculating some of them, when they developed the disease.
In another experiment certain men in a camp allowed themselves to be
bitten by mosquitoes that had passed through the proper period of
incubation and every one of them and no others contracted the disease. It
was also shown that a mosquito was capable of communicating the disease
as long as fifty-seven days after it had bitten a yellow fever patient. Another
set of experiments showed that a subcutaneous injection into a non-immune
of a very small quantity of blood from the veins of a yellow fever patient in
the first two or three days of the disease would produce the fever.
SUMMARY OF RESULTS
Since that time much other work has been done by independent workers
as well as by French and English Commissions both working at Rio de
Janeiro. The results of their investigation are practically the same and may
be summed up as follows:
1. The virus of the yellow fever is in the blood-plasma, not in the
corpuscles, for these may be removed and the plasma still be infective.
2. The virus is conveyed from one patient to another by the yellow fever
mosquito, Stegomyia calopus, and in no other way except by experimental
injections.
3. The patient is a source of infection only during the first three or four
days of the disease (this after the three to six days of incubation).
4. The virus must undergo an incubation period of twelve to fourteen
days in the mosquito before she is capable of transmitting the disease.
5. The parasite, whatever it is, has never been seen. It is probably too
small to be seen by any of our present microscopes, even the recently
fever and exposing themselves in every possible way to the soiled clothing.
But no disease developed. That these men were susceptible was shown later
by inoculating some of them, when they developed the disease.
In another experiment certain men in a camp allowed themselves to be
bitten by mosquitoes that had passed through the proper period of
incubation and every one of them and no others contracted the disease. It
was also shown that a mosquito was capable of communicating the disease
as long as fifty-seven days after it had bitten a yellow fever patient. Another
set of experiments showed that a subcutaneous injection into a non-immune
of a very small quantity of blood from the veins of a yellow fever patient in
the first two or three days of the disease would produce the fever.
SUMMARY OF RESULTS
Since that time much other work has been done by independent workers
as well as by French and English Commissions both working at Rio de
Janeiro. The results of their investigation are practically the same and may
be summed up as follows:
1. The virus of the yellow fever is in the blood-plasma, not in the
corpuscles, for these may be removed and the plasma still be infective.
2. The virus is conveyed from one patient to another by the yellow fever
mosquito, Stegomyia calopus, and in no other way except by experimental
injections.
3. The patient is a source of infection only during the first three or four
days of the disease (this after the three to six days of incubation).
4. The virus must undergo an incubation period of twelve to fourteen
days in the mosquito before she is capable of transmitting the disease.
5. The parasite, whatever it is, has never been seen. It is probably too
small to be seen by any of our present microscopes, even the recently
Page 155
invented ultramicroscope. It is probably not a bacterial parasite but very
likely a Protozoan, and certain specialists have even shown by the study of
all the available data that it almost certainly belongs to the Sporozoan genus
Spirocheta.
Now what does all this mean? It means the saving of hundreds of
human lives annually. It means the banishing from many localities and
possibly very soon from the face of the earth of a disease that since the
earliest settlements on this continent has been a source of terror. It means
the making habitable of certain places which heretofore a white man has
entered only at the risk of his life. It means that quarantines need no longer
be established when yellow fever breaks out in a district; quarantines which
have inevitably caused the loss of millions of dollars to the world of
commerce.
RESULTS IN HAVANA
The first practical work based on these findings was done in Havana.
The Yellow Fever Commission made their recommendations in 1900. In
1901 and 1902 they were put into effect. The following table of the death
rate there during a period of ten years shows graphically the results:
DEATHS IN HAVANA FROM YELLOW FEVER
likely a Protozoan, and certain specialists have even shown by the study of
all the available data that it almost certainly belongs to the Sporozoan genus
Spirocheta.
Now what does all this mean? It means the saving of hundreds of
human lives annually. It means the banishing from many localities and
possibly very soon from the face of the earth of a disease that since the
earliest settlements on this continent has been a source of terror. It means
the making habitable of certain places which heretofore a white man has
entered only at the risk of his life. It means that quarantines need no longer
be established when yellow fever breaks out in a district; quarantines which
have inevitably caused the loss of millions of dollars to the world of
commerce.
RESULTS IN HAVANA
The first practical work based on these findings was done in Havana.
The Yellow Fever Commission made their recommendations in 1900. In
1901 and 1902 they were put into effect. The following table of the death
rate there during a period of ten years shows graphically the results:
DEATHS IN HAVANA FROM YELLOW FEVER
Page 156
1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902
Jan. 15 7 15 10 69 7 1 8 7 0
Feb. 6 4 4 7 24 1 0 9 5 0
Mar. 4 2 2 3 30 2 1 4 1 0
Apr. 8 4 6 14 71 1 2 0 0 0
May 23 16 10 27 88 4 0 2 0 0
June 69 31 16 46 174 3 1 8 0 0
July 118 77 88 116 168 16 2 30 1 0
Aug. 100 73 120 262 102 16 13 49 2 0
Sep. 68 76 135 166 56 34 18 52 2 0
Oct. 46 40 102 240 42 26 25 74 0 0
Nov. 28 23 35 244 26 13 18 54 0 0
Dec. 11 29 20 147 8 13 22 20 0 0
As long as the United States held control at Havana the yellow fever
was kept in check by fighting the mosquitoes, when this vigilance was
relaxed the fever began to appear again and the Cubans found that it was
necessary to keep up the fight against the mosquitoes if the island was to be
kept free from the disease.
THE FIGHT IN NEW ORLEANS
In the summer of 1905 came another opportunity to put the knowledge
gained during these experiments to a practical test. Samuel Hopkins Adams
in his article in McClure's Magazine, June, 1906, says of the beginning of
this fight:
"Eight years before, the mosquito-plague had infected the great, busy, joyous metropolis of the
south. Ignorant of the real processes of the infection, New Orleans had fought it blindly, frantically,
in an agony of panic, and when at last the frost put an end to the helpless city's plight, she lay spent
and prostrate. The yellow fever of 1905 came with a more formidable and unexpected suddenness
than that of 1897. It sprang into life like a secret and armed uprising in the midst of the city, full-
fledged and terrible. But there arose against it the trained fighting line of scientific knowledge.
Accepting, with a fine courage of faith that most important preventive discovery since vaccination,
the mosquito dogma, the Crescent City marshaled her defenses. This time there was no panic, no
mob-rule of terrified thousands, no mad rushing from stunned inertia to wildly impractical action; but
instead the enlistment of the whole city in an army of sanitation. Every citizen became a soldier of
Jan. 15 7 15 10 69 7 1 8 7 0
Feb. 6 4 4 7 24 1 0 9 5 0
Mar. 4 2 2 3 30 2 1 4 1 0
Apr. 8 4 6 14 71 1 2 0 0 0
May 23 16 10 27 88 4 0 2 0 0
June 69 31 16 46 174 3 1 8 0 0
July 118 77 88 116 168 16 2 30 1 0
Aug. 100 73 120 262 102 16 13 49 2 0
Sep. 68 76 135 166 56 34 18 52 2 0
Oct. 46 40 102 240 42 26 25 74 0 0
Nov. 28 23 35 244 26 13 18 54 0 0
Dec. 11 29 20 147 8 13 22 20 0 0
As long as the United States held control at Havana the yellow fever
was kept in check by fighting the mosquitoes, when this vigilance was
relaxed the fever began to appear again and the Cubans found that it was
necessary to keep up the fight against the mosquitoes if the island was to be
kept free from the disease.
THE FIGHT IN NEW ORLEANS
In the summer of 1905 came another opportunity to put the knowledge
gained during these experiments to a practical test. Samuel Hopkins Adams
in his article in McClure's Magazine, June, 1906, says of the beginning of
this fight:
"Eight years before, the mosquito-plague had infected the great, busy, joyous metropolis of the
south. Ignorant of the real processes of the infection, New Orleans had fought it blindly, frantically,
in an agony of panic, and when at last the frost put an end to the helpless city's plight, she lay spent
and prostrate. The yellow fever of 1905 came with a more formidable and unexpected suddenness
than that of 1897. It sprang into life like a secret and armed uprising in the midst of the city, full-
fledged and terrible. But there arose against it the trained fighting line of scientific knowledge.
Accepting, with a fine courage of faith that most important preventive discovery since vaccination,
the mosquito dogma, the Crescent City marshaled her defenses. This time there was no panic, no
mob-rule of terrified thousands, no mad rushing from stunned inertia to wildly impractical action; but
instead the enlistment of the whole city in an army of sanitation. Every citizen became a soldier of
Page 157
the public health. And when, long before the plague-killing frost came, the battle was over, New
Orleans had triumphed not only in the most brilliant hygienic victory ever achieved in America, but
in a principle for which the whole nation owes her a debt of gratitude."
For some time the authorities had been trying to keep secret the fact that
the disease was prevalent, but the rapidity with which it spread made them
realize that only united action on the part of all the community would be of
any avail. The Citizens Volunteer Ward Organizations were organized for
the purpose of fighting the mosquitoes which were everywhere. To many
the fight looked hopeless. The miles of open gutters, the thousands of
cisterns and little pools of standing water everywhere furnished abundant
breeding-places for the mosquitoes. The ditches and ponds were drained or
salted, the cisterns were screened, infected houses were fumigated, yet the
fever continued to spread. Rains refilled the ditches, winds tore the screens
from the cisterns, the ignorant people of the French quarter refused to
coöperate. At last the city in desperation appealed to the President for aid.
Surgeon J.H. White and a number of officers and men of the United States
Public Health and Marine Hospital Service soon took charge of the work.
This was continued along the same lines as before with the same object in
view. But with the coming of the regulars the work was more systematically
and thoroughly done. Every case of fever was treated as though it was
yellow fever and every precaution taken to prevent mosquitoes from biting
such a patient. The houses in which the fever occurred were thoroughly
fumigated to kill any mosquitoes that might be there, and the neighborhood
was thoroughly searched to find any places where the mosquitoes might be
breeding. So confident were the authorities that the mosquito was the sole
cause of the disease spreading, that besides fighting it no other work was
undertaken save to make the sick as comfortable as possible.
Finally the results began to be apparent. The number of cases gradually
diminished, until long before frost came the city was free from the great
pest. Yellow fever will doubtless appear from time to time in New Orleans
and other cities, but there is, at least there should be, small danger of
Orleans had triumphed not only in the most brilliant hygienic victory ever achieved in America, but
in a principle for which the whole nation owes her a debt of gratitude."
For some time the authorities had been trying to keep secret the fact that
the disease was prevalent, but the rapidity with which it spread made them
realize that only united action on the part of all the community would be of
any avail. The Citizens Volunteer Ward Organizations were organized for
the purpose of fighting the mosquitoes which were everywhere. To many
the fight looked hopeless. The miles of open gutters, the thousands of
cisterns and little pools of standing water everywhere furnished abundant
breeding-places for the mosquitoes. The ditches and ponds were drained or
salted, the cisterns were screened, infected houses were fumigated, yet the
fever continued to spread. Rains refilled the ditches, winds tore the screens
from the cisterns, the ignorant people of the French quarter refused to
coöperate. At last the city in desperation appealed to the President for aid.
Surgeon J.H. White and a number of officers and men of the United States
Public Health and Marine Hospital Service soon took charge of the work.
This was continued along the same lines as before with the same object in
view. But with the coming of the regulars the work was more systematically
and thoroughly done. Every case of fever was treated as though it was
yellow fever and every precaution taken to prevent mosquitoes from biting
such a patient. The houses in which the fever occurred were thoroughly
fumigated to kill any mosquitoes that might be there, and the neighborhood
was thoroughly searched to find any places where the mosquitoes might be
breeding. So confident were the authorities that the mosquito was the sole
cause of the disease spreading, that besides fighting it no other work was
undertaken save to make the sick as comfortable as possible.
Finally the results began to be apparent. The number of cases gradually
diminished, until long before frost came the city was free from the great
pest. Yellow fever will doubtless appear from time to time in New Orleans
and other cities, but there is, at least there should be, small danger of
Page 158
another great epidemic, for the people now know how the disease is caused
and the remedy.
Not long since I had occasion to write to a prominent entomologist in
Louisiana for some specimens of the yellow fever mosquito for laboratory
work. The following extract from his reply will show something of the
work that is still being done there.
"I am afraid we cannot furnish specimens of Stegomyia, in spite of the fact that Louisiana is
supposed to be the most favorable home of this species in the South. Since the light occurrence of
yellow fever in this State in 1905, a very vigorous war has been kept up against Stegomyia, and the
ordinances of all Louisiana cities and principal towns require the draining of all breeding places of
this mosquito and the constant oiling or screening of all cisterns or other water containers. The result
is this species is very rare. Here in Baton Rouge I only see one once in a great while, and it would
require perhaps a good many days' work at the present season to get as good specimens and as many
of them as you require."
IN THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE
Yellow fever was one of the worst obstacles that confronted the French
when they were attempting to build the Panama Canal. The story of the
suffering and death from this dread disease there is most pathetic. Ship-load
after ship-load of laborers were sent over, as those who had gone earlier
succumbed to the fever. The contractors were responsible for their men
while they were sick and in order to avoid having to pay hospital expenses
the men were often discharged as soon as they showed signs of sickness.
Many of them died along the roadside while endeavoring to reach some
place where they could obtain aid. The hospitals were usually filled with
yellow fever patients, a very large percentage of whom died.
Not only the day laborers suffered but many of the engineers, doctors,
nurses and others sickened and died of the disease. It is reported that
eighteen young French engineers came over on one vessel and in a month
after their arrival all but one had died of the yellow fever. Out of thirty-six
nurses brought over at one time, twenty-four died of the fever, and during
one month nine members of the medical staff of one of the hospitals
succumbed.
and the remedy.
Not long since I had occasion to write to a prominent entomologist in
Louisiana for some specimens of the yellow fever mosquito for laboratory
work. The following extract from his reply will show something of the
work that is still being done there.
"I am afraid we cannot furnish specimens of Stegomyia, in spite of the fact that Louisiana is
supposed to be the most favorable home of this species in the South. Since the light occurrence of
yellow fever in this State in 1905, a very vigorous war has been kept up against Stegomyia, and the
ordinances of all Louisiana cities and principal towns require the draining of all breeding places of
this mosquito and the constant oiling or screening of all cisterns or other water containers. The result
is this species is very rare. Here in Baton Rouge I only see one once in a great while, and it would
require perhaps a good many days' work at the present season to get as good specimens and as many
of them as you require."
IN THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE
Yellow fever was one of the worst obstacles that confronted the French
when they were attempting to build the Panama Canal. The story of the
suffering and death from this dread disease there is most pathetic. Ship-load
after ship-load of laborers were sent over, as those who had gone earlier
succumbed to the fever. The contractors were responsible for their men
while they were sick and in order to avoid having to pay hospital expenses
the men were often discharged as soon as they showed signs of sickness.
Many of them died along the roadside while endeavoring to reach some
place where they could obtain aid. The hospitals were usually filled with
yellow fever patients, a very large percentage of whom died.
Not only the day laborers suffered but many of the engineers, doctors,
nurses and others sickened and died of the disease. It is reported that
eighteen young French engineers came over on one vessel and in a month
after their arrival all but one had died of the yellow fever. Out of thirty-six
nurses brought over at one time, twenty-four died of the fever, and during
one month nine members of the medical staff of one of the hospitals
succumbed.
Page 159
One of the first things that the United States Government did in
beginning work in the canal zone was to take up the fight against the yellow
fever mosquito. In Panama where the water for domestic purposes was kept
in cisterns and water-barrels, inspectors were appointed to see that all such
receptacles and other possible breeding-places for mosquitoes were kept
covered. After the first inspection, 4,000 breeding-places were reported.
About six months later there were less than 400. Similar work was done in
all the towns and settlements along the route of the canal. In addition to this
fight against the yellow fever mosquito considerable attention was paid to
the breeding-places of the malarial mosquito. The results have been
remarkable. Cases of yellow fever are now rare throughout this zone, and
there has been a very great reduction in the extent of the malarial districts.
The last case of yellow fever occurred in May, 1906. Before this work was
done a man took his life in his hands when he went into this region. Now it
is regarded as a perfectly safe place to live. Indeed it is a much safer place
than many sections of our own country where proper sanitary measures
have not been taken to protect the health of the community.
IN RIO DE JANEIRO
In Rio de Janeiro they have as yet been unable to get rid of the
mosquitoes, although thousands of dollars are spent annually in fighting
them. But the non-immunes there protect themselves by doing their
business in Rio during the day and going back at night to Petropolis,
twenty-five miles inland and twenty-five hundred feet higher, where they
are safe, for no Stegomyia have ever been found there.
They claim there that the yellow fever mosquito does not bite during the
daytime after she has laid her eggs, and that she will not lay her eggs until
about three days after she has fed on blood, therefore a Stegomyia that bites
during the day will not carry the yellow fever because she is too young.
This seems to explain why the fever cannot be contracted by being bitten by
a mosquito in the daytime. Certain other experiments, however, have given
different results so that as far as we know it is not safe to be bitten at any
beginning work in the canal zone was to take up the fight against the yellow
fever mosquito. In Panama where the water for domestic purposes was kept
in cisterns and water-barrels, inspectors were appointed to see that all such
receptacles and other possible breeding-places for mosquitoes were kept
covered. After the first inspection, 4,000 breeding-places were reported.
About six months later there were less than 400. Similar work was done in
all the towns and settlements along the route of the canal. In addition to this
fight against the yellow fever mosquito considerable attention was paid to
the breeding-places of the malarial mosquito. The results have been
remarkable. Cases of yellow fever are now rare throughout this zone, and
there has been a very great reduction in the extent of the malarial districts.
The last case of yellow fever occurred in May, 1906. Before this work was
done a man took his life in his hands when he went into this region. Now it
is regarded as a perfectly safe place to live. Indeed it is a much safer place
than many sections of our own country where proper sanitary measures
have not been taken to protect the health of the community.
IN RIO DE JANEIRO
In Rio de Janeiro they have as yet been unable to get rid of the
mosquitoes, although thousands of dollars are spent annually in fighting
them. But the non-immunes there protect themselves by doing their
business in Rio during the day and going back at night to Petropolis,
twenty-five miles inland and twenty-five hundred feet higher, where they
are safe, for no Stegomyia have ever been found there.
They claim there that the yellow fever mosquito does not bite during the
daytime after she has laid her eggs, and that she will not lay her eggs until
about three days after she has fed on blood, therefore a Stegomyia that bites
during the day will not carry the yellow fever because she is too young.
This seems to explain why the fever cannot be contracted by being bitten by
a mosquito in the daytime. Certain other experiments, however, have given
different results so that as far as we know it is not safe to be bitten at any
Page 160
time by such a mosquito in a region where the disease is endemic or where
it is epidemic.
In the main the work of the French Yellow Fever Commission working
in Rio de Janeiro has confirmed the findings of the American Commission.
One interesting special thing that the French Commission seems to have
established is that the female may transmit the infecting power to her
offspring, so that it would be possible for a mosquito that had never bitten a
yellow fever patient to be capable of infecting a non-immune person. While
all this is very probable in the light of what we know of the disease and the
way in which other diseases caused by similar organisms may be
transmitted by the parent to the offspring, yet the most conservative
investigators are waiting for further proof.
HABITS OF STEGOMYIA
The whole fight against yellow fever, then is directed, as we have seen,
against the mosquito, Stegomyia calopus. The habits of this species are such
as to make it easy in some respects to combat. It is seldom found far away
from human habitation. The adults will not fly far. Once in a house they
usually stay there except when they leave to deposit their eggs.
On the other hand, some of these same habits make it all the more
dangerous. It will breed in almost any kind of water, no matter how filthy,
and a very small amount will suffice. Thus any leaks from water-pipes or
drains, cisterns, small cans of water or any such places may become
dangerous breeding-places. If conditions are unfavorable there will often be
developed small individuals which can easily make their way through
ordinary mosquito-netting.
Dr. Manson has pointed out an interesting possible result of the crusade
that is now being waged against the yellow fever mosquitoes. The immunity
of the people native to the endemic regions is supposed to be due to their
having had mild attacks of the fever during childhood, for the children in
it is epidemic.
In the main the work of the French Yellow Fever Commission working
in Rio de Janeiro has confirmed the findings of the American Commission.
One interesting special thing that the French Commission seems to have
established is that the female may transmit the infecting power to her
offspring, so that it would be possible for a mosquito that had never bitten a
yellow fever patient to be capable of infecting a non-immune person. While
all this is very probable in the light of what we know of the disease and the
way in which other diseases caused by similar organisms may be
transmitted by the parent to the offspring, yet the most conservative
investigators are waiting for further proof.
HABITS OF STEGOMYIA
The whole fight against yellow fever, then is directed, as we have seen,
against the mosquito, Stegomyia calopus. The habits of this species are such
as to make it easy in some respects to combat. It is seldom found far away
from human habitation. The adults will not fly far. Once in a house they
usually stay there except when they leave to deposit their eggs.
On the other hand, some of these same habits make it all the more
dangerous. It will breed in almost any kind of water, no matter how filthy,
and a very small amount will suffice. Thus any leaks from water-pipes or
drains, cisterns, small cans of water or any such places may become
dangerous breeding-places. If conditions are unfavorable there will often be
developed small individuals which can easily make their way through
ordinary mosquito-netting.
Dr. Manson has pointed out an interesting possible result of the crusade
that is now being waged against the yellow fever mosquitoes. The immunity
of the people native to the endemic regions is supposed to be due to their
having had mild attacks of the fever during childhood, for the children in
Page 161
these regions are subject to certain fevers which are probably very mild
forms of yellow fever.
Now if we kill practically all of the Stegomyia so that these children do
not have this fever there will be developed, in due time, a population most
of whom are non-immune.
This freedom from the disease for some time will allow us to grow
careless in regard to fighting the mosquitoes. They will be allowed to
increase and by some chance the yellow fever will again be introduced and
there will then be very grave danger of most extensive and destructive
epidemics.
DANGER OF THE DISEASE IN THE PACIFIC ISLANDS
I have already referred once or twice to the conditions in many of the
Pacific tropical islands. In some of these various species of Stegomyia are
abundant, and in some Stegomyia calopus is the most abundant and
troublesome form. All the natives of these islands are non-immune because
there has never been any yellow fever there. Unless extraordinary care is
taken the disease will be introduced there sooner or later and the results are
sure to be most appalling. The climatic and sanitary conditions and the
habits of the people are ideal for the development and spread of the disease,
and what I have seen of the conditions on some of these islands convinces
me that it would be almost impossible to control the disease before it had a
chance to kill a large percentage of the population.
With the opening of the Panama Canal these things become more
possible. Heretofore, the shipping to these regions has not been from ports
where yellow fever was endemic or even likely to be epidemic. But unless
the yellow fever is kept out of the canal zone, the danger will be many fold
what it is now.
The white man has already carried enough misery to these island
peoples in the way of loathsome diseases, and it is to be hoped that this,
forms of yellow fever.
Now if we kill practically all of the Stegomyia so that these children do
not have this fever there will be developed, in due time, a population most
of whom are non-immune.
This freedom from the disease for some time will allow us to grow
careless in regard to fighting the mosquitoes. They will be allowed to
increase and by some chance the yellow fever will again be introduced and
there will then be very grave danger of most extensive and destructive
epidemics.
DANGER OF THE DISEASE IN THE PACIFIC ISLANDS
I have already referred once or twice to the conditions in many of the
Pacific tropical islands. In some of these various species of Stegomyia are
abundant, and in some Stegomyia calopus is the most abundant and
troublesome form. All the natives of these islands are non-immune because
there has never been any yellow fever there. Unless extraordinary care is
taken the disease will be introduced there sooner or later and the results are
sure to be most appalling. The climatic and sanitary conditions and the
habits of the people are ideal for the development and spread of the disease,
and what I have seen of the conditions on some of these islands convinces
me that it would be almost impossible to control the disease before it had a
chance to kill a large percentage of the population.
With the opening of the Panama Canal these things become more
possible. Heretofore, the shipping to these regions has not been from ports
where yellow fever was endemic or even likely to be epidemic. But unless
the yellow fever is kept out of the canal zone, the danger will be many fold
what it is now.
The white man has already carried enough misery to these island
peoples in the way of loathsome diseases, and it is to be hoped that this,
Page 162
another great curse, will not be carried to them with our civilization, the
beneficial results of which have been so often very justly questioned.
What I have said in regard to these islands applies with equal force and
in some instances with even greater force to parts of Asia, the Eastern
Archipelago and other places.
beneficial results of which have been so often very justly questioned.
What I have said in regard to these islands applies with equal force and
in some instances with even greater force to parts of Asia, the Eastern
Archipelago and other places.
Page 163
CHAPTER IX
FLEAS AND PLAGUE
LAGUE has always been one of the most dreaded diseases, and
when we read of its ravages in the old world and the utter
helplessness of the people before it we do not wonder that the
very word filled them with horror. One of the greatest scourges
ever known began in Egypt about A.D. 542, and spread along the shores of
the Mediterranean to Europe and Asia. It lasted for sixty years, appearing
again and again in the same place and decimating whole communities.
Another great pandemic, beginning in 1364, spread over the whole of
the then known world and appeared in its most virulent form. On account of
diffuse subcutaneous hemorrhages it came to be known as the "black death"
and of course spread terror in all the communities where it appeared. Whole
villages and districts were depopulated. The death-rate was very high, one
authority placing the total mortality at twenty-five million.
During this time new centers of infection were established, and since
then it has been carried by the commerce of the nations to all parts of the
world. It is not restricted, as many other epidemic diseases, to the tropics or
semi-tropics, although as a matter of fact we find it is more prevalent in
these regions on account of the sanitary conditions.
HOW PLAGUE WAS CONTROLLED IN SAN FRANCISCO
Attention is called to these things in order that we may compare past
conditions with present. During the last few years San Francisco has been
fighting an outbreak of plague that in other days would have been nothing
less than a national calamity. But with modern methods of handling it,
based on knowing what it is, what causes it and how it is spread, the
FLEAS AND PLAGUE
LAGUE has always been one of the most dreaded diseases, and
when we read of its ravages in the old world and the utter
helplessness of the people before it we do not wonder that the
very word filled them with horror. One of the greatest scourges
ever known began in Egypt about A.D. 542, and spread along the shores of
the Mediterranean to Europe and Asia. It lasted for sixty years, appearing
again and again in the same place and decimating whole communities.
Another great pandemic, beginning in 1364, spread over the whole of
the then known world and appeared in its most virulent form. On account of
diffuse subcutaneous hemorrhages it came to be known as the "black death"
and of course spread terror in all the communities where it appeared. Whole
villages and districts were depopulated. The death-rate was very high, one
authority placing the total mortality at twenty-five million.
During this time new centers of infection were established, and since
then it has been carried by the commerce of the nations to all parts of the
world. It is not restricted, as many other epidemic diseases, to the tropics or
semi-tropics, although as a matter of fact we find it is more prevalent in
these regions on account of the sanitary conditions.
HOW PLAGUE WAS CONTROLLED IN SAN FRANCISCO
Attention is called to these things in order that we may compare past
conditions with present. During the last few years San Francisco has been
fighting an outbreak of plague that in other days would have been nothing
less than a national calamity. But with modern methods of handling it,
based on knowing what it is, what causes it and how it is spread, the
Page 164
authorities there have been able not only to hold the disease in check, but
practically to stamp it out with the loss of comparatively few lives.
Dr. Blue of the Public Health and Marine Hospital Service and his co-
workers directed their whole energy toward controlling the rats. A small
army of men were employed, catching rats in every quarter of the city. Dr.
Rucker reports that fully a million rats were slain in this campaign. Their
breeding-places were destroyed by making cellars, woodsheds, warehouses,
etc., rat-proof and removing all old rubbish. Garbage cans were installed in
all parts of the city, as it was required that all garbage be stored where rats
could not feed upon it, and altogether every effort was made to make it as
uncomfortable as possible for the rats.
The marked success attending this work abundantly confirms the
soundness of the theory upon which it was based, and serves as another
example of the way in which science is teaching us how to prevent or
control many of our most serious diseases.
THE INDIAN PLAGUE COMMISSION
In 1896, what proved to be a very serious outbreak of plague, occurred
in Bombay and spread to other parts of India. In 1898, a commission was
appointed to inquire into the origin of the different outbreaks, the manner in
which the disease is communicated, etc. This was known as the Indian
Plague Commission, and its exhaustive report, together with the minutes of
the evidence presented to the committee, represents a stupendous amount of
work on this subject and is the basis for much of the later investigation that
has been undertaken.
After the consideration of the evidence from various sources the
commission decided that the principal mode of infection both for man and
rats was through some sort of an abrasion in the skin, although it recognized
also the possibility of infection through the nose and throat, and possibly,
very rarely, through the intestinal tract or other places.
practically to stamp it out with the loss of comparatively few lives.
Dr. Blue of the Public Health and Marine Hospital Service and his co-
workers directed their whole energy toward controlling the rats. A small
army of men were employed, catching rats in every quarter of the city. Dr.
Rucker reports that fully a million rats were slain in this campaign. Their
breeding-places were destroyed by making cellars, woodsheds, warehouses,
etc., rat-proof and removing all old rubbish. Garbage cans were installed in
all parts of the city, as it was required that all garbage be stored where rats
could not feed upon it, and altogether every effort was made to make it as
uncomfortable as possible for the rats.
The marked success attending this work abundantly confirms the
soundness of the theory upon which it was based, and serves as another
example of the way in which science is teaching us how to prevent or
control many of our most serious diseases.
THE INDIAN PLAGUE COMMISSION
In 1896, what proved to be a very serious outbreak of plague, occurred
in Bombay and spread to other parts of India. In 1898, a commission was
appointed to inquire into the origin of the different outbreaks, the manner in
which the disease is communicated, etc. This was known as the Indian
Plague Commission, and its exhaustive report, together with the minutes of
the evidence presented to the committee, represents a stupendous amount of
work on this subject and is the basis for much of the later investigation that
has been undertaken.
After the consideration of the evidence from various sources the
commission decided that the principal mode of infection both for man and
rats was through some sort of an abrasion in the skin, although it recognized
also the possibility of infection through the nose and throat, and possibly,
very rarely, through the intestinal tract or other places.
Page 165
Considerable time was spent in considering Dr. Simond's claim, made in
1898, that fleas which have been parasitic on plague-infected rats migrate
on the death of their hosts and convey the infection to healthy men and rats.
Dr. Simond sought to establish the following:
"Firstly, that plague rats are eminently infective when infected with fleas and that they cease to be
infective when they have been deserted by their parasites: Secondly, that living plague bacilli are
found in association with fleas which are taken from plague-infected rats: Thirdly, that plague can
pass from infected rats to other animals which have not come directly in contact with them or with
their infected excretions: Fourthly, that fleas which infest rats will transfer themselves as parasites to
men."
After reviewing the experiments which had been made to establish these
claims the commission believed that sufficient precaution had not been
taken to prevent infection from other sources and that not enough definite
evidence was produced. Against this claim much negative evidence was
considered and the final conclusion was "that suctorial insects do not come
under consideration in connection with the spread of plague."
In 1905 another body of men known as the Advisory Committee was
appointed to arrange for further studies in India and other places,
particularly in relation to the mode of dissemination of the disease. They at
once appointed a new working commission who immediately began their
studies and experiments. The preliminary reports of their work, which are
still known as the Reports of the Indian Plague Commission, as well as the
reports of contributing investigations that are being made from time to time,
have served to establish entirely Dr. Simond's claims and have completely
revolutionized the methods of fighting plague.
There are several different types of plague, seeming to depend largely
on the manner of infection. The most common type is that known as the
bubonic plague which is characterized by buboes or swellings in various
parts of the body. This form of infection is usually received through the skin
in some manner or other. Only rarely does direct man-to-man infection
occur though there is always the possibility of it. The investigations have
shown that the flea is the most common agent in transferring the disease
1898, that fleas which have been parasitic on plague-infected rats migrate
on the death of their hosts and convey the infection to healthy men and rats.
Dr. Simond sought to establish the following:
"Firstly, that plague rats are eminently infective when infected with fleas and that they cease to be
infective when they have been deserted by their parasites: Secondly, that living plague bacilli are
found in association with fleas which are taken from plague-infected rats: Thirdly, that plague can
pass from infected rats to other animals which have not come directly in contact with them or with
their infected excretions: Fourthly, that fleas which infest rats will transfer themselves as parasites to
men."
After reviewing the experiments which had been made to establish these
claims the commission believed that sufficient precaution had not been
taken to prevent infection from other sources and that not enough definite
evidence was produced. Against this claim much negative evidence was
considered and the final conclusion was "that suctorial insects do not come
under consideration in connection with the spread of plague."
In 1905 another body of men known as the Advisory Committee was
appointed to arrange for further studies in India and other places,
particularly in relation to the mode of dissemination of the disease. They at
once appointed a new working commission who immediately began their
studies and experiments. The preliminary reports of their work, which are
still known as the Reports of the Indian Plague Commission, as well as the
reports of contributing investigations that are being made from time to time,
have served to establish entirely Dr. Simond's claims and have completely
revolutionized the methods of fighting plague.
There are several different types of plague, seeming to depend largely
on the manner of infection. The most common type is that known as the
bubonic plague which is characterized by buboes or swellings in various
parts of the body. This form of infection is usually received through the skin
in some manner or other. Only rarely does direct man-to-man infection
occur though there is always the possibility of it. The investigations have
shown that the flea is the most common agent in transferring the disease
Page 166
from rat to rat or from rat to man. This may be accomplished by the flea
transferring the bacilli directly from one host to another on its proboscis, or
they may be carried in the alimentary canal of the flea and gain an entrance
into the skin through an abrasion of some kind when the flea is crushed as it
is biting, or when some of the bacilli are left on the skin in the excreta of
the insect.
RESULTS OF VERJBITSKI'S EXPERIMENTS
A very important series of experiments bearing directly on this subject
was made in 1902 and 1903 by Dr. D.T. Verjbitski. The paper giving the
results of this work was not published in any scientific journal until 1908
when the Advisory Committee published it in one of their reports. The
experiments were so well planned and executed and the results so definite
that I think it is worth while to give in full his summary of results. The bugs
referred to are bedbugs.
"(1) All fleas and bugs which have sucked the blood of animals dying from plague contain plague
microbes.
"(2) Fleas and bugs which have sucked the blood of animals which are suffering from plague only
contain plague microbes when the bites have been inflicted from 12 to 26 hours before the death of
the animals, that is, during that period of their illness when their blood contains plague bacilli.
"(3) The vitality and virulence of the plague microbes are preserved in these insects.
"(4) Plague bacilli may be found in fleas from four to six days after they have sucked the blood of
an animal dying with plague. In bugs, not previously starved or starved only for a short time (one to
seven days), the plague microbes disappear on the third day; in those that have been starved for four
to four and one-half months, after eight or nine days.
"(5) The numbers of plague microbes in the infected fleas and bugs increase during the first few
days.
"(6) The fæces of infected fleas and bugs contain virulent plague microbes as long as they persist
in the alimentary canal of these insects.
"(7) Animals could not be infected by the bites of fleas and bugs which had been infected by
animals whose own infection had been occasioned by a culture of small virulence, notwithstanding
the fact that the insects may be found to contain abundant plague microbes.
"(8) Fleas and bugs that have fed upon animals which have been infected by cultures of high
virulence convey infection by means of bites, and the more certainly so the more virulent the culture
transferring the bacilli directly from one host to another on its proboscis, or
they may be carried in the alimentary canal of the flea and gain an entrance
into the skin through an abrasion of some kind when the flea is crushed as it
is biting, or when some of the bacilli are left on the skin in the excreta of
the insect.
RESULTS OF VERJBITSKI'S EXPERIMENTS
A very important series of experiments bearing directly on this subject
was made in 1902 and 1903 by Dr. D.T. Verjbitski. The paper giving the
results of this work was not published in any scientific journal until 1908
when the Advisory Committee published it in one of their reports. The
experiments were so well planned and executed and the results so definite
that I think it is worth while to give in full his summary of results. The bugs
referred to are bedbugs.
"(1) All fleas and bugs which have sucked the blood of animals dying from plague contain plague
microbes.
"(2) Fleas and bugs which have sucked the blood of animals which are suffering from plague only
contain plague microbes when the bites have been inflicted from 12 to 26 hours before the death of
the animals, that is, during that period of their illness when their blood contains plague bacilli.
"(3) The vitality and virulence of the plague microbes are preserved in these insects.
"(4) Plague bacilli may be found in fleas from four to six days after they have sucked the blood of
an animal dying with plague. In bugs, not previously starved or starved only for a short time (one to
seven days), the plague microbes disappear on the third day; in those that have been starved for four
to four and one-half months, after eight or nine days.
"(5) The numbers of plague microbes in the infected fleas and bugs increase during the first few
days.
"(6) The fæces of infected fleas and bugs contain virulent plague microbes as long as they persist
in the alimentary canal of these insects.
"(7) Animals could not be infected by the bites of fleas and bugs which had been infected by
animals whose own infection had been occasioned by a culture of small virulence, notwithstanding
the fact that the insects may be found to contain abundant plague microbes.
"(8) Fleas and bugs that have fed upon animals which have been infected by cultures of high
virulence convey infection by means of bites, and the more certainly so the more virulent the culture
Page 167
with which the first animal was inoculated.
"(9) The local inflammatory reaction in animals which have died from plague occasioned by the
bites of infected insects is either very slight or absent. In the latter case it is only by the situation of
the primary bubo that one can approximately identify the area through which the plague infection
entered the organism.
"(10) Infected fleas communicate the disease to healthy animals for three days after infection.
Infected bugs have the power of doing so for five days.
"(11) It was not found possible for more than two animals to be infected by the bites of the same
bugs.
"(12) The crushing of infected bugs in situ during the process of biting, occasioned in the
majority of cases the infection of the healthy animal with plague.
"(13) The injury to the skin occasioned by the bite of bugs or fleas offers a channel through which
the plague microbes can easily enter the body and occasion death from plague.
"(14) Crushed infected bugs and fleas and their fæces, like other plague material, can infect
through the small punctures of the skin caused by the bites of bugs and fleas, but only for a short time
after the infliction of these bites.
"(15) In the case of linen and other fabrics soiled by crushing infected fleas and bugs on them, or
by the fæces of these insects the plague microbes can under favorable conditions remain alive and
virulent during more than five months.
"(16) Chemical disinfectants do not in the ordinary course of application kill plague microbes in
infected fleas and bugs.
"(17) The rat flea Typhlopsylla musculi does not bite human beings.
"(18) Human fleas do bite rats.
"(19) Fleas found on dogs and cats bite both human beings and rats.
"(20) Human fleas and fleas found on cats and dogs can live on rats as casual parasites, and
therefore can under certain conditions play a part in the transmission of plague from rats to human
beings, and vice versa."
RESULTS OF VARIOUS INVESTIGATIONS
Various other plague commissions from other countries as well as many
individuals have investigated the same subject, and the results all point
conclusively to the fact that the rats and the fleas are at least the most
important factors in the spread of the disease. The evidence from many
sources and from many experiments may be briefly summed up as follows:
"(9) The local inflammatory reaction in animals which have died from plague occasioned by the
bites of infected insects is either very slight or absent. In the latter case it is only by the situation of
the primary bubo that one can approximately identify the area through which the plague infection
entered the organism.
"(10) Infected fleas communicate the disease to healthy animals for three days after infection.
Infected bugs have the power of doing so for five days.
"(11) It was not found possible for more than two animals to be infected by the bites of the same
bugs.
"(12) The crushing of infected bugs in situ during the process of biting, occasioned in the
majority of cases the infection of the healthy animal with plague.
"(13) The injury to the skin occasioned by the bite of bugs or fleas offers a channel through which
the plague microbes can easily enter the body and occasion death from plague.
"(14) Crushed infected bugs and fleas and their fæces, like other plague material, can infect
through the small punctures of the skin caused by the bites of bugs and fleas, but only for a short time
after the infliction of these bites.
"(15) In the case of linen and other fabrics soiled by crushing infected fleas and bugs on them, or
by the fæces of these insects the plague microbes can under favorable conditions remain alive and
virulent during more than five months.
"(16) Chemical disinfectants do not in the ordinary course of application kill plague microbes in
infected fleas and bugs.
"(17) The rat flea Typhlopsylla musculi does not bite human beings.
"(18) Human fleas do bite rats.
"(19) Fleas found on dogs and cats bite both human beings and rats.
"(20) Human fleas and fleas found on cats and dogs can live on rats as casual parasites, and
therefore can under certain conditions play a part in the transmission of plague from rats to human
beings, and vice versa."
RESULTS OF VARIOUS INVESTIGATIONS
Various other plague commissions from other countries as well as many
individuals have investigated the same subject, and the results all point
conclusively to the fact that the rats and the fleas are at least the most
important factors in the spread of the disease. The evidence from many
sources and from many experiments may be briefly summed up as follows:
Page 168
The disease is caused by the presence in the system of minute bacteria,
Bacillus pestis. It is probable that plague is primarily a disease of rats and
only secondarily and accidentally, as it were, a disease of man.
Rats are subject to the plague and are often killed by it in great numbers.
An outbreak of plague among men is often preceded by a very noticeable
outbreak among rats.
Rats dying of the plague have their blood filled with the plague bacillus.
Fleas or other suctorial insects feeding on such rats take myriads of these
bacilli into their stomach and get many on their proboscis.
The fleas usually leave a rat as soon as it dies and of course seek some
other source of food. When such infected fleas are permitted to bite other
rats or guinea-pigs these animals often develop the disease. Several of the
species of fleas that infest rats will bite man also, and in the cases of many
plague patients it can be definitely shown that they had recently been bitten
by fleas.
STRUCTURE AND HABITS OF FLEAS
A study of the structure and habits of fleas shows that in many respects
they are particularly adapted for spreading such a disease as bubonic
plague. The piercing proboscis consists of three long needle-like organs, the
epipharynx and mandibles, and a lower lip or labium. The mandibles have
the sides serrate like a two-edged saw. The labium is divided close to its
base so that it really consists of two slender four-segmented organs which
lie close together and form a groove in which the piercing organs lie. When
the flea is feeding, the epipharynx and mandibles are thrust into the skin of
the victim, the labium serving as a guide. As the sharp cutting organs are
thrust deeper and deeper the labium doubles back like a bow and does not
enter the skin. Saliva is then poured into the wound through minute grooves
in the mandibles, and the blood is sucked up into the mouth by the sucking
organ which lies in the head at the base of the mouth-parts. Just above this
piercing proboscis is a pair of flat, obtuse, somewhat triangular pieces, the
Bacillus pestis. It is probable that plague is primarily a disease of rats and
only secondarily and accidentally, as it were, a disease of man.
Rats are subject to the plague and are often killed by it in great numbers.
An outbreak of plague among men is often preceded by a very noticeable
outbreak among rats.
Rats dying of the plague have their blood filled with the plague bacillus.
Fleas or other suctorial insects feeding on such rats take myriads of these
bacilli into their stomach and get many on their proboscis.
The fleas usually leave a rat as soon as it dies and of course seek some
other source of food. When such infected fleas are permitted to bite other
rats or guinea-pigs these animals often develop the disease. Several of the
species of fleas that infest rats will bite man also, and in the cases of many
plague patients it can be definitely shown that they had recently been bitten
by fleas.
STRUCTURE AND HABITS OF FLEAS
A study of the structure and habits of fleas shows that in many respects
they are particularly adapted for spreading such a disease as bubonic
plague. The piercing proboscis consists of three long needle-like organs, the
epipharynx and mandibles, and a lower lip or labium. The mandibles have
the sides serrate like a two-edged saw. The labium is divided close to its
base so that it really consists of two slender four-segmented organs which
lie close together and form a groove in which the piercing organs lie. When
the flea is feeding, the epipharynx and mandibles are thrust into the skin of
the victim, the labium serving as a guide. As the sharp cutting organs are
thrust deeper and deeper the labium doubles back like a bow and does not
enter the skin. Saliva is then poured into the wound through minute grooves
in the mandibles, and the blood is sucked up into the mouth by the sucking
organ which lies in the head at the base of the mouth-parts. Just above this
piercing proboscis is a pair of flat, obtuse, somewhat triangular pieces, the
Page 169
maxillary blades or maxillæ. When the proboscis is fully inserted into the
skin the tips of these maxillæ may also be embedded in the tissue and
perhaps help to make the wound larger. Attached to these maxillæ is a pair
of rather stout, four-jointed appendages, the palpi. They probably act as
feelers.
If the flea chances to be feeding on a plague-infected rat or person many
of the plague bacilli will get on the mouth-parts and myriads of them are of
course sucked up into the stomach with the blood. Those on the proboscis
may be transferred directly to the next victim that it is thrust into, and those
in the stomach may be carried for some time and finally liberated when the
flea is feeding again or when it is crushed by the annoyed host. The latter is
probably the most common method of infection, for the bacilli that are
liberated when the flea is crushed may readily be rubbed into the wound
made by the flea bite or into abrasions of the skin due to the scratching. Kill
the flea, but don't "rub it in."
Fig. 105—Rat-flea (Læmopsylla cheopis); male.
skin the tips of these maxillæ may also be embedded in the tissue and
perhaps help to make the wound larger. Attached to these maxillæ is a pair
of rather stout, four-jointed appendages, the palpi. They probably act as
feelers.
If the flea chances to be feeding on a plague-infected rat or person many
of the plague bacilli will get on the mouth-parts and myriads of them are of
course sucked up into the stomach with the blood. Those on the proboscis
may be transferred directly to the next victim that it is thrust into, and those
in the stomach may be carried for some time and finally liberated when the
flea is feeding again or when it is crushed by the annoyed host. The latter is
probably the most common method of infection, for the bacilli that are
liberated when the flea is crushed may readily be rubbed into the wound
made by the flea bite or into abrasions of the skin due to the scratching. Kill
the flea, but don't "rub it in."
Fig. 105—Rat-flea (Læmopsylla cheopis); male.
Page 170
Fig. 106—Rat-flea (L. cheopis); female.
Fig. 107—Head of rat-flea showing mouth-parts.
Fig. 107—Head of rat-flea showing mouth-parts.
Page 171
Fig. 108—Human-flea (Pulex irritans); male.
During the recent outbreak in San Francisco many thousand fleas that
were infesting man, rats, mice, cats, and dogs, squirrels and other animals
have been studied and it has been found that while each flea species has its
particular host upon which it is principally found, few if any of them will
hesitate to leave this host when it is dead and attack man or any other
animal that may be convenient.
COMMON SPECIES OF FLEAS
Throughout India and in all the warm climates where plague frequently
occurs the most common flea found on rats has come to be known as the
plague flea (Læmopsylla cheopus) (Figs. 105, 106), and is doubtless the
principal species that is concerned in carrying the disease in those climates.
It now occurs quite commonly on the rats in the San Francisco Bay region
and is occasionally found there on man also. In the United States, Great
Britain and other temperate regions another larger species, Ceratophyllus
fasciatus is by far the most common flea found on rats, and is commonly
During the recent outbreak in San Francisco many thousand fleas that
were infesting man, rats, mice, cats, and dogs, squirrels and other animals
have been studied and it has been found that while each flea species has its
particular host upon which it is principally found, few if any of them will
hesitate to leave this host when it is dead and attack man or any other
animal that may be convenient.
COMMON SPECIES OF FLEAS
Throughout India and in all the warm climates where plague frequently
occurs the most common flea found on rats has come to be known as the
plague flea (Læmopsylla cheopus) (Figs. 105, 106), and is doubtless the
principal species that is concerned in carrying the disease in those climates.
It now occurs quite commonly on the rats in the San Francisco Bay region
and is occasionally found there on man also. In the United States, Great
Britain and other temperate regions another larger species, Ceratophyllus
fasciatus is by far the most common flea found on rats, and is commonly
Page 172
known as the rat flea. It occurs on both the brown and the black rats Mus
norvegicus and M. rattus, on the house mouse and frequently on man. It has
also been taken in California on pocket gophers and on a skunk.
The common human flea (Pulex irritans) (Figs. 108, 109), is found in
all parts of the inhabited world. Although we regard it primarily as a pest of
human beings it often occurs very abundantly on cats, dogs, mice and rats
as well as on some wild mammals such as badgers, foxes and others and has
occasionally been found on birds.
Most entomologists regard the fleas commonly found on cats and dogs
as belonging to one species Ctenocephalus canis. Others believe them to be
distinct species and call the cat flea Ctenocephalus felis. So far as our
personal comfort and safety is concerned it makes but little difference to us
whether the flea that bites us is called canis or felis for they both look very
much alike, and act alike and the bite of one hurts just as much as the bite
of the other. Although cats and dogs are their normal hosts they are very
often troublesome household pests, sometimes making a house almost
uninhabitable. They are frequently found on rats, and therefore may carry
the plague bacillus from rat to rat or from rat to man.
GROUND-SQUIRRELS AND PLAGUE
As early as 1903 Dr. Blue, in charge of the plague suppressive measures
in San Francisco, became impressed with the possibility of the common
California ground-squirrels (Otospermophilus beecheyi), acting as an agent
in the transmission of plague. It was rumored at that time that some
epidemic disease was killing the squirrels in some of the counties
surrounding San Francisco Bay, notably in Contra Costa County. None of
the squirrels were examined at that time, but since then many thousand have
been carefully studied and it has been definitely shown that many of them
are plague-infected. Just how the plague got started among them will
probably never be really known. There is little doubt, however, but that it
was transferred in some way from the rats to the squirrels. The trains and
norvegicus and M. rattus, on the house mouse and frequently on man. It has
also been taken in California on pocket gophers and on a skunk.
The common human flea (Pulex irritans) (Figs. 108, 109), is found in
all parts of the inhabited world. Although we regard it primarily as a pest of
human beings it often occurs very abundantly on cats, dogs, mice and rats
as well as on some wild mammals such as badgers, foxes and others and has
occasionally been found on birds.
Most entomologists regard the fleas commonly found on cats and dogs
as belonging to one species Ctenocephalus canis. Others believe them to be
distinct species and call the cat flea Ctenocephalus felis. So far as our
personal comfort and safety is concerned it makes but little difference to us
whether the flea that bites us is called canis or felis for they both look very
much alike, and act alike and the bite of one hurts just as much as the bite
of the other. Although cats and dogs are their normal hosts they are very
often troublesome household pests, sometimes making a house almost
uninhabitable. They are frequently found on rats, and therefore may carry
the plague bacillus from rat to rat or from rat to man.
GROUND-SQUIRRELS AND PLAGUE
As early as 1903 Dr. Blue, in charge of the plague suppressive measures
in San Francisco, became impressed with the possibility of the common
California ground-squirrels (Otospermophilus beecheyi), acting as an agent
in the transmission of plague. It was rumored at that time that some
epidemic disease was killing the squirrels in some of the counties
surrounding San Francisco Bay, notably in Contra Costa County. None of
the squirrels were examined at that time, but since then many thousand have
been carefully studied and it has been definitely shown that many of them
are plague-infected. Just how the plague got started among them will
probably never be really known. There is little doubt, however, but that it
was transferred in some way from the rats to the squirrels. The trains and
Page 173
the bay and river steamers running out from San Francisco would afford
abundant opportunity for the rats to go from the city to the warehouses all
along the shore. Once there they would use the same runways as the
squirrels about the warehouses and in the near-by fields. In harvest time the
rats migrate to the fields and make constant use of the squirrel holes. The
farmers in some sections report that they frequently catch more rats than
squirrels in traps set in squirrel holes at that season of the year.
This close association of the rats and the squirrels affords a good
opportunity for the fleas infesting them to pass from one host to the other.
So far only two species of fleas have been recorded from the ground-
squirrels. One, Ceratophyllus acutus, is very common, sometimes literally
swarming over the squirrels, particularly if a squirrel is sick or weak from
any cause. The other species, Hoplopsyllus anomalus, is less abundant but
still quite common. Both of these species infest rats also, so the chain of
evidence is practically complete. We have only to assume that at sometime
one or more of the plague-infected rats found their way into the region
where the squirrels were, and the fleas passing from the rats to the squirrels
would carry the plague with them.
The fact that the plague already has such a start among the squirrels
opens a new and very serious phase of the problem of suppressing the
disease. All who have hunted the ground-squirrels will testify to the
readiness with which the fleas from them will bite those who are handling
them. As it is the sick or weak squirrels that are most often taken there is
always a chance that plague may be transferred from them to human beings.
The records of the plague cases in California show at least three cases in
which there seems to be very little doubt that the disease resulted from
handling plague-infected squirrels.
abundant opportunity for the rats to go from the city to the warehouses all
along the shore. Once there they would use the same runways as the
squirrels about the warehouses and in the near-by fields. In harvest time the
rats migrate to the fields and make constant use of the squirrel holes. The
farmers in some sections report that they frequently catch more rats than
squirrels in traps set in squirrel holes at that season of the year.
This close association of the rats and the squirrels affords a good
opportunity for the fleas infesting them to pass from one host to the other.
So far only two species of fleas have been recorded from the ground-
squirrels. One, Ceratophyllus acutus, is very common, sometimes literally
swarming over the squirrels, particularly if a squirrel is sick or weak from
any cause. The other species, Hoplopsyllus anomalus, is less abundant but
still quite common. Both of these species infest rats also, so the chain of
evidence is practically complete. We have only to assume that at sometime
one or more of the plague-infected rats found their way into the region
where the squirrels were, and the fleas passing from the rats to the squirrels
would carry the plague with them.
The fact that the plague already has such a start among the squirrels
opens a new and very serious phase of the problem of suppressing the
disease. All who have hunted the ground-squirrels will testify to the
readiness with which the fleas from them will bite those who are handling
them. As it is the sick or weak squirrels that are most often taken there is
always a chance that plague may be transferred from them to human beings.
The records of the plague cases in California show at least three cases in
which there seems to be very little doubt that the disease resulted from
handling plague-infected squirrels.
Page 174
Fig. 109—Human-flea (P. irritans); female.
Fig. 110—Mouse-flea (Ctenopsyllus musculi); female.
A still more serious thing is the possibility of the disease remaining in a
more or less virulent form among the squirrels for some time, possibly for
years, and then breaking out again in some locality where the rats or men
may become infected. As long as there is a trace of the disease among the
squirrels there is always the chance of it spreading, so that new areas may
become infested. Those in charge of the plague-suppressive measures are
fully aware of these dangers and are making a careful study of the situation
and will doubtless be able to cope with it successfully. It may be that the
Fig. 110—Mouse-flea (Ctenopsyllus musculi); female.
A still more serious thing is the possibility of the disease remaining in a
more or less virulent form among the squirrels for some time, possibly for
years, and then breaking out again in some locality where the rats or men
may become infected. As long as there is a trace of the disease among the
squirrels there is always the chance of it spreading, so that new areas may
become infested. Those in charge of the plague-suppressive measures are
fully aware of these dangers and are making a careful study of the situation
and will doubtless be able to cope with it successfully. It may be that the
Page 175
squirrels will have to be exterminated in the infected regions. This would be
a long and difficult task, but the success attending the fight against the rats
in a great city shows what can be done when the determination to do it is
there.
REMEDIES FOR FLEAS
We have seen how a great city set to work to rid itself of the plague-sick
rats. As a matter of fact it was not the rats that they were after primarily. If
the rats had not harbored fleas the city would have been glad to let the
disease take its course and destroy as many rats as possible. But it was
found that the only way to get rid of the fleas that might possibly be
infected with the plague was to kill their rat hosts.
General cleaning-up measures will of course very materially lessen the
number of fleas about the private dwellings, but there often remains a
number of fleas in the house that are a source of great annoyance even if the
danger is eliminated.
Particularly is this apt to be so in places where cats or dogs are members
of the household. These animals almost always harbor at least a few fleas,
and where there are a few there is always a possibility, even a great
probability, that there will be many more unless an effort is made to get rid
of them.
In some sections of the country it is the cat and dog flea that is the most
troublesome to man. The minute white eggs of the fleas are usually laid
about the sleeping-places of these animals and the slender active larvæ that
hatch from them feed upon any kind of organic matter that they can find in
the dust or in the cracks and crevices. About eight or ten days after hatching
the larvæ spin delicate brownish cocoons in which they pass the pupal
stage, issuing a few days later as the adult fleas.
It will at once appear, then, that it is important to provide the cats and
dogs with sleeping-places that can be kept clean. If they have a mat or
a long and difficult task, but the success attending the fight against the rats
in a great city shows what can be done when the determination to do it is
there.
REMEDIES FOR FLEAS
We have seen how a great city set to work to rid itself of the plague-sick
rats. As a matter of fact it was not the rats that they were after primarily. If
the rats had not harbored fleas the city would have been glad to let the
disease take its course and destroy as many rats as possible. But it was
found that the only way to get rid of the fleas that might possibly be
infected with the plague was to kill their rat hosts.
General cleaning-up measures will of course very materially lessen the
number of fleas about the private dwellings, but there often remains a
number of fleas in the house that are a source of great annoyance even if the
danger is eliminated.
Particularly is this apt to be so in places where cats or dogs are members
of the household. These animals almost always harbor at least a few fleas,
and where there are a few there is always a possibility, even a great
probability, that there will be many more unless an effort is made to get rid
of them.
In some sections of the country it is the cat and dog flea that is the most
troublesome to man. The minute white eggs of the fleas are usually laid
about the sleeping-places of these animals and the slender active larvæ that
hatch from them feed upon any kind of organic matter that they can find in
the dust or in the cracks and crevices. About eight or ten days after hatching
the larvæ spin delicate brownish cocoons in which they pass the pupal
stage, issuing a few days later as the adult fleas.
It will at once appear, then, that it is important to provide the cats and
dogs with sleeping-places that can be kept clean. If they have a mat or
Page 176
blanket to sleep on this can be taken up and shaken frequently and the dust
swept up and burned. In this way many of the eggs or larvæ may be
destroyed. Very often the dust under a carpet that has not been taken up and
dusted for some time will be found to be harboring a multitude of fleas or
their larvæ. In such cases a thorough cleaning of the carpet and the floors
will bring relief. Houses that are unused for some time during the summer
months are often found to be overrun with fleas in the fall, for the fleas
have had an unmolested opportunity to breed and multiply. Such rooms of
course require a thorough cleaning or it is sometimes possible to kill the
fleas by a liberal use of pyrethrum powder or benzine or to fumigate. In this
connection, Dr. Skinner's note in the Journal of Economic Entomology is
worth repeating.
"In the latter part of last May (1908) I moved into a house that had not been previously occupied.
No carpet was used and being summer only a few rugs were placed on the floors. A part of the
household consisted of a collie dog and three Persian cats. Very soon the fleas appeared, the dog and
cat flea, Ctenocephalus canis. I did not count them and I can't say whether they numbered a million
or only a hundred thousand. On arising in the morning and stepping on the floor one would find from
three to a dozen on the ankles. The usual remedies for fleas are either drastic or somewhat
unsatisfactory. The drastic one is to send the animals to the institutions, where they are asphyxiated,
or take the other advice, 'Don't keep animals.'
"I tried mopping the floors with rather a strong solution of creolin but it did little good. Previous
experience with pyrethrum was not very satisfactory. Knowing the volatility of naphthalene in warm
weather and the irritating character of its vapor led me to try it. I took one room at a time, scattered
on the floor five pounds of flake naphthalene and closed it for twenty-four hours. On entering such a
room the naphthalene vapor will instantly bring tears to the eyes and cause coughing and irritation of
the air passages. I mention this to show how it acts on the fleas. It proved to be a perfect and effectual
remedy and very inexpensive, as the naphthalene could be swept up and transferred to other rooms.
So far as I am concerned the flea question is solved and if I have further trouble I know the remedy. I
intend to keep the dog and the cats."
swept up and burned. In this way many of the eggs or larvæ may be
destroyed. Very often the dust under a carpet that has not been taken up and
dusted for some time will be found to be harboring a multitude of fleas or
their larvæ. In such cases a thorough cleaning of the carpet and the floors
will bring relief. Houses that are unused for some time during the summer
months are often found to be overrun with fleas in the fall, for the fleas
have had an unmolested opportunity to breed and multiply. Such rooms of
course require a thorough cleaning or it is sometimes possible to kill the
fleas by a liberal use of pyrethrum powder or benzine or to fumigate. In this
connection, Dr. Skinner's note in the Journal of Economic Entomology is
worth repeating.
"In the latter part of last May (1908) I moved into a house that had not been previously occupied.
No carpet was used and being summer only a few rugs were placed on the floors. A part of the
household consisted of a collie dog and three Persian cats. Very soon the fleas appeared, the dog and
cat flea, Ctenocephalus canis. I did not count them and I can't say whether they numbered a million
or only a hundred thousand. On arising in the morning and stepping on the floor one would find from
three to a dozen on the ankles. The usual remedies for fleas are either drastic or somewhat
unsatisfactory. The drastic one is to send the animals to the institutions, where they are asphyxiated,
or take the other advice, 'Don't keep animals.'
"I tried mopping the floors with rather a strong solution of creolin but it did little good. Previous
experience with pyrethrum was not very satisfactory. Knowing the volatility of naphthalene in warm
weather and the irritating character of its vapor led me to try it. I took one room at a time, scattered
on the floor five pounds of flake naphthalene and closed it for twenty-four hours. On entering such a
room the naphthalene vapor will instantly bring tears to the eyes and cause coughing and irritation of
the air passages. I mention this to show how it acts on the fleas. It proved to be a perfect and effectual
remedy and very inexpensive, as the naphthalene could be swept up and transferred to other rooms.
So far as I am concerned the flea question is solved and if I have further trouble I know the remedy. I
intend to keep the dog and the cats."
Page 177
CHAPTER X
OTHER DISEASES, MOSTLY TROPICAL, KNOWN OR
THOUGHT TO BE TRANSMITTED BY INSECTS
SLEEPING SICKNESS
NE of the worst scourges of Africa and one that is to-day
attracting world-wide attention is the disease known as
trypanosomiasis, the terminal phase of which is sleeping
sickness, one of the most ghastly diseases that we know.
Among the Protozoa referred to in one of the earlier chapters mention
was made of certain trypanosomes which inhabit the blood of man and
certain animals. Very little was known concerning these parasites previous
to the beginning of the present century, but since that time several have
been found to be of great economic importance. The group is being studied
extensively and every day our knowledge of them is increasing so that we
now know quite definitely the life-history of several.
Trypanosoma lewisi, a parasite of rats, is perhaps the best known as it is
always common where-ever rats are found. Sometimes as many as 30% or
40% of the rats of certain districts are infected. It is thought that these are
transmitted from rat to rat by the common rat-louse which serves as an
intermediate host. Fleas may also act as disseminating agents.
A few other kinds cause serious disease of animals, but we are more
interested just now in the particular one that is causing so much trouble in
Africa. This parasite was discovered in 1902 and was named Trypanosoma
gambiensi (Fig. 111). Since then it has been found to be widely distributed.
Although the natives have doubtless long been subject to the disease caused
by this parasite, the recent influx of whites to these regions and the
OTHER DISEASES, MOSTLY TROPICAL, KNOWN OR
THOUGHT TO BE TRANSMITTED BY INSECTS
SLEEPING SICKNESS
NE of the worst scourges of Africa and one that is to-day
attracting world-wide attention is the disease known as
trypanosomiasis, the terminal phase of which is sleeping
sickness, one of the most ghastly diseases that we know.
Among the Protozoa referred to in one of the earlier chapters mention
was made of certain trypanosomes which inhabit the blood of man and
certain animals. Very little was known concerning these parasites previous
to the beginning of the present century, but since that time several have
been found to be of great economic importance. The group is being studied
extensively and every day our knowledge of them is increasing so that we
now know quite definitely the life-history of several.
Trypanosoma lewisi, a parasite of rats, is perhaps the best known as it is
always common where-ever rats are found. Sometimes as many as 30% or
40% of the rats of certain districts are infected. It is thought that these are
transmitted from rat to rat by the common rat-louse which serves as an
intermediate host. Fleas may also act as disseminating agents.
A few other kinds cause serious disease of animals, but we are more
interested just now in the particular one that is causing so much trouble in
Africa. This parasite was discovered in 1902 and was named Trypanosoma
gambiensi (Fig. 111). Since then it has been found to be widely distributed.
Although the natives have doubtless long been subject to the disease caused
by this parasite, the recent influx of whites to these regions and the
Page 178
consequent movements of the natives have caused a great spread of the
disease so that whole regions are now made desolate, the inhabitants dying
or fleeing to escape the uncanny death.
The disease may run its course in a few months or it may take years.
The symptoms are various, but infection is usually soon followed by fevers,
sometimes mild, sometimes severe, which recur at irregular intervals.
Certain glands or other parts of the body may become swollen. More or less
extensive skin eruptions occur on all parts of the body and the patient
gradually becomes anemic and physically and intellectually feeble. The
nervous system seems to be affected by the parasite, either directly or by the
action of the toxins it produces. The patient becomes more debilitated and
morose with an increasing tendency to sleep, hence the name sleeping
sickness. As the stupor deepens the patient looses all desire or power of
exertion and as little food is taken he rapidly wastes away and finally
succumbs for after this final stage is reached there is no relief.
It is definitely known that a species of tsetse-fly, Glossina palpalis (Fig.
112), which somewhat resembles our stable-fly, is responsible for the
dissemination of the disease, and some recent investigators have suggested
that certain species of mosquitoes may also carry the parasite from one host
to another. There still remains some doubt as to the exact manner in which
the fly transmits the disease, but it seems altogether likely that it is an
alternative host and does not serve as a simple mechanical carrier. In this
respect it is like the mosquito which is one of the necessary hosts of the
malaria parasites, and unlike the house-fly which carries the germs of
various diseases in a purely mechanical way without serving as a definite
necessary host for the parasite.
The tsetse-fly is found only in tropical Africa and is limited in its
distribution there to certain very definite, narrow, brushy areas along the
water's edge. If these places can be avoided there seems to be little danger.
Those who are fighting the disease have found that if the brush in the
vicinity of watering-places and ferry-landings is cleared away such places
disease so that whole regions are now made desolate, the inhabitants dying
or fleeing to escape the uncanny death.
The disease may run its course in a few months or it may take years.
The symptoms are various, but infection is usually soon followed by fevers,
sometimes mild, sometimes severe, which recur at irregular intervals.
Certain glands or other parts of the body may become swollen. More or less
extensive skin eruptions occur on all parts of the body and the patient
gradually becomes anemic and physically and intellectually feeble. The
nervous system seems to be affected by the parasite, either directly or by the
action of the toxins it produces. The patient becomes more debilitated and
morose with an increasing tendency to sleep, hence the name sleeping
sickness. As the stupor deepens the patient looses all desire or power of
exertion and as little food is taken he rapidly wastes away and finally
succumbs for after this final stage is reached there is no relief.
It is definitely known that a species of tsetse-fly, Glossina palpalis (Fig.
112), which somewhat resembles our stable-fly, is responsible for the
dissemination of the disease, and some recent investigators have suggested
that certain species of mosquitoes may also carry the parasite from one host
to another. There still remains some doubt as to the exact manner in which
the fly transmits the disease, but it seems altogether likely that it is an
alternative host and does not serve as a simple mechanical carrier. In this
respect it is like the mosquito which is one of the necessary hosts of the
malaria parasites, and unlike the house-fly which carries the germs of
various diseases in a purely mechanical way without serving as a definite
necessary host for the parasite.
The tsetse-fly is found only in tropical Africa and is limited in its
distribution there to certain very definite, narrow, brushy areas along the
water's edge. If these places can be avoided there seems to be little danger.
Those who are fighting the disease have found that if the brush in the
vicinity of watering-places and ferry-landings is cleared away such places
Page 179
become comparatively safe. These flies do not lay eggs but produce full-
grown larvæ which soon pupate in the ground.
ELEPHANTIASIS
In many tropical regions human blood as well as that of other animals is
the normal habitat of certain worm-like parasites (Nematodes). They are not
entirely confined to the tropics but may extend far up into the subtropical
regions. Five or six different species of these parasites are known, only one
of which, however, has been shown to be of any pathological importance, as
far as human beings are concerned.
Fig. 111—Trypanosoma gambiense; various forms from blood
and cerebrospinal fluid. (After Manson.)
grown larvæ which soon pupate in the ground.
ELEPHANTIASIS
In many tropical regions human blood as well as that of other animals is
the normal habitat of certain worm-like parasites (Nematodes). They are not
entirely confined to the tropics but may extend far up into the subtropical
regions. Five or six different species of these parasites are known, only one
of which, however, has been shown to be of any pathological importance, as
far as human beings are concerned.
Fig. 111—Trypanosoma gambiense; various forms from blood
and cerebrospinal fluid. (After Manson.)
Page 180
Fig. 112—Tsetse-fly. (After Manson.)
This species, Filaria bancrofti, is not only very widely distributed, but
in regions such as some of the South Sea Islands a very large per cent of the
natives have the filariæ present in their blood. When these parasites are
withdrawn from the circulation and placed on a slide for study they are seen
to be minute transparent, colorless, snake-like organisms inclosed in a very
delicate sack or sheath. They are but a little more than one-hundredth of an
inch long and about as big around as a red blood-corpuscle. These are the
larval forms of the parasite and have been called by Le Dantec the micro-
filaria.
If blood of the patient drawn from the skin, is examined during the day
few if any of these parasites are found, but if it is examined between five or
six o'clock in the evening and eight or nine o'clock the next morning they
may be found in numbers. During the daytime they have retired from the
peripheral circulation to the larger arteries and to the lungs, where they may
be found in great numbers.
This night-swarming to the peripheral circulation has been found to be a
remarkable adaptation in the life-history of the parasite, for it has been
demonstrated that in order to go on with its development these larval forms
This species, Filaria bancrofti, is not only very widely distributed, but
in regions such as some of the South Sea Islands a very large per cent of the
natives have the filariæ present in their blood. When these parasites are
withdrawn from the circulation and placed on a slide for study they are seen
to be minute transparent, colorless, snake-like organisms inclosed in a very
delicate sack or sheath. They are but a little more than one-hundredth of an
inch long and about as big around as a red blood-corpuscle. These are the
larval forms of the parasite and have been called by Le Dantec the micro-
filaria.
If blood of the patient drawn from the skin, is examined during the day
few if any of these parasites are found, but if it is examined between five or
six o'clock in the evening and eight or nine o'clock the next morning they
may be found in numbers. During the daytime they have retired from the
peripheral circulation to the larger arteries and to the lungs, where they may
be found in great numbers.
This night-swarming to the peripheral circulation has been found to be a
remarkable adaptation in the life-history of the parasite, for it has been
demonstrated that in order to go on with its development these larval forms
Page 181
must be taken into the alimentary canal of the mosquito. Most of the
mosquitoes in which the development takes place are night-feeders, so that
the parasites are sucked up with the blood of the victim. Once inside the
stomach they soon free themselves from the inclosing sheath and make their
way through the walls of the stomach and enter the muscular tissue,
particularly the thoracic muscles. Here they undergo a metamorphosis and
increase enormously in size, some attaining one-sixteenth of an inch in
length.
After sixteen to twenty days they leave these muscles and make their
way to other parts of the body. A few may be found in different parts of the
abdomen, but most of them make their way forward into the head of the
mosquito and coil themselves up close to the base of the proboscis, finally
finding their way down into the proboscis inside the labium. Here they lie
until an opportunity offers for them to escape to the warm blood of a
vertebrate. They probably pass through the thin membrane connecting the
labella with the proboscis and there find their way into the wound made by
the puncture when the insect bites. Whether these parasites can gain an
entrance into the circulatory system in any other way is not known. It has
been suggested that the mosquitoes dying and disintegrating on the surface
of water may liberate the filariæ which may later find their way into the
system of the vertebrate host when the water is used for drinking, but most
of the investigations made so far seem to indicate that they make their way
directly from the proboscis into the new host.
Soon after entering the circulatory system of the human host the
parasites make their way into the lymphatics where they attain sexual
maturity, and in due time new generations of the larval filariæ or
microfilariæ are poured into the lymph, and finally into the definite blood-
vessels, ready to be sucked up by the next mosquito that feeds on the
patient.
In most cases of infection the presence of these filariæ in the blood
seems to cause no inconvenience to the host. They are probably never
mosquitoes in which the development takes place are night-feeders, so that
the parasites are sucked up with the blood of the victim. Once inside the
stomach they soon free themselves from the inclosing sheath and make their
way through the walls of the stomach and enter the muscular tissue,
particularly the thoracic muscles. Here they undergo a metamorphosis and
increase enormously in size, some attaining one-sixteenth of an inch in
length.
After sixteen to twenty days they leave these muscles and make their
way to other parts of the body. A few may be found in different parts of the
abdomen, but most of them make their way forward into the head of the
mosquito and coil themselves up close to the base of the proboscis, finally
finding their way down into the proboscis inside the labium. Here they lie
until an opportunity offers for them to escape to the warm blood of a
vertebrate. They probably pass through the thin membrane connecting the
labella with the proboscis and there find their way into the wound made by
the puncture when the insect bites. Whether these parasites can gain an
entrance into the circulatory system in any other way is not known. It has
been suggested that the mosquitoes dying and disintegrating on the surface
of water may liberate the filariæ which may later find their way into the
system of the vertebrate host when the water is used for drinking, but most
of the investigations made so far seem to indicate that they make their way
directly from the proboscis into the new host.
Soon after entering the circulatory system of the human host the
parasites make their way into the lymphatics where they attain sexual
maturity, and in due time new generations of the larval filariæ or
microfilariæ are poured into the lymph, and finally into the definite blood-
vessels, ready to be sucked up by the next mosquito that feeds on the
patient.
In most cases of infection the presence of these filariæ in the blood
seems to cause no inconvenience to the host. They are probably never
Page 182
injurious in the larval stage, that is, in the stage in which they are found in
the peripheral circulation.
In many cases, however, the presence of the sexual forms in the
lymphatics may cause serious complications. The most common of these is
that hideous and loathsome disease known as elephantiasis in which certain
parts of the patient becomes greatly swollen and distorted. An arm or a leg
may become swollen to several times its natural size, or other parts of the
body may be seriously affected.
In some of the South Sea Islands 30% to 40% of the natives are afflicted
in this way, some only slightly others seriously. There is little or no pain,
but in severe cases the distorted parts often render the patient entirely
helpless.
The exact way in which the parasites cause such swelling is not very
definitely known. Manson, who has done more work on these diseases than
any one else, believes that the trouble arises from the clogging of the
lymphatic glands or trunks, thus cutting them off from the general
circulation, in which case the affected parts may become distorted. This
clogging of the passages is believed to be due to the presence of great
numbers of immature eggs which have been liberated by parasites injured in
some way before their eggs were entirely developed.
This interference with the lymphatic circulation brings about the
anomalous condition of a patient with a serious filarial disease with fewer
of the filarial parasites in his blood than one who is not so seriously
affected. This is supposed to be due to the fact that the disease-producing
parasites have died and that the lymphatics have become so obstructed that
any microfilariæ they may contain cannot make their way into the general
circulation. Such a patient then would not be as likely to infect a mosquito
as would one less seriously affected.
It has always been thought that little or nothing could be done in the
way of successfully treating this disease, but quite recently a French
the peripheral circulation.
In many cases, however, the presence of the sexual forms in the
lymphatics may cause serious complications. The most common of these is
that hideous and loathsome disease known as elephantiasis in which certain
parts of the patient becomes greatly swollen and distorted. An arm or a leg
may become swollen to several times its natural size, or other parts of the
body may be seriously affected.
In some of the South Sea Islands 30% to 40% of the natives are afflicted
in this way, some only slightly others seriously. There is little or no pain,
but in severe cases the distorted parts often render the patient entirely
helpless.
The exact way in which the parasites cause such swelling is not very
definitely known. Manson, who has done more work on these diseases than
any one else, believes that the trouble arises from the clogging of the
lymphatic glands or trunks, thus cutting them off from the general
circulation, in which case the affected parts may become distorted. This
clogging of the passages is believed to be due to the presence of great
numbers of immature eggs which have been liberated by parasites injured in
some way before their eggs were entirely developed.
This interference with the lymphatic circulation brings about the
anomalous condition of a patient with a serious filarial disease with fewer
of the filarial parasites in his blood than one who is not so seriously
affected. This is supposed to be due to the fact that the disease-producing
parasites have died and that the lymphatics have become so obstructed that
any microfilariæ they may contain cannot make their way into the general
circulation. Such a patient then would not be as likely to infect a mosquito
as would one less seriously affected.
It has always been thought that little or nothing could be done in the
way of successfully treating this disease, but quite recently a French
Page 183
physician, who has been conducting a long series of experiments in the
Society Islands, announced that he is able to cure many cases by certain
surgical operations on the affected parts.
DENGUE OR "BREAKBONE FEVER"
This is another disease of the tropics often occurring in widespread
epidemics. It is probably most frequently met with in the West Indies, but
may occur in any of the tropical countries or islands. Occasionally it
spreads into subtropical or even temperate regions. Several extensive
epidemics have occurred in the United States. Once introduced into a
community it spreads very rapidly and nothing seems to confer immunity.
The various names by which it has been called well describe its effect
on the patient; breakbone fever, dandy-fever, stiff-necked or giraffe-fever,
boquet (or "bucket") fever, scarlatina rheumatica, polka-fever, etc. While
the suffering is intense as long as the disease lasts it seldom terminates
fatally.
It has always been classed as a very contagious disease and it has not
yet been definitely shown that it is not. Recent observations, however, have
shown that it is probably caused by a certain Protozoan parasite that is
found in the blood of dengue patients and several experiments have been
conducted by Dr. Graham which seem to indicate that it is transmitted by
mosquitoes. In these experiments, Culex fatigans, a common tropical or
subtropical mosquito, was used. The same parasite that is found in the
human blood may be found in the stomach and blood of the mosquitoes up
to the fifth day after it has fed on a dengue patient.
Sick and healthy individuals were allowed to remain in close contact in
a room from which the mosquitoes had been excluded, and the disease was
not spread. Mosquitoes that had bitten dengue patients were taken to a
higher region where dengue had never occurred and allowed to bite two
healthy persons. Both developed the disease and as they were protected
from other mosquitoes until they had recovered, the disease did not spread
Society Islands, announced that he is able to cure many cases by certain
surgical operations on the affected parts.
DENGUE OR "BREAKBONE FEVER"
This is another disease of the tropics often occurring in widespread
epidemics. It is probably most frequently met with in the West Indies, but
may occur in any of the tropical countries or islands. Occasionally it
spreads into subtropical or even temperate regions. Several extensive
epidemics have occurred in the United States. Once introduced into a
community it spreads very rapidly and nothing seems to confer immunity.
The various names by which it has been called well describe its effect
on the patient; breakbone fever, dandy-fever, stiff-necked or giraffe-fever,
boquet (or "bucket") fever, scarlatina rheumatica, polka-fever, etc. While
the suffering is intense as long as the disease lasts it seldom terminates
fatally.
It has always been classed as a very contagious disease and it has not
yet been definitely shown that it is not. Recent observations, however, have
shown that it is probably caused by a certain Protozoan parasite that is
found in the blood of dengue patients and several experiments have been
conducted by Dr. Graham which seem to indicate that it is transmitted by
mosquitoes. In these experiments, Culex fatigans, a common tropical or
subtropical mosquito, was used. The same parasite that is found in the
human blood may be found in the stomach and blood of the mosquitoes up
to the fifth day after it has fed on a dengue patient.
Sick and healthy individuals were allowed to remain in close contact in
a room from which the mosquitoes had been excluded, and the disease was
not spread. Mosquitoes that had bitten dengue patients were taken to a
higher region where dengue had never occurred and allowed to bite two
healthy persons. Both developed the disease and as they were protected
from other mosquitoes until they had recovered, the disease did not spread
Page 184
to others of the community. These and other observations seem to make a
complete chain of evidence, and most medical men to-day accept the theory
as well proved and in their practice take every precaution to prevent the
spread of the disease by keeping the infected patient from being bitten by
the mosquitoes.
The yellow fever mosquito is also suspected of carrying this same
disease, and it is possible that other species are also concerned. If it is true
that the parasite can be carried by several different species of mosquitoes
this would account very largely for its rapid spread wherever it is
introduced into a community. Where it occurs outside the tropics it is only
in the warm summer months when mosquitoes are always abundant.
MALTA OR MEDITERRANEAN FEVER
This is also a tropical and subtropical disease that occasionally gets up
into the temperate region, sometimes occurring in the United States. The
fever begins with a severe headache, and other symptoms follow. It is
usually of the remittent type and may continue for some months.
It is caused by minute bacteria (Micrococcus melitensis) and is a very
infectious but not usually contagious disease. The germ is readily conveyed
by inoculation, and several investigators have sought to show that the
mosquito often serves as the inoculating agent. The disease is especially
prevalent during the mosquito season, and has twice been conveyed to
monkeys by infected insects.
LEPROSY
This loathsome disease has long been known to be caused by a
particular bacillus (Bacillus lepræ), but the way in which this organism
gains an entrance into the system is still unknown. Many theories have been
propounded, but none of them has been well established. Within recent
years the possibility of insects carrying the germ and in one way or another
transmitting it to healthy individuals has been suggested and much
complete chain of evidence, and most medical men to-day accept the theory
as well proved and in their practice take every precaution to prevent the
spread of the disease by keeping the infected patient from being bitten by
the mosquitoes.
The yellow fever mosquito is also suspected of carrying this same
disease, and it is possible that other species are also concerned. If it is true
that the parasite can be carried by several different species of mosquitoes
this would account very largely for its rapid spread wherever it is
introduced into a community. Where it occurs outside the tropics it is only
in the warm summer months when mosquitoes are always abundant.
MALTA OR MEDITERRANEAN FEVER
This is also a tropical and subtropical disease that occasionally gets up
into the temperate region, sometimes occurring in the United States. The
fever begins with a severe headache, and other symptoms follow. It is
usually of the remittent type and may continue for some months.
It is caused by minute bacteria (Micrococcus melitensis) and is a very
infectious but not usually contagious disease. The germ is readily conveyed
by inoculation, and several investigators have sought to show that the
mosquito often serves as the inoculating agent. The disease is especially
prevalent during the mosquito season, and has twice been conveyed to
monkeys by infected insects.
LEPROSY
This loathsome disease has long been known to be caused by a
particular bacillus (Bacillus lepræ), but the way in which this organism
gains an entrance into the system is still unknown. Many theories have been
propounded, but none of them has been well established. Within recent
years the possibility of insects carrying the germ and in one way or another
transmitting it to healthy individuals has been suggested and much
Page 185
discussed. As the lepræ bacilli are present in the skin and ulcers of leprous
patients, insects sucking the blood or feeding on the sores could not help
taking some of them into their body or becoming contaminated. These
bacilli have been found at various times in the stomach or intestine of
mosquitoes, fleas and bedbugs. So it is believed by some that these and
other insects, such as lice and flies, may sometimes transmit the disease. On
a previous page we have referred to the possibility of the face-mites acting
as disseminators of leprosy.
Leprosy occurs most commonly among people where little attention is
paid to bodily cleanliness. Such people are usually freely infested with
various parasites that thrive well in the filth, so if the germs can be
transmitted in this way the carriers are there in abundance.
The fact that the sores usually occur on exposed parts of the body has
been pointed to as evidence that inoculation is due to such insects as flies
and mosquitoes. It has been noted that leprosy is frequently very common
in regions where elephantiasis occurs, suggesting the possibility of the same
carrier, the mosquito, for both diseases. So while there is as yet very little
evidence one way or the other, insects that are found around leprous
patients are to be regarded with suspicion, for until we know more
definitely just how the disease is communicated the insects must be looked
on as possible sources of contamination.
KALA-AZAR OR DUM-DUM FEVER
This is a very fatal infectious disease of many tropical and subtropical
regions, spreading terror among the natives wherever it occurs. It is caused
by the presence in the system of Protozoan parasites, the so-called
Leishman-Donovan bodies, that have recently been studied by several
observers.
Dr. W.S. Patton of the Indian Medical Service has been making some
extensive experiments with the common bedbug of India (Cimex
rotundatus) which seem to demonstrate fully that this insect is responsible
patients, insects sucking the blood or feeding on the sores could not help
taking some of them into their body or becoming contaminated. These
bacilli have been found at various times in the stomach or intestine of
mosquitoes, fleas and bedbugs. So it is believed by some that these and
other insects, such as lice and flies, may sometimes transmit the disease. On
a previous page we have referred to the possibility of the face-mites acting
as disseminators of leprosy.
Leprosy occurs most commonly among people where little attention is
paid to bodily cleanliness. Such people are usually freely infested with
various parasites that thrive well in the filth, so if the germs can be
transmitted in this way the carriers are there in abundance.
The fact that the sores usually occur on exposed parts of the body has
been pointed to as evidence that inoculation is due to such insects as flies
and mosquitoes. It has been noted that leprosy is frequently very common
in regions where elephantiasis occurs, suggesting the possibility of the same
carrier, the mosquito, for both diseases. So while there is as yet very little
evidence one way or the other, insects that are found around leprous
patients are to be regarded with suspicion, for until we know more
definitely just how the disease is communicated the insects must be looked
on as possible sources of contamination.
KALA-AZAR OR DUM-DUM FEVER
This is a very fatal infectious disease of many tropical and subtropical
regions, spreading terror among the natives wherever it occurs. It is caused
by the presence in the system of Protozoan parasites, the so-called
Leishman-Donovan bodies, that have recently been studied by several
observers.
Dr. W.S. Patton of the Indian Medical Service has been making some
extensive experiments with the common bedbug of India (Cimex
rotundatus) which seem to demonstrate fully that this insect is responsible
Page 186
for the transmission of the parasite that causes the disease. He has found the
parasite in all stages of development in the bedbug. This, taken with a
number of other observations in regard to the tendency of the disease to
cling to particular houses, makes a strong case against the bedbug. Manson,
however, believes that the parasite may be transmitted by other agents also,
possibly by means of flies that visit the sores or in other ways.
ORIENTAL SORE
This disease, once supposed to be confined to the Orient, is now found
to be rather widely distributed throughout the tropics, where it is sometimes
very prevalent. It is caused by the presence in the system of a parasite very
similar to or identical with the one causing kala-azar and is regarded by
some as a modified form of that disease. The patient is affected with one or
more serious sores or ulcers which usually occur on exposed parts of the
body.
The parasite that causes the disease is supposed to be carried by insects
either directly or indirectly.
In the latter case the insect may act as an intermediate host.
Dogs and camels are also attacked by this disease and may be sources of
infection.
parasite in all stages of development in the bedbug. This, taken with a
number of other observations in regard to the tendency of the disease to
cling to particular houses, makes a strong case against the bedbug. Manson,
however, believes that the parasite may be transmitted by other agents also,
possibly by means of flies that visit the sores or in other ways.
ORIENTAL SORE
This disease, once supposed to be confined to the Orient, is now found
to be rather widely distributed throughout the tropics, where it is sometimes
very prevalent. It is caused by the presence in the system of a parasite very
similar to or identical with the one causing kala-azar and is regarded by
some as a modified form of that disease. The patient is affected with one or
more serious sores or ulcers which usually occur on exposed parts of the
body.
The parasite that causes the disease is supposed to be carried by insects
either directly or indirectly.
In the latter case the insect may act as an intermediate host.
Dogs and camels are also attacked by this disease and may be sources of
infection.
Page 187
BIBLIOGRAPHY
COMPLETE list of books and articles dealing more or less
directly with the subjects discussed in this book would be too
extended for use here. For the past ten or twelve years many of
the medical and biological journals have contained articles in
almost every issue, discussing these subjects in some of their phases. I have
selected only a few of the more important of them, and these only the
English ones, confining myself mostly to those that I have personally
consulted, and giving brief annotations. Many of these will be found to
include very full bibliographies of the particular subject treated.
In order to avoid repetition, references are given under one head only
although many might properly be included in other sections as well.
PARASITES AND PARASITISM
Braun, Max. Animal Parasites of Man. Translated by Pauline Falcke and edited by L.W.
Sambon and F.V. Theobald. Third edition, 1906. A chapter on the general subject of
parasitism and a description of parasites of all classes. Bibliography.
Leuckart, R. The Parasites of Man and the Diseases Induced by Them. Eng. transl., London,
1886.
Neuman, Theo. Entoparasites and Hygiene. Trans. Vassar Bros. Institute, VII, 1895. A general
discussion of parasitism; life-history of some common parasites that infest man.
Neumann, L.G. Treatise on the Parasites and Parasitic Diseases of the Domesticated Animals.
Eng. transl. by Fleming, 1892.
Ransom, B.H. How Parasites Are Transmitted. Year Book U.S. Dept. Agric., 1905, pp. 139–166
(pub. 1906). Discusses the ways in which parasites of all classes are transmitted.
Sambon, L. The Part Played by Metazoan Parasites in Tropical Pathology. Jour. Trop. Med. &
Hyg., Vol. XI, Jan. 15, 1908. A comprehensive discussion of this subject.
Shipley, A.E., and Fearnsides, E.G. Effects of Metazoan Parasites on Their Hosts. Jour.
Econom. Biology, Vol. I, 1906, pp. 41–62. Discusses injury due to mere presence of parasite
COMPLETE list of books and articles dealing more or less
directly with the subjects discussed in this book would be too
extended for use here. For the past ten or twelve years many of
the medical and biological journals have contained articles in
almost every issue, discussing these subjects in some of their phases. I have
selected only a few of the more important of them, and these only the
English ones, confining myself mostly to those that I have personally
consulted, and giving brief annotations. Many of these will be found to
include very full bibliographies of the particular subject treated.
In order to avoid repetition, references are given under one head only
although many might properly be included in other sections as well.
PARASITES AND PARASITISM
Braun, Max. Animal Parasites of Man. Translated by Pauline Falcke and edited by L.W.
Sambon and F.V. Theobald. Third edition, 1906. A chapter on the general subject of
parasitism and a description of parasites of all classes. Bibliography.
Leuckart, R. The Parasites of Man and the Diseases Induced by Them. Eng. transl., London,
1886.
Neuman, Theo. Entoparasites and Hygiene. Trans. Vassar Bros. Institute, VII, 1895. A general
discussion of parasitism; life-history of some common parasites that infest man.
Neumann, L.G. Treatise on the Parasites and Parasitic Diseases of the Domesticated Animals.
Eng. transl. by Fleming, 1892.
Ransom, B.H. How Parasites Are Transmitted. Year Book U.S. Dept. Agric., 1905, pp. 139–166
(pub. 1906). Discusses the ways in which parasites of all classes are transmitted.
Sambon, L. The Part Played by Metazoan Parasites in Tropical Pathology. Jour. Trop. Med. &
Hyg., Vol. XI, Jan. 15, 1908. A comprehensive discussion of this subject.
Shipley, A.E., and Fearnsides, E.G. Effects of Metazoan Parasites on Their Hosts. Jour.
Econom. Biology, Vol. I, 1906, pp. 41–62. Discusses injury due to mere presence of parasite
Page 188
in host; to the migration of the parasite; loss to host by feeding of parasites; injury by certain
toxins.
Stiles, C.W. Diseases Caused by Animal Parasites. Osler's Mod. Med., Vol. I, 1907, p. 525.
General discussion; Trematodes; Cestodes; Roundworms; Acariasis; Parasitic Insects;
Myiasis.
Van Beneden, P.J. Animal Parasites and Messmates. 1889. Contains much that is interesting.
Ward, Henry B. Influence of Parasitism on the Host. Proc. Amer. Assn. for Advancement of
Science, Vol. 56, 1907. A comprehensive statement of this subject. List of literature.
PROTOZOA
Calkins, G.N. The Protozoa. Osler's Mod. Med., Vol. I, 1907, p. 353. General notes on the
Protozoa; classification; reproduction; life-cycle of various forms. Regards Protozoa as
subkingdom and the four great divisions as phyla.
Calkins, G.N. Protozoölogy. N.Y., 1909. Chapters on parasitism, pathogenic Protozoa, etc.
Clarke, J.J. Protozoa and Disease. London, 1903, Pt. I. Discusses the various protozoa that
cause disease, and refers frequently to those that are transferred from host to host by insects.
Clarke, J.J. Protozoa and Disease. London, 1908. Part II, comprising sections on the causation
of smallpox, syphilis and cancer. Notes on parasitic Protozoa, tropical diseases, ticks,
piroplasmosis, etc.
Daniels, C.W. Persistence of the Tropical Diseases of Man Due to Protozoa. Jour. Trop. Med. &
Hyg., 12, Aug. 2, 1909, pp. 232–234. Same in Lancet, II, 1909, p. 460. Good summary of
present knowledge of the subject.
Minchin, E.A. Protozoa. In Albutt and Rolleston's System of Medicine, II, 1907, pp. 9–122. A
comprehensive chapter on Protozoa. Many parasitic forms are figured and described.
Bibliography.
Minchin, E.A. The Sporozoa. In Lankester's Treatise on Zoöl., Pt. I, pp. 150–360, 1903. Best
account of this group, list of Sporozoan hosts. Bibliography.
BACTERIA
Flexner, Simon. Relation of Bacteria and Sporozoa to Disease. Science, N.S., Vol. 27, No. 682,
pp. 133–136. On these pages discusses relation of bacteria and Protozoa to human diseases.
Jordan, Edwin O. General Bacteriology. Philad., 1898. A good general treatment of the subject.
Levy, Ernst, and Klemperer, Felix. Elements of Clinical Bacteriology for Physicians and
Students (transl. by A.A. Eschner), Philad., 1909. Morphology and biology of bacteria;
infection; immunity; specific diseases of bacterial origin, etc.
toxins.
Stiles, C.W. Diseases Caused by Animal Parasites. Osler's Mod. Med., Vol. I, 1907, p. 525.
General discussion; Trematodes; Cestodes; Roundworms; Acariasis; Parasitic Insects;
Myiasis.
Van Beneden, P.J. Animal Parasites and Messmates. 1889. Contains much that is interesting.
Ward, Henry B. Influence of Parasitism on the Host. Proc. Amer. Assn. for Advancement of
Science, Vol. 56, 1907. A comprehensive statement of this subject. List of literature.
PROTOZOA
Calkins, G.N. The Protozoa. Osler's Mod. Med., Vol. I, 1907, p. 353. General notes on the
Protozoa; classification; reproduction; life-cycle of various forms. Regards Protozoa as
subkingdom and the four great divisions as phyla.
Calkins, G.N. Protozoölogy. N.Y., 1909. Chapters on parasitism, pathogenic Protozoa, etc.
Clarke, J.J. Protozoa and Disease. London, 1903, Pt. I. Discusses the various protozoa that
cause disease, and refers frequently to those that are transferred from host to host by insects.
Clarke, J.J. Protozoa and Disease. London, 1908. Part II, comprising sections on the causation
of smallpox, syphilis and cancer. Notes on parasitic Protozoa, tropical diseases, ticks,
piroplasmosis, etc.
Daniels, C.W. Persistence of the Tropical Diseases of Man Due to Protozoa. Jour. Trop. Med. &
Hyg., 12, Aug. 2, 1909, pp. 232–234. Same in Lancet, II, 1909, p. 460. Good summary of
present knowledge of the subject.
Minchin, E.A. Protozoa. In Albutt and Rolleston's System of Medicine, II, 1907, pp. 9–122. A
comprehensive chapter on Protozoa. Many parasitic forms are figured and described.
Bibliography.
Minchin, E.A. The Sporozoa. In Lankester's Treatise on Zoöl., Pt. I, pp. 150–360, 1903. Best
account of this group, list of Sporozoan hosts. Bibliography.
BACTERIA
Flexner, Simon. Relation of Bacteria and Sporozoa to Disease. Science, N.S., Vol. 27, No. 682,
pp. 133–136. On these pages discusses relation of bacteria and Protozoa to human diseases.
Jordan, Edwin O. General Bacteriology. Philad., 1898. A good general treatment of the subject.
Levy, Ernst, and Klemperer, Felix. Elements of Clinical Bacteriology for Physicians and
Students (transl. by A.A. Eschner), Philad., 1909. Morphology and biology of bacteria;
infection; immunity; specific diseases of bacterial origin, etc.
Page 189
Muir, Robt., and Ritchie, Jas. Manual of Bacteriology. N.Y., 1903. Contains chapter on the
relation of bacteria to diseases and discussion of several bacterial diseases.
Sternberg, G.M. A Manual of Bacteriology. N.Y., 1893. Part III is devoted to pathogenic
bacteria.
INSECTS AND DISEASE
Herms, W.B. Medical Entomology, Its Scope and Methods. Jour. of Eco. Ento., Vol. 2, No. 4,
1909, pp. 265–268.
Howard, L.O. Insects as Carriers and Spreaders of Disease. Year Book U.S. Dept. Agric., 1901,
pp. 177–192. Good review of the subject.
Howard, L.O. How Insects Affect Health in Rural Districts. U.S. Dept. Agric., Farmers'
Bulletin, No. 155, 1902. Discussion of city and county conditions; protection from typhoid,
malaria and yellow fever.
Howard, L.O. Economic Loss to the People of U.S. Through Insects That Cause Disease. Bull.
78, U.S. Dept. Agric. Bur. of Ent., 1909. A comprehensive discussion and summary of the
subject. Discusses mosquitoes, flies, the Panama Canal, epidemic diseases and the progress of
nations.
Kellogg, V.L. Insects and Disease, Chap. XVIII, in American Insects, pp. 615–654, 1905.
Discusses Mosquitoes and malaria; yellow fever and filariasis.
King, H.H. Report on Economic Entomology of Khartoum, in Third Rept. of Wellcome Research
Lab., 1908. Discusses insects injurious to man: mosquitoes, blood-sucking insects other than
mosquitoes, etc.
Mason, C.F. The Spread of Diseases by Insects, with Suggestions Regarding Prophylaxis.
International Clinics, Vol. II, 1904, pp. 1–21. A brief summary of the subject.
McCrae, John. Recent Progress in Tropical Medicine. International Clinics, Vol. II, 1904, pp.
22–36. Discusses several diseases, some of which are transmitted by insects.
Nuttall, G.H.F. On the Rôle of the Insects Arachnids and Myriapods as Carriers in the Spread
of Bacterial and Parasitic Diseases of Man and Animals. A critical and historical study. Johns
Hopkins Hospital Reports, Vol. 8, 1899, pp. 1–154. A review of all the literature up to this
date. Important article.
Nuttall, G.H.F. Insects as Carriers of Disease. Recent advances in our knowledge of the part
played by blood-sucking arthropods (exclusive of mosquitoes and ticks) in the transmission
of infectious diseases. Bericht über den XIV. Intern. Kongress für Hygiene und
Dermogrophic. Berlin, 1907, pp. 195–206. Discusses protozoan and bacterial diseases.
Stiles, C.W. Insects as Disseminators of Disease. Virginia Medical Semi-monthly, Vol. 6, No. 3,
May 10, 1901, pp. 53–58. Good statement of subject with list of recent workers.
relation of bacteria to diseases and discussion of several bacterial diseases.
Sternberg, G.M. A Manual of Bacteriology. N.Y., 1893. Part III is devoted to pathogenic
bacteria.
INSECTS AND DISEASE
Herms, W.B. Medical Entomology, Its Scope and Methods. Jour. of Eco. Ento., Vol. 2, No. 4,
1909, pp. 265–268.
Howard, L.O. Insects as Carriers and Spreaders of Disease. Year Book U.S. Dept. Agric., 1901,
pp. 177–192. Good review of the subject.
Howard, L.O. How Insects Affect Health in Rural Districts. U.S. Dept. Agric., Farmers'
Bulletin, No. 155, 1902. Discussion of city and county conditions; protection from typhoid,
malaria and yellow fever.
Howard, L.O. Economic Loss to the People of U.S. Through Insects That Cause Disease. Bull.
78, U.S. Dept. Agric. Bur. of Ent., 1909. A comprehensive discussion and summary of the
subject. Discusses mosquitoes, flies, the Panama Canal, epidemic diseases and the progress of
nations.
Kellogg, V.L. Insects and Disease, Chap. XVIII, in American Insects, pp. 615–654, 1905.
Discusses Mosquitoes and malaria; yellow fever and filariasis.
King, H.H. Report on Economic Entomology of Khartoum, in Third Rept. of Wellcome Research
Lab., 1908. Discusses insects injurious to man: mosquitoes, blood-sucking insects other than
mosquitoes, etc.
Mason, C.F. The Spread of Diseases by Insects, with Suggestions Regarding Prophylaxis.
International Clinics, Vol. II, 1904, pp. 1–21. A brief summary of the subject.
McCrae, John. Recent Progress in Tropical Medicine. International Clinics, Vol. II, 1904, pp.
22–36. Discusses several diseases, some of which are transmitted by insects.
Nuttall, G.H.F. On the Rôle of the Insects Arachnids and Myriapods as Carriers in the Spread
of Bacterial and Parasitic Diseases of Man and Animals. A critical and historical study. Johns
Hopkins Hospital Reports, Vol. 8, 1899, pp. 1–154. A review of all the literature up to this
date. Important article.
Nuttall, G.H.F. Insects as Carriers of Disease. Recent advances in our knowledge of the part
played by blood-sucking arthropods (exclusive of mosquitoes and ticks) in the transmission
of infectious diseases. Bericht über den XIV. Intern. Kongress für Hygiene und
Dermogrophic. Berlin, 1907, pp. 195–206. Discusses protozoan and bacterial diseases.
Stiles, C.W. Insects as Disseminators of Disease. Virginia Medical Semi-monthly, Vol. 6, No. 3,
May 10, 1901, pp. 53–58. Good statement of subject with list of recent workers.
Page 190
Wherry, W.B. Insects and Infection. Cal. State Jour. of Med., Nov., 1907. Discusses the rôle of
insects, ticks, etc., in the transmission of infectious diseases.
Symposium on Yellow Fever and Other Insect-borne Diseases. Science, N.S., Vol. 23, Nos. 584–
585, 1906. The Protozoan Life-cycle, G.N. Calkins. Filariasis and Trypanosome Diseases,
H.B. Ward. The Practical Results of Reed's Findings on Yellow Fever Transmission, J.H.
White. Difficulties of Recognition and Prevention of Yellow Fever, Q. Kohnke. The Practical
Side of Mosquito Extermination, H.C. Weeks. Without Mosquitoes There Can Be No Yellow
Fever, Jas. Carroll. Estivo-autumnal Fever, Cause, Diagnosis, Treatment and Destruction of
Mosquitoes Which Spread the Disease, H.A. Veazie.
MOSQUITOES—SYSTEMATIC AND GENERAL
Balfour, Andrew, and Staff. Second Report of the Wellcome Research Laboratories at the
Gordon Memorial College, Khartoum, 1906. Includes reports on work on mosquitoes and
other noxious insects.
Boyce, Sir Robert W. Mosquitoes or Man? The Conquest of the Tropical World. N.Y., 1909.
Reviews medical and sanitary work in the tropics and discusses the relation of insects to
various tropical diseases.
Busch, August. Report on a Trip for the Purpose of Studying the Mosquito Fauna of Panama.
Smith. Miscell. Coll., Vol. 5, Pt. I, 1908, p. 49. Work that is being done in Panama to control
the mosquitoes. Annotated list of species.
Felt, E.P. Mosquitoes or Culicidæ of New York State. In N.Y. State Museum Bull. 79,
Entomology 22, 1904. Discusses distribution, migration and life-history of various species of
mosquitoes and mosquito diseases. Bibliography.
Giles, Geo. M. A Handbook of Gnats or Mosquitoes, Giving the Anatomy and Life-History of
the Culicidæ. London, 1902. Whole subject treated very fully.
Grubbs, S.B. Vessels as Carriers of Mosquitoes. Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser. Bull. II, Mar.
3, 1903. Believes that mosquitoes may come aboard when the vessel is lying at anchor one-
half mile from shore, and that under favorable conditions they may come aboard when the
vessel is fifteen miles from shore.
Howard, L.O. Mosquitoes. Osler's Mod. Med., Vol. I, p. 370, 1907. General notes on
classification and habits particularly in relation to diseases.
Howard, L.O. Notes on Mosquitoes of the United States. U.S. Dept. Agric., 1900. Div. of Ento.
Bull. No. 25, N.S. Account of the structure; biology; remarks on remedies.
Howard, L.O. Concerning the Geographic Distribution of the Yellow Fever Mosquito. Public
Health Rept., Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., Nov. 13, 1903. The same revised to Sept. 10,
1905.
insects, ticks, etc., in the transmission of infectious diseases.
Symposium on Yellow Fever and Other Insect-borne Diseases. Science, N.S., Vol. 23, Nos. 584–
585, 1906. The Protozoan Life-cycle, G.N. Calkins. Filariasis and Trypanosome Diseases,
H.B. Ward. The Practical Results of Reed's Findings on Yellow Fever Transmission, J.H.
White. Difficulties of Recognition and Prevention of Yellow Fever, Q. Kohnke. The Practical
Side of Mosquito Extermination, H.C. Weeks. Without Mosquitoes There Can Be No Yellow
Fever, Jas. Carroll. Estivo-autumnal Fever, Cause, Diagnosis, Treatment and Destruction of
Mosquitoes Which Spread the Disease, H.A. Veazie.
MOSQUITOES—SYSTEMATIC AND GENERAL
Balfour, Andrew, and Staff. Second Report of the Wellcome Research Laboratories at the
Gordon Memorial College, Khartoum, 1906. Includes reports on work on mosquitoes and
other noxious insects.
Boyce, Sir Robert W. Mosquitoes or Man? The Conquest of the Tropical World. N.Y., 1909.
Reviews medical and sanitary work in the tropics and discusses the relation of insects to
various tropical diseases.
Busch, August. Report on a Trip for the Purpose of Studying the Mosquito Fauna of Panama.
Smith. Miscell. Coll., Vol. 5, Pt. I, 1908, p. 49. Work that is being done in Panama to control
the mosquitoes. Annotated list of species.
Felt, E.P. Mosquitoes or Culicidæ of New York State. In N.Y. State Museum Bull. 79,
Entomology 22, 1904. Discusses distribution, migration and life-history of various species of
mosquitoes and mosquito diseases. Bibliography.
Giles, Geo. M. A Handbook of Gnats or Mosquitoes, Giving the Anatomy and Life-History of
the Culicidæ. London, 1902. Whole subject treated very fully.
Grubbs, S.B. Vessels as Carriers of Mosquitoes. Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser. Bull. II, Mar.
3, 1903. Believes that mosquitoes may come aboard when the vessel is lying at anchor one-
half mile from shore, and that under favorable conditions they may come aboard when the
vessel is fifteen miles from shore.
Howard, L.O. Mosquitoes. Osler's Mod. Med., Vol. I, p. 370, 1907. General notes on
classification and habits particularly in relation to diseases.
Howard, L.O. Notes on Mosquitoes of the United States. U.S. Dept. Agric., 1900. Div. of Ento.
Bull. No. 25, N.S. Account of the structure; biology; remarks on remedies.
Howard, L.O. Concerning the Geographic Distribution of the Yellow Fever Mosquito. Public
Health Rept., Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., Nov. 13, 1903. The same revised to Sept. 10,
1905.
Page 191
Howard, L.O. Mosquitoes: How They Live; How They Carry Disease; How They Are
Classified; How They May Be Destroyed. N.Y., 1901. One of the best popular books on
mosquitoes.
McCracken, I. Anopheles in California, with a Description of a New Species. Entomological
News, Vol. 15, Jan., 1904. Records of three species, their breeding-places, habits, etc.
Mitchell, Evelyn G. Mosquito Life. N.Y., 1907. A good popular account of the mosquitoes and
their relation to disease. The appendix treats of mosquitoes and their possible relation to
leprosy.
Smith, J.B. Mosquitoes Occurring Within the State of New Jersey. Report of the New Jersey
State Agric. Exper. Station upon the mosquitoes occurring within the State. Trenton, N.J.,
1904. Habits, development, relation to disease, checks and remedies; systematic.
Smith, J.B. The General Economic Importance of Mosquitoes. Popular Science Monthly, 70,
1907, pp. 325–329. Mosquitoes affect not only the health and comfort of the people, but
hinder development of agriculture and thus affect land values.
Smith, J.B. The New Jersey Salt-marsh and Its Improvement. New Jersey Agricultural
Experiment Station Bulletin, 207, 1907. Shows that the increased value of the land drained in
the antimosquito crusade more than pays for the cost of the drainage.
Theobald, F.V. Monograph of Culicidæ of the World. Four Vols. and one Vol. of plates. London,
1901 to 1907. Vol. I contains 96 pages on structure, life-history, habits, etc. Vol. II contains a
bibliography. Vol. Ill contains a list of species that carry disease.
Theobald, F.V. Mosquitoes or Culicidæ. In Albutt and Rolleston's System of Medicine, II, 1907,
pp. 122–168. Structure, life-history, habits, distribution and classification of mosquitoes.
Bibliography.
MOSQUITO ANATOMY
Berkeley, Wm. M. Laboratory Work with Mosquitoes. N.Y., 1902. Chapters on development,
anatomy, dissection, malarial parasites, filarial disease, yellow fever.
Dimmock, Geo. Anatomy of the Mouth-parts and Suctorial Apparatus of Culex. Psyche, 3, pp.
231–241, Sept., 1881. Good.
Imms, A.D. On the Larval and Pupal Stages of Anopheles maculipennis. Journal Hygiene, Vol. 7,
No. 2, April, 1907. Morphology.
Imms, A.D. On the Larval and Pupal Stages of Anopheles maculipennis. Parasitology, Vol. I,
No. 2, June, 1908. Continuation of article in Jour. Hyg., Vol. 7, No. 2. Continues discussion of
morphology.
Nuttall, Geo. F., Corbett, Louis, and Strangeways-Pig, T. Studies in Relation to Malaria. Pt.
I, The Geographical Distribution of Anopheles in Relation to the Former Distribution of Ague
in England. Jour. Hyg., Vol. I, No. 1, Jan., 1901.
Classified; How They May Be Destroyed. N.Y., 1901. One of the best popular books on
mosquitoes.
McCracken, I. Anopheles in California, with a Description of a New Species. Entomological
News, Vol. 15, Jan., 1904. Records of three species, their breeding-places, habits, etc.
Mitchell, Evelyn G. Mosquito Life. N.Y., 1907. A good popular account of the mosquitoes and
their relation to disease. The appendix treats of mosquitoes and their possible relation to
leprosy.
Smith, J.B. Mosquitoes Occurring Within the State of New Jersey. Report of the New Jersey
State Agric. Exper. Station upon the mosquitoes occurring within the State. Trenton, N.J.,
1904. Habits, development, relation to disease, checks and remedies; systematic.
Smith, J.B. The General Economic Importance of Mosquitoes. Popular Science Monthly, 70,
1907, pp. 325–329. Mosquitoes affect not only the health and comfort of the people, but
hinder development of agriculture and thus affect land values.
Smith, J.B. The New Jersey Salt-marsh and Its Improvement. New Jersey Agricultural
Experiment Station Bulletin, 207, 1907. Shows that the increased value of the land drained in
the antimosquito crusade more than pays for the cost of the drainage.
Theobald, F.V. Monograph of Culicidæ of the World. Four Vols. and one Vol. of plates. London,
1901 to 1907. Vol. I contains 96 pages on structure, life-history, habits, etc. Vol. II contains a
bibliography. Vol. Ill contains a list of species that carry disease.
Theobald, F.V. Mosquitoes or Culicidæ. In Albutt and Rolleston's System of Medicine, II, 1907,
pp. 122–168. Structure, life-history, habits, distribution and classification of mosquitoes.
Bibliography.
MOSQUITO ANATOMY
Berkeley, Wm. M. Laboratory Work with Mosquitoes. N.Y., 1902. Chapters on development,
anatomy, dissection, malarial parasites, filarial disease, yellow fever.
Dimmock, Geo. Anatomy of the Mouth-parts and Suctorial Apparatus of Culex. Psyche, 3, pp.
231–241, Sept., 1881. Good.
Imms, A.D. On the Larval and Pupal Stages of Anopheles maculipennis. Journal Hygiene, Vol. 7,
No. 2, April, 1907. Morphology.
Imms, A.D. On the Larval and Pupal Stages of Anopheles maculipennis. Parasitology, Vol. I,
No. 2, June, 1908. Continuation of article in Jour. Hyg., Vol. 7, No. 2. Continues discussion of
morphology.
Nuttall, Geo. F., Corbett, Louis, and Strangeways-Pig, T. Studies in Relation to Malaria. Pt.
I, The Geographical Distribution of Anopheles in Relation to the Former Distribution of Ague
in England. Jour. Hyg., Vol. I, No. 1, Jan., 1901.
Page 192
Nuttall, Geo. F., and Shipley, Arthur E. Studies in Relation to Malaria. Pt. II, Structure and
Biology of Anopheles, Jour Hyg., Vol. I, No. 1, Jan., 1901: The Egg and Larva; Bibliography.
Pt. II, cont, Vol. I, No. 2, April, 1901: The Pupa. Pt. II, cont., Vol. I, No. 4, Oct., 1901: Adult
External Anatomy. Pt. II, cont., Vol. 2, No. 1, Jan., 1902: Ætiology of Adult. Pt. II, cont., Vol.
Ill, No. 2, April, 1903: Anatomy of Adult.
Thompson, Millett T. Alimentary Canal of the Mosquito. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 32,
No. 6, 1905, pp. 145–202. Good summary of recent investigations.
Wesche, W. The Mouth-parts of Nemocera and Their Relation to the Other Families of Diptera.
Royal Microscopic Soc. Jour., 1904, pp. 28–47. Discussion with illustrations of the mouth-
parts of various Diptera.
MOSQUITOES—LIFE-HISTORY AND HABITS
Ayers, E.A. The Secrets of the Mosquito. A guide to the extermination of the prolific pest.
World's Work, 1907, Vol. 14, pp. 8902–8910. Notes on life-history and methods of control.
Jordan, E.O., and Hefferan, Mary. Observations on the Bionomics of Anopheles. Jour. Infec.
Diseases, II, 1905, pp. 56–69. Occurrence, breeding-places, habits, etc.
Morgan, H.A., and Dupree, J.W. Development and Hibernation of Mosquitoes. Bull. 40, N.S.,
Div. of Ento., pp. 88–92, 1903. Results of observation on five genera of mosquitoes in the
vicinity of Baton Rouge, La.
Ross, E.H. The Influence of Certain Biological Factors on the Question of the Migration of
Mosquitoes. Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., 12, 1909, pp. 256–258, Sept. 1. Only fecundated
females feed on blood, and must be fertilized after each batch of eggs. This determines largely
the time and place of breeding.
Smith, J.B. Concerning Migration of Mosquitoes. Science, 18, Dec. 11, 1903, pp. 761–764.
Observations on the migrations of mosquitoes, particularly C. sollicitans.
MOSQUITO FIGHTING
Celli, Angelo. The Campaign Against Malaria in Italy. Transl. by J.J. Eyre. Jour. Trop. Med. &
Hyg., XI, Apr. 1, 1908, pp. 101–108. Includes a good discussion of the effectiveness of
destroying the mosquitoes in controlling malaria.
Felt, E.P. Mosquito Control. In Report of the N.Y. State Entomologist for 1905, pp. 109–116.
Notes on importance and methods of control of various species.
Goldberger, Jos. Prevention and Destruction of Mosquitoes. Public Health Reports, Pub.
Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., July 17, 1908. Life-histories and methods of fighting larvæ,
pupæ and adults.
Le Prince, J.A. Mosquito Destruction in the Tropics. Jour. Amer. Med. Assn., LI, p. 26, Dec. 26,
1908. Occurrence and habits of Anopheles, methods of destruction. Results of anti-malarial
Biology of Anopheles, Jour Hyg., Vol. I, No. 1, Jan., 1901: The Egg and Larva; Bibliography.
Pt. II, cont, Vol. I, No. 2, April, 1901: The Pupa. Pt. II, cont., Vol. I, No. 4, Oct., 1901: Adult
External Anatomy. Pt. II, cont., Vol. 2, No. 1, Jan., 1902: Ætiology of Adult. Pt. II, cont., Vol.
Ill, No. 2, April, 1903: Anatomy of Adult.
Thompson, Millett T. Alimentary Canal of the Mosquito. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 32,
No. 6, 1905, pp. 145–202. Good summary of recent investigations.
Wesche, W. The Mouth-parts of Nemocera and Their Relation to the Other Families of Diptera.
Royal Microscopic Soc. Jour., 1904, pp. 28–47. Discussion with illustrations of the mouth-
parts of various Diptera.
MOSQUITOES—LIFE-HISTORY AND HABITS
Ayers, E.A. The Secrets of the Mosquito. A guide to the extermination of the prolific pest.
World's Work, 1907, Vol. 14, pp. 8902–8910. Notes on life-history and methods of control.
Jordan, E.O., and Hefferan, Mary. Observations on the Bionomics of Anopheles. Jour. Infec.
Diseases, II, 1905, pp. 56–69. Occurrence, breeding-places, habits, etc.
Morgan, H.A., and Dupree, J.W. Development and Hibernation of Mosquitoes. Bull. 40, N.S.,
Div. of Ento., pp. 88–92, 1903. Results of observation on five genera of mosquitoes in the
vicinity of Baton Rouge, La.
Ross, E.H. The Influence of Certain Biological Factors on the Question of the Migration of
Mosquitoes. Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., 12, 1909, pp. 256–258, Sept. 1. Only fecundated
females feed on blood, and must be fertilized after each batch of eggs. This determines largely
the time and place of breeding.
Smith, J.B. Concerning Migration of Mosquitoes. Science, 18, Dec. 11, 1903, pp. 761–764.
Observations on the migrations of mosquitoes, particularly C. sollicitans.
MOSQUITO FIGHTING
Celli, Angelo. The Campaign Against Malaria in Italy. Transl. by J.J. Eyre. Jour. Trop. Med. &
Hyg., XI, Apr. 1, 1908, pp. 101–108. Includes a good discussion of the effectiveness of
destroying the mosquitoes in controlling malaria.
Felt, E.P. Mosquito Control. In Report of the N.Y. State Entomologist for 1905, pp. 109–116.
Notes on importance and methods of control of various species.
Goldberger, Jos. Prevention and Destruction of Mosquitoes. Public Health Reports, Pub.
Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., July 17, 1908. Life-histories and methods of fighting larvæ,
pupæ and adults.
Le Prince, J.A. Mosquito Destruction in the Tropics. Jour. Amer. Med. Assn., LI, p. 26, Dec. 26,
1908. Occurrence and habits of Anopheles, methods of destruction. Results of anti-malarial
Page 193
work on the isthmus. Discussion by various doctors.
Quayle, H.J. Mosquito Control Work in California. Bull. No. 178, Calif. Agric. Ex. Sta., pp. 1–
55, 1906. Habits and life-history of California species, with an account of experiments to
control the salt-marsh species.
Rosenan, M.J. Disinfection Against Mosquitoes with Formaldehyde and Sulphur Dioxid. Hyg.
Lab. Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., Bull. 6, 1901.
Ross, Ronald. Mosquito Brigades and How to Organize Them. New York, 1902.
Ross, Ronald. Logical Basis of the Sanitary Policy of Mosquito Reduction. Science, N.S., Vol.
22, No. 750, Dec. 1, 1905, pp. 689–699. Important article dealing with the methods of
control.
Smith, J.B. Salt-marsh Mosquitoes. New Jersey Agric. Exper. Stn. Special Bulletin T, 1902.
Breeding-places and methods of control of this species.
Smith, J.B. Mosquitocides. Bull. 40, New Series U.S. Dept. Agric., Div. of Ento., pp. 96–108,
1903. Results of experiments with a number of substances, several of which were found to be
effective and some cheap enough to permit of their use to a limited extent.
Smith, J.B. The New Jersey Salt-marsh and Its Improvement. Bull. No. 207, Nov. 14, 1907, New
Jersey Agric. Exper. Stn. Results of draining the marshes to get rid of mosquitoes.
Smith, J.B. The House Mosquito: a City, Town and Village Problem. N.J. Agric. Ex. Stn. Bull.
216, 1908. Work done on salt-marshes since 1904 practically eliminated the migratory
species, so that C. pipens, the house mosquito, is now the problem. Life-history and methods
of combating.
Underwood, W.L. Mosquitoes and Suggestions for Their Extermination. Pop. Sci. Mo., Vol. 63,
1903, pp. 453–466. Life-history, habits and methods of control.
Underwood, W.L. The Mosquito Nuisance and How to Deal with It. Boston, 1903.
First Antimosquito Convention, 1903. Pub., Brooklyn, 1904. Contains articles on what railroads,
government and laws should do toward mosquito extermination; mosquito work in Havana;
how state appropriations should be used, etc.
National Mosquito Extermination Society. Bulletin No. 1, 1904. Object of Society; brief
sketches of Ross, Reed, and others. Reprints of a few articles on mosquito extermination.
American Mosquito Extermination Society. Year Book for 1904–05. N.Y., 1906. Containing
reports of meetings and discussions of various problems. Several interesting papers, among
them "Criminal Indictment of the Mosquito," F.W. Moss. "Mosquito Work at Panama Canal,"
W.C. Sorgas. "Diversities Among New York Mosquitoes," E.P. Felt. "Mosquito Extermination
in New Jersey," J.B. Smith. "The Mosquito Question," Quitman Kohnke.
Antimalarial Work in the Panama Canal Zone. Editorial in Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., XI, Aug.
15, 1908, p. 251. Notes on the success of the measures adopted there.
Quayle, H.J. Mosquito Control Work in California. Bull. No. 178, Calif. Agric. Ex. Sta., pp. 1–
55, 1906. Habits and life-history of California species, with an account of experiments to
control the salt-marsh species.
Rosenan, M.J. Disinfection Against Mosquitoes with Formaldehyde and Sulphur Dioxid. Hyg.
Lab. Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., Bull. 6, 1901.
Ross, Ronald. Mosquito Brigades and How to Organize Them. New York, 1902.
Ross, Ronald. Logical Basis of the Sanitary Policy of Mosquito Reduction. Science, N.S., Vol.
22, No. 750, Dec. 1, 1905, pp. 689–699. Important article dealing with the methods of
control.
Smith, J.B. Salt-marsh Mosquitoes. New Jersey Agric. Exper. Stn. Special Bulletin T, 1902.
Breeding-places and methods of control of this species.
Smith, J.B. Mosquitocides. Bull. 40, New Series U.S. Dept. Agric., Div. of Ento., pp. 96–108,
1903. Results of experiments with a number of substances, several of which were found to be
effective and some cheap enough to permit of their use to a limited extent.
Smith, J.B. The New Jersey Salt-marsh and Its Improvement. Bull. No. 207, Nov. 14, 1907, New
Jersey Agric. Exper. Stn. Results of draining the marshes to get rid of mosquitoes.
Smith, J.B. The House Mosquito: a City, Town and Village Problem. N.J. Agric. Ex. Stn. Bull.
216, 1908. Work done on salt-marshes since 1904 practically eliminated the migratory
species, so that C. pipens, the house mosquito, is now the problem. Life-history and methods
of combating.
Underwood, W.L. Mosquitoes and Suggestions for Their Extermination. Pop. Sci. Mo., Vol. 63,
1903, pp. 453–466. Life-history, habits and methods of control.
Underwood, W.L. The Mosquito Nuisance and How to Deal with It. Boston, 1903.
First Antimosquito Convention, 1903. Pub., Brooklyn, 1904. Contains articles on what railroads,
government and laws should do toward mosquito extermination; mosquito work in Havana;
how state appropriations should be used, etc.
National Mosquito Extermination Society. Bulletin No. 1, 1904. Object of Society; brief
sketches of Ross, Reed, and others. Reprints of a few articles on mosquito extermination.
American Mosquito Extermination Society. Year Book for 1904–05. N.Y., 1906. Containing
reports of meetings and discussions of various problems. Several interesting papers, among
them "Criminal Indictment of the Mosquito," F.W. Moss. "Mosquito Work at Panama Canal,"
W.C. Sorgas. "Diversities Among New York Mosquitoes," E.P. Felt. "Mosquito Extermination
in New Jersey," J.B. Smith. "The Mosquito Question," Quitman Kohnke.
Antimalarial Work in the Panama Canal Zone. Editorial in Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., XI, Aug.
15, 1908, p. 251. Notes on the success of the measures adopted there.
Page 194
MOSQUITOES AND DISEASE
Doty, A.H. The Mosquito, Its Relation to Disease and Its Extermination. New York State
Journal of Medicine, May, 1908.
Finlay, Chas. Mosquitoes Considered as Transmitters of Yellow Fever and Malaria. Med.
Record, May 27, 1899, pp. 737–739. Review of his theory in regard to mosquitoes and
disease and the probable necessary changes in view of recent discoveries.
Howard, L.O. Mosquitoes as Transmitters of Disease. Review of Reviews, XXIV, 1901, pp.
192–195. A review of the work of various investigators.
Smith, J.B. Sanitary Aspect of the Mosquito Question. Medical News, Mar. 7, 1903. Note on
mosquitoes and their relation to disease.
Taylor, J.B. Observations on the Mosquitoes of Havana, Cuba. Reprint from La Revista de
Medicina, June, 1903, p. 27.
MALARIA
Banks, C.S. Experiments in Malarial Transmission by Means of Myzomyia ludlowii. Phil. Jour.
Sci., B. 2, 1907, pp. 513–535. Breeding-places of mosquitoes, life-histories of the species;
mosquitoes and malaria.
Craig, C.F. Malarial Fevers. Osler's Mod. Med., Vol. I, p. 392, 1907. Historical; distribution;
malarial parasites; classification; development; malarial mosquitoes; pathology; treatment,
etc.
Craig, C.F. Studies in the Morphology of Malarial Plasmodia after the Administration of
Quinine and in Intracorpuscular Conjugation. Jour. Infec. Diseases, VII, No. 2, 1910. See also
same, IV, 1907, pp. 108–140. Gives the evidence upon which he bases his theory of the
meaning of intracorpuscular conjunction.
Craig, C.F. The Malarial Fevers, Hemoglobinuric Fever and the Blood Protozoa of Man. N.Y.,
1909. A thorough consideration of the subject of malaria and good discussion of the other
subjects noted in title. Bibliography.
Deaderick, W.H. Malaria. Philad., 1909. The chapter on ætiology treats of the transmission by
mosquitoes.
Harris, S. Prevention of Malaria. Jour. Amer. Med. Assn., 53, Oct. 9, 1909, pp. 1162–67. Effects
of malaria, transmission by mosquitoes, etc. In the discussion of the paper J.H. White
summarizes the fight against yellow fever in New Orleans.
Herrick, G.W. Relation of Malaria to Agriculture and Other Industries of the South. Economic
losses occasioned by malaria; malaria responsible for more sickness among the white
population than any other disease; relation to mosquitoes. Pop. Sci. Mo., Vol. 62, Apr., 1903,
pp. 521–525.
Doty, A.H. The Mosquito, Its Relation to Disease and Its Extermination. New York State
Journal of Medicine, May, 1908.
Finlay, Chas. Mosquitoes Considered as Transmitters of Yellow Fever and Malaria. Med.
Record, May 27, 1899, pp. 737–739. Review of his theory in regard to mosquitoes and
disease and the probable necessary changes in view of recent discoveries.
Howard, L.O. Mosquitoes as Transmitters of Disease. Review of Reviews, XXIV, 1901, pp.
192–195. A review of the work of various investigators.
Smith, J.B. Sanitary Aspect of the Mosquito Question. Medical News, Mar. 7, 1903. Note on
mosquitoes and their relation to disease.
Taylor, J.B. Observations on the Mosquitoes of Havana, Cuba. Reprint from La Revista de
Medicina, June, 1903, p. 27.
MALARIA
Banks, C.S. Experiments in Malarial Transmission by Means of Myzomyia ludlowii. Phil. Jour.
Sci., B. 2, 1907, pp. 513–535. Breeding-places of mosquitoes, life-histories of the species;
mosquitoes and malaria.
Craig, C.F. Malarial Fevers. Osler's Mod. Med., Vol. I, p. 392, 1907. Historical; distribution;
malarial parasites; classification; development; malarial mosquitoes; pathology; treatment,
etc.
Craig, C.F. Studies in the Morphology of Malarial Plasmodia after the Administration of
Quinine and in Intracorpuscular Conjugation. Jour. Infec. Diseases, VII, No. 2, 1910. See also
same, IV, 1907, pp. 108–140. Gives the evidence upon which he bases his theory of the
meaning of intracorpuscular conjunction.
Craig, C.F. The Malarial Fevers, Hemoglobinuric Fever and the Blood Protozoa of Man. N.Y.,
1909. A thorough consideration of the subject of malaria and good discussion of the other
subjects noted in title. Bibliography.
Deaderick, W.H. Malaria. Philad., 1909. The chapter on ætiology treats of the transmission by
mosquitoes.
Harris, S. Prevention of Malaria. Jour. Amer. Med. Assn., 53, Oct. 9, 1909, pp. 1162–67. Effects
of malaria, transmission by mosquitoes, etc. In the discussion of the paper J.H. White
summarizes the fight against yellow fever in New Orleans.
Herrick, G.W. Relation of Malaria to Agriculture and Other Industries of the South. Economic
losses occasioned by malaria; malaria responsible for more sickness among the white
population than any other disease; relation to mosquitoes. Pop. Sci. Mo., Vol. 62, Apr., 1903,
pp. 521–525.
Page 195
Jones, Ross, Ellett. Malaria. London, 1907. Small book, introduction by Ross. Malaria in
Greece and Italy; shows how this disease contributed to the downfall of great nations.
Mannaberg, Julius. Malaria. In Nothnagel's Encyclopedia of Practical Med., Amer. Ed., 1905,
pp. 17–494. A very comprehensive discussion of the disease and the relation of mosquitoes to
the malarial parasite.
Manson, Patrick. The Mosquito and the Malaria Parasite. Brit. Med. Jour., Vol. II for 1898, pp.
849–853. History of the parasite in the human and insect host; observations of Ross and
others and their meaning.
Manson, Patrick. Experimental Demonstration of the Mosquito-malarial Theory. Brit. Med.
Jour., Vol. 2 for 1900, pp. 949–951, also Lancet, II, 1900, pp. 923–925. Infected mosquitoes
sent from Rome allowed to bite men in England who had not been in malarial regions.
Malarial fever followed.
Manson, Patrick. Malarial Fever. Appendix to Vol. IX of T.C. Albutt's System of Med., 1900.
Relation of the malarial parasite to the disease and to mosquitoes.
Robertson, E.W. Renaming of Malaria—Anophelesis. Va. Medical Semi-monthly, Sept. 10,
1909. Considers malaria a misnomer and gives reasons for suggesting new name.
Ross, Ronald. On Some Peculiar Pigmented Cells Found in Two Mosquitoes Fed on Malarial
Blood. Brit. Med. Jour., 1897, Dec. 18, p. 1786. Records in his experiments in feeding
mosquitoes on blood of malarial patients. Records finding the parasites in some of them.
Important article.
Ross, Ronald. Pigmented Cells in Mosquitoes. Brit. Med. Jour., 1898, Feb. 26, p. 550. Further
notes on them.
Ross, Ronald. The Mosquito Theory of Malaria. Report dated Calcutta, Feb. 16, 1899.
Reprinted in Pop. Sci. Monthly, Vol. 56, Nov., 1899, pp. 42–46. Tells of his investigations in
India and their results.
Ross, Ronald. The Relationship of Malaria and the Mosquito. Lancet, II, 1900, July 7, p. 4880.
Observation on the transmission of malaria.
Ross, Ronald. Malaria Fever, Its Cause, Prevention and Treatment. London, 1902. Chapters on
malaria, mosquitoes, prevention and treatment.
Ross, Ronald. Parasites of Mosquitoes. Jour. of Hyg., VI, No. 2, Apr., 1906. Brief review of
several of his earlier papers on this subject with additional notes.
Simpson, W.J.R. Recent Discoveries Which Have Rendered Antimalarial Sanitation More
Precise and Less Costly. Brit. Med. Jour., 1907, II, pp. 1044–46. Discussion of the various
factors in mosquito control.
Stephens, J.W.W., and Christophers, S.R. The Practical Study of Malaria and Other Blood
Parasites. London, 1908. Chapters on mosquitoes, flies and ticks and their relation to
Greece and Italy; shows how this disease contributed to the downfall of great nations.
Mannaberg, Julius. Malaria. In Nothnagel's Encyclopedia of Practical Med., Amer. Ed., 1905,
pp. 17–494. A very comprehensive discussion of the disease and the relation of mosquitoes to
the malarial parasite.
Manson, Patrick. The Mosquito and the Malaria Parasite. Brit. Med. Jour., Vol. II for 1898, pp.
849–853. History of the parasite in the human and insect host; observations of Ross and
others and their meaning.
Manson, Patrick. Experimental Demonstration of the Mosquito-malarial Theory. Brit. Med.
Jour., Vol. 2 for 1900, pp. 949–951, also Lancet, II, 1900, pp. 923–925. Infected mosquitoes
sent from Rome allowed to bite men in England who had not been in malarial regions.
Malarial fever followed.
Manson, Patrick. Malarial Fever. Appendix to Vol. IX of T.C. Albutt's System of Med., 1900.
Relation of the malarial parasite to the disease and to mosquitoes.
Robertson, E.W. Renaming of Malaria—Anophelesis. Va. Medical Semi-monthly, Sept. 10,
1909. Considers malaria a misnomer and gives reasons for suggesting new name.
Ross, Ronald. On Some Peculiar Pigmented Cells Found in Two Mosquitoes Fed on Malarial
Blood. Brit. Med. Jour., 1897, Dec. 18, p. 1786. Records in his experiments in feeding
mosquitoes on blood of malarial patients. Records finding the parasites in some of them.
Important article.
Ross, Ronald. Pigmented Cells in Mosquitoes. Brit. Med. Jour., 1898, Feb. 26, p. 550. Further
notes on them.
Ross, Ronald. The Mosquito Theory of Malaria. Report dated Calcutta, Feb. 16, 1899.
Reprinted in Pop. Sci. Monthly, Vol. 56, Nov., 1899, pp. 42–46. Tells of his investigations in
India and their results.
Ross, Ronald. The Relationship of Malaria and the Mosquito. Lancet, II, 1900, July 7, p. 4880.
Observation on the transmission of malaria.
Ross, Ronald. Malaria Fever, Its Cause, Prevention and Treatment. London, 1902. Chapters on
malaria, mosquitoes, prevention and treatment.
Ross, Ronald. Parasites of Mosquitoes. Jour. of Hyg., VI, No. 2, Apr., 1906. Brief review of
several of his earlier papers on this subject with additional notes.
Simpson, W.J.R. Recent Discoveries Which Have Rendered Antimalarial Sanitation More
Precise and Less Costly. Brit. Med. Jour., 1907, II, pp. 1044–46. Discussion of the various
factors in mosquito control.
Stephens, J.W.W., and Christophers, S.R. The Practical Study of Malaria and Other Blood
Parasites. London, 1908. Chapters on mosquitoes, flies and ticks and their relation to
Page 196
diseases.
Sternberg, G.M. The Malarial Parasite and Other Pathogenic Protozoa. Pop. Sci. Mo., Vol. 50,
1897, pp. 628–641. Account of the discovery of the malarial parasite and more recent studies
on it.
Sternberg, G.M. Malaria. Smith. Rept., 1900, pp. 645–656. Review of the experimental
evidence in support of the mosquito-malaria theory.
Malarial Fever. Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., II, Mar. 16, 1908, pp. 96–98. A list of literature mostly
for the years 1906 and 1907.
YELLOW FEVER
Adams, S.H. Yellow Fever, a Problem Solved. The battle of New Orleans against the mosquito.
McClure's Magazine, Vol. 27, June, 1906, p. 178. An interesting popular article.
Carroll, James. Yellow Fever. Osler's Mod. Med., Vol. II, 1907, p. 736. History, ætiology,
treatment. A good review of the work of the Yellow Fever Com. and the results of their work.
Carroll, James. The Transmission of Yellow Fever. Amer. Med. Assn., 40, 1905, pp. 1429–33.
Shows the relation of the mosquito to the disease.
Carroll, James. Yellow Fever. Lessons to be learned from the present outbreak of yellow fever.
Jour. of Amer. Med. Assn., Vol. 45, 1905, pp. 1079–81. Among other things recommends that
mosquitoes be kept from patients.
Chaille, S.E. The Stegomyia and Fomites. Amer. Med. Assn., 40, 1903, pp. 1433–40. Concludes
that the mosquito is the only proven disseminator of yellow fever. Extended discussion by
various physicians.
Dastre, A. The Fight Against Yellow Fever. Smith. Rept., 1905, pp. 339–350. History of the
yellow fever epidemics, its geographical distribution, and the work that is being done to
control it.
Doty, A.H. On the Mode of Transmission of the Infectious Agent in Yellow Fever and Its
Bearing upon the Quarantine Regulations. Med. Record, Oct. 26, 1901, pp. 649–653. Review
of older theories in regard to the spread of yellow fever. Believes that the quarantines are now
unnecessary.
Finley, Chas. The Mosquito Theory of the Transmission of Yellow Fever and Its New
Development. Med. Record, Jan. 19, 1901. Refers to his early observations on the subject,
giving extracts from some of his earlier papers to show that he had long held the mosquito
responsible for the dissemination of yellow fever.
Goldberger, Jos. Yellow Fever, Ætiology, Symptoms and Diagnosis. Yellow Fever Inst. Bull.
16, Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., 1907. Includes discussion of the relation of mosquitoes
to the disease.
Sternberg, G.M. The Malarial Parasite and Other Pathogenic Protozoa. Pop. Sci. Mo., Vol. 50,
1897, pp. 628–641. Account of the discovery of the malarial parasite and more recent studies
on it.
Sternberg, G.M. Malaria. Smith. Rept., 1900, pp. 645–656. Review of the experimental
evidence in support of the mosquito-malaria theory.
Malarial Fever. Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., II, Mar. 16, 1908, pp. 96–98. A list of literature mostly
for the years 1906 and 1907.
YELLOW FEVER
Adams, S.H. Yellow Fever, a Problem Solved. The battle of New Orleans against the mosquito.
McClure's Magazine, Vol. 27, June, 1906, p. 178. An interesting popular article.
Carroll, James. Yellow Fever. Osler's Mod. Med., Vol. II, 1907, p. 736. History, ætiology,
treatment. A good review of the work of the Yellow Fever Com. and the results of their work.
Carroll, James. The Transmission of Yellow Fever. Amer. Med. Assn., 40, 1905, pp. 1429–33.
Shows the relation of the mosquito to the disease.
Carroll, James. Yellow Fever. Lessons to be learned from the present outbreak of yellow fever.
Jour. of Amer. Med. Assn., Vol. 45, 1905, pp. 1079–81. Among other things recommends that
mosquitoes be kept from patients.
Chaille, S.E. The Stegomyia and Fomites. Amer. Med. Assn., 40, 1903, pp. 1433–40. Concludes
that the mosquito is the only proven disseminator of yellow fever. Extended discussion by
various physicians.
Dastre, A. The Fight Against Yellow Fever. Smith. Rept., 1905, pp. 339–350. History of the
yellow fever epidemics, its geographical distribution, and the work that is being done to
control it.
Doty, A.H. On the Mode of Transmission of the Infectious Agent in Yellow Fever and Its
Bearing upon the Quarantine Regulations. Med. Record, Oct. 26, 1901, pp. 649–653. Review
of older theories in regard to the spread of yellow fever. Believes that the quarantines are now
unnecessary.
Finley, Chas. The Mosquito Theory of the Transmission of Yellow Fever and Its New
Development. Med. Record, Jan. 19, 1901. Refers to his early observations on the subject,
giving extracts from some of his earlier papers to show that he had long held the mosquito
responsible for the dissemination of yellow fever.
Goldberger, Jos. Yellow Fever, Ætiology, Symptoms and Diagnosis. Yellow Fever Inst. Bull.
16, Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., 1907. Includes discussion of the relation of mosquitoes
to the disease.
Page 197
Guiteras, John. Experimental Yellow Fever at the Inoculation Station of the Sanitary
Department of Havana. Amer. Med., Vol. II, No. 21, 1901, pp. 809–817. Experiments show
that all types of the yellow fever from mild to severe may be produced by the bite of the
mosquito.
McFarland, Joseph. Life and Work of James Carroll. Memoir read at the fifth annual meeting
of the Soc. of Tropical Med., 1908. Early life of Carroll and his work with the Yellow Fever
Com.
Parker, H.B., Beyer, G.E., and Pothier, O.L. Rept. of Working Party No. 1, Yellow Fever
Institute. Bull. 13, Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., 1903. As a result of their studies they
believe that the disease is caused by a protozoan parasite which they name and describe.
Discuss the relation of mosquitoes to the disease.
Reed, Walter; Carroll, James; and Agramonte, A. Experimental Yellow Fever. Amer. Med.,
July 6, 1901, pp. 15–23. Records of certain experiments and their results.
Reed, Walter; Carroll, James; and Agramonte, C.A. The Ætiology of Yellow Fever. A
preliminary note presented at the Amer. Pub. Health Assn. Philad. Med. Jour., Oct. 27, 1900,
pp. 790–796. Also an additional note in Jour. Amer. Med. Assn., 36, pp. 431–440, 1901.
Records of their experiments and a summing up of the data in regard to yellow fever and the
mosquito.
Reed, Walter, and Carroll, James. The Prevention of Yellow Fever. Med. Record, Oct. 26,
1901, pp. 441–449. History of the disease, especially in U.S., results of the work of Yellow
Fever Com. description, life-history and habits of the mosquito, its relation to yellow fever,
methods of control. Important paper.
Reed, Walter. Recent Researches Concerning the Ætiology, Propagation and Prevention of
Yellow Fever by U.S. Army Com. Jour. Hyg., 2, 1902, pp. 101–119. Review of work of the
Yellow Fever Com. and the importance of the results. Bibliography.
Rosenan, M.J., Parker, H.B., Francis, E., and Beyer, G.E. Rept. of Working Party No. 2,
Yellow Fever Institute. Experimental studies in yellow fever and malaria at Vera Cruz, Mex.
U.S. Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., May, 1904. Includes experiments and observations on
mosquitoes.
Rosenan, M.J., and Goldberger, Jos. Report of Working Party No. 3, Yellow Fever Institute.
Yellow Fever Inst. Bull. 15, Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., 1906. Unsuccessful attempts to
grow the yellow fever parasite. Negative results in the experimental study of the hereditary
transmission of the yellow fever in the mosquito. Appendix A gives a translation of Marchoux
and Simonds' report in which they report positive results in their experiments along the same
line.
Sternberg, G.M. Transmission of Yellow Fever by Mosquitoes. Smith. Rept., 1900, pp. 657–
673. Review of the early theories in regard to yellow fever and the work and findings of the
yellow fever commission.
Department of Havana. Amer. Med., Vol. II, No. 21, 1901, pp. 809–817. Experiments show
that all types of the yellow fever from mild to severe may be produced by the bite of the
mosquito.
McFarland, Joseph. Life and Work of James Carroll. Memoir read at the fifth annual meeting
of the Soc. of Tropical Med., 1908. Early life of Carroll and his work with the Yellow Fever
Com.
Parker, H.B., Beyer, G.E., and Pothier, O.L. Rept. of Working Party No. 1, Yellow Fever
Institute. Bull. 13, Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., 1903. As a result of their studies they
believe that the disease is caused by a protozoan parasite which they name and describe.
Discuss the relation of mosquitoes to the disease.
Reed, Walter; Carroll, James; and Agramonte, A. Experimental Yellow Fever. Amer. Med.,
July 6, 1901, pp. 15–23. Records of certain experiments and their results.
Reed, Walter; Carroll, James; and Agramonte, C.A. The Ætiology of Yellow Fever. A
preliminary note presented at the Amer. Pub. Health Assn. Philad. Med. Jour., Oct. 27, 1900,
pp. 790–796. Also an additional note in Jour. Amer. Med. Assn., 36, pp. 431–440, 1901.
Records of their experiments and a summing up of the data in regard to yellow fever and the
mosquito.
Reed, Walter, and Carroll, James. The Prevention of Yellow Fever. Med. Record, Oct. 26,
1901, pp. 441–449. History of the disease, especially in U.S., results of the work of Yellow
Fever Com. description, life-history and habits of the mosquito, its relation to yellow fever,
methods of control. Important paper.
Reed, Walter. Recent Researches Concerning the Ætiology, Propagation and Prevention of
Yellow Fever by U.S. Army Com. Jour. Hyg., 2, 1902, pp. 101–119. Review of work of the
Yellow Fever Com. and the importance of the results. Bibliography.
Rosenan, M.J., Parker, H.B., Francis, E., and Beyer, G.E. Rept. of Working Party No. 2,
Yellow Fever Institute. Experimental studies in yellow fever and malaria at Vera Cruz, Mex.
U.S. Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., May, 1904. Includes experiments and observations on
mosquitoes.
Rosenan, M.J., and Goldberger, Jos. Report of Working Party No. 3, Yellow Fever Institute.
Yellow Fever Inst. Bull. 15, Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., 1906. Unsuccessful attempts to
grow the yellow fever parasite. Negative results in the experimental study of the hereditary
transmission of the yellow fever in the mosquito. Appendix A gives a translation of Marchoux
and Simonds' report in which they report positive results in their experiments along the same
line.
Sternberg, G.M. Transmission of Yellow Fever by Mosquitoes. Smith. Rept., 1900, pp. 657–
673. Review of the early theories in regard to yellow fever and the work and findings of the
yellow fever commission.
Page 198
White, J.H. Yellow Fever and the Mosquito. Jour. Amer. Med. Assn., LI, No. 26, Dec. 26, 1908.
Considers both S. calopus and C. pungens. Results of early mistakes. Necessity of destroying
mosquito. Methods of destroying mosquito. Habits of mosquito.
Abstract of the Report of the French Yellow Fever Com. at Rio de Janeiro, 1903. Pub. Health
Report, Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., Vol. 19, Pt. I, p. 1019. A summary of their findings
and conclusions to the date of report.
de Ybarra, A.M.F. Yellow Fever Again in Cuba. Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., XI, Mar. 2, 1908, pp.
73–78. Cites a number of cases of yellow fever within the last few years and uses them as
evidence to show that the disease may be transmitted in other ways than by the mosquito. A
strong summing up of the arguments against the mosquito theory. Reprint of editorial in Tex.
Med. Jour., Oct., 1907, also follows this article.
The Extinction of Yellow Fever at Rio de Janeiro. Lancet, II, 1909, p. 404. A review of a French
publication giving the results of the work from 1903 to present time. In 1903 before work was
begun there were 584 deaths from yellow fever. In 1908 only 4, and none so far in 1909.
Success accredited to mosquito work and general sanitation.
A Pioneer in Research on Yellow Fever. Editorial in Brit. Med. Jour., May 30, 1908, p. 1306.
Refers to the work of L.D. Beauperthuy, who, in 1853, set forth the theory that yellow fever
was transmitted by mosquitoes.
DENGUE
Ashburn, P.M., and Craig, C.F. Experimental Investigations Regarding the Ætiology of
Dengue Fever. Jour. Infec. Diseases, Vol. V, 1907, pp. 440–475. Conclude that the disease is
spread only by mosquitoes.
Coleman, Thomas D. Dengue. Osler's Mod. Med., Vol. II, 1907, p. 489. Ætiology, pathology,
etc.; possibility of Culex fatigans disseminating the disease.
Graham, H. "The Dengue"; a Study of Its Pathology and Mode of Propagation. Jour. of Trop.
Med. & Hyg., July 1, 1903, p. 209. Experiments which seem to show that dengue is
transmitted by Culex fatigans.
Leichtenstern, O. Dengue. In Nothnagel's Encyclopedia of Practical Med., Amer. Ed., 1905,
pp. 720–743. Consideration of the disease and its transmission.
Ross, E.H. The Prevention of Dengue Fever. Amer. Trop. Med. & Parasit., Vol. II, No. 3, July 1,
1908, pp. 193–195. A successful campaign against the mosquitoes in Port Said in 1906
stopped the outbreaks of malaria and dengue.
Dengue and Sand-flies. Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., 12, 1909, pp. 172–173. A note on these pages
refers to the work of Dr. R. Doerr, who suspects that dengue may be carried by sand-flies,
Phlobotomus, as well as by mosquitoes.
FILARIAL DISEASES AND ELEPHANTIASIS
Considers both S. calopus and C. pungens. Results of early mistakes. Necessity of destroying
mosquito. Methods of destroying mosquito. Habits of mosquito.
Abstract of the Report of the French Yellow Fever Com. at Rio de Janeiro, 1903. Pub. Health
Report, Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., Vol. 19, Pt. I, p. 1019. A summary of their findings
and conclusions to the date of report.
de Ybarra, A.M.F. Yellow Fever Again in Cuba. Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., XI, Mar. 2, 1908, pp.
73–78. Cites a number of cases of yellow fever within the last few years and uses them as
evidence to show that the disease may be transmitted in other ways than by the mosquito. A
strong summing up of the arguments against the mosquito theory. Reprint of editorial in Tex.
Med. Jour., Oct., 1907, also follows this article.
The Extinction of Yellow Fever at Rio de Janeiro. Lancet, II, 1909, p. 404. A review of a French
publication giving the results of the work from 1903 to present time. In 1903 before work was
begun there were 584 deaths from yellow fever. In 1908 only 4, and none so far in 1909.
Success accredited to mosquito work and general sanitation.
A Pioneer in Research on Yellow Fever. Editorial in Brit. Med. Jour., May 30, 1908, p. 1306.
Refers to the work of L.D. Beauperthuy, who, in 1853, set forth the theory that yellow fever
was transmitted by mosquitoes.
DENGUE
Ashburn, P.M., and Craig, C.F. Experimental Investigations Regarding the Ætiology of
Dengue Fever. Jour. Infec. Diseases, Vol. V, 1907, pp. 440–475. Conclude that the disease is
spread only by mosquitoes.
Coleman, Thomas D. Dengue. Osler's Mod. Med., Vol. II, 1907, p. 489. Ætiology, pathology,
etc.; possibility of Culex fatigans disseminating the disease.
Graham, H. "The Dengue"; a Study of Its Pathology and Mode of Propagation. Jour. of Trop.
Med. & Hyg., July 1, 1903, p. 209. Experiments which seem to show that dengue is
transmitted by Culex fatigans.
Leichtenstern, O. Dengue. In Nothnagel's Encyclopedia of Practical Med., Amer. Ed., 1905,
pp. 720–743. Consideration of the disease and its transmission.
Ross, E.H. The Prevention of Dengue Fever. Amer. Trop. Med. & Parasit., Vol. II, No. 3, July 1,
1908, pp. 193–195. A successful campaign against the mosquitoes in Port Said in 1906
stopped the outbreaks of malaria and dengue.
Dengue and Sand-flies. Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., 12, 1909, pp. 172–173. A note on these pages
refers to the work of Dr. R. Doerr, who suspects that dengue may be carried by sand-flies,
Phlobotomus, as well as by mosquitoes.
FILARIAL DISEASES AND ELEPHANTIASIS
Page 199
Christophers, S.R. What Is Really Known of the Cause of Elephantiasis. Ind. Med. Gaz., Nov.,
1907, p. 404. Questions Manson's theory in regard to the disease being caused by filaria.
Manson, Patrick. Tropical Diseases. London, 1908, pp. 594–648. A most comprehensive
chapter on filariasis and elephantiasis.
Phalen, J.M., and Nichols, H.J. Filariasis and Elephantiasis in Southern Luzon. Phil. Jour. Sci.,
Sept., 1908. Culex microannulatus regarded as the carrier of the filaria.
Prout, W.T. On the Rôle of Filaria in the Production of Disease. Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., Apr.
1, 1908, p. 109. Discussion of same in same journal, June 1, 1908.
White, Duncan. Filarial Periodicity and Its Association with Eosinophilia. Jour. Trop. Med. &
Hyg., 12, July 15, 1909, pp. 175–183. Among other things he discusses the relation of
mosquitoes to filarial diseases.
LEPROSY
Brinckerhoff, W.R. A Note upon the Possibility of the Mosquito Acting in the Transmission of
Leprosy. Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser. (general publications), 1908. Suggests the
possibilities of such transmission, but concludes that the probabilities are against it.
Goodhue, E.S. The Bacillus Lepræ in the Gnat and Bedbug. Ind. Med. Gaz., Vol. XLI, Aug.,
1906, p. 342. Has found this bacillus in mosquitoes and bedbugs, but believes the latter is
more concerned in transmitting the disease.
Goodhue, E.S. Mosquitoes and Their Relation to Leprosy in Hawaii. Amer. Med., N.S., 2, 1907,
p. 593. Suggests that mosquitoes may carry the disease, also warns against danger from flies
and bedbugs.
Hutchinson, J. Mosquitoes and Leprosy. Brit. Med. Jour., Dec. 22, 1906, Vol. II, p. 1841.
Evidence against the insect theory of transmission of leprosy.
Mugliston, T.C. On a Possible Mode of Communication of Leprosy. Jour. Trop. Med., Vol.
VIII, July 15, 1905, p. 209. Suggests that the itch-mite may be the carrier of leprosy. Studies
on 77 lepers led him to this conclusion.
Smyth, W.R. Leprosy. Brit. Med. Jour., Dec. 8, 1906, Vol. II, p. 1670. Believes that bedbugs or
some similar wingless parasite conveys the disease.
PLAGUE
Brannerman, W.B. Spread of Plague in India. Jour. of Hyg., Vol. 6, No. 2, Apr., 1906, pp. 179–
211. A digest of experiments made in India. Discusses various ways in which the disease may
be spread. Review of the evidence that insects may be concerned. Bibliography.
Calvert, W.J. Plague. Osler's Mod. Med., Vol. II, 1907, p. 760. History; bacteriology;
pathology; plague among animals; transmission, etc.
1907, p. 404. Questions Manson's theory in regard to the disease being caused by filaria.
Manson, Patrick. Tropical Diseases. London, 1908, pp. 594–648. A most comprehensive
chapter on filariasis and elephantiasis.
Phalen, J.M., and Nichols, H.J. Filariasis and Elephantiasis in Southern Luzon. Phil. Jour. Sci.,
Sept., 1908. Culex microannulatus regarded as the carrier of the filaria.
Prout, W.T. On the Rôle of Filaria in the Production of Disease. Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., Apr.
1, 1908, p. 109. Discussion of same in same journal, June 1, 1908.
White, Duncan. Filarial Periodicity and Its Association with Eosinophilia. Jour. Trop. Med. &
Hyg., 12, July 15, 1909, pp. 175–183. Among other things he discusses the relation of
mosquitoes to filarial diseases.
LEPROSY
Brinckerhoff, W.R. A Note upon the Possibility of the Mosquito Acting in the Transmission of
Leprosy. Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser. (general publications), 1908. Suggests the
possibilities of such transmission, but concludes that the probabilities are against it.
Goodhue, E.S. The Bacillus Lepræ in the Gnat and Bedbug. Ind. Med. Gaz., Vol. XLI, Aug.,
1906, p. 342. Has found this bacillus in mosquitoes and bedbugs, but believes the latter is
more concerned in transmitting the disease.
Goodhue, E.S. Mosquitoes and Their Relation to Leprosy in Hawaii. Amer. Med., N.S., 2, 1907,
p. 593. Suggests that mosquitoes may carry the disease, also warns against danger from flies
and bedbugs.
Hutchinson, J. Mosquitoes and Leprosy. Brit. Med. Jour., Dec. 22, 1906, Vol. II, p. 1841.
Evidence against the insect theory of transmission of leprosy.
Mugliston, T.C. On a Possible Mode of Communication of Leprosy. Jour. Trop. Med., Vol.
VIII, July 15, 1905, p. 209. Suggests that the itch-mite may be the carrier of leprosy. Studies
on 77 lepers led him to this conclusion.
Smyth, W.R. Leprosy. Brit. Med. Jour., Dec. 8, 1906, Vol. II, p. 1670. Believes that bedbugs or
some similar wingless parasite conveys the disease.
PLAGUE
Brannerman, W.B. Spread of Plague in India. Jour. of Hyg., Vol. 6, No. 2, Apr., 1906, pp. 179–
211. A digest of experiments made in India. Discusses various ways in which the disease may
be spread. Review of the evidence that insects may be concerned. Bibliography.
Calvert, W.J. Plague. Osler's Mod. Med., Vol. II, 1907, p. 760. History; bacteriology;
pathology; plague among animals; transmission, etc.
Page 200
Ham, B. Burnett. Report on Plague in Queensland, 1900–1907. P. 153 discusses the rat-flea
theory of dissemination of bubonic plague, summing up the evidence of various observers,
including the Indian Advisory Com. and others. Considers the evidence conclusive that P.
cheopis and possibly C. fasciatus transmit plague. Other pages discuss various rat fleas and
their relation to plague in rats.
Hankin, E.H. On the Epidemiology of Plague. Jour. Hyg., 5, 1905, pp. 48–83. A comprehensive
discussion of the disease and its spread, several pages devoted to rats and fleas; evidence for
and against the theory that rats and fleas are the principal carriers of the disease.
Herzog, Max. The Plague, Bacteriology, Morbid Anatomy & Histopathology, Including the
Consideration of Insects as Plague Carriers. Biological Laboratory Bureau of Govt.
Laboratories, Manila, Oct., 1904. Reviews the evidence regarding the possibility of fleas
carrying plague; describes a new rat flea (Pulex philippinensis); records experiments with
fleas and cites a case of bubonic plague in a child in which the infection was possibly carried
by Pediculi.
McCoy, G.W. Plague Bacilli in Ectoparasites of Squirrels. Pub. Health Reports, Pub. Health
and Mar. Hospt. Ser., Vol. XXIV, No. 16, Apr. 16, 1909. Experiments with fleas and lice from
infected squirrels demonstrating presence of plague bacilli.
McCoy, G.W. The Susceptibility of Gophers, Field-mice and Ground-squirrels to Plague
Infection. Jour. of Infec. Diseases, Vol. 6, 1909, No. 3, pp. 283–288. Gophers highly resistant,
field-mice moderately susceptible and ground-squirrels very susceptible to plague.
Mitzmain, M.B. Insect Transmission of Bubonic Plague: a Study of the San Francisco
Epidemic. Ento. News, 19, No. 8, 1908, pp. 353–359. Fleas obtained in examination of 1,800
rats. Attempt to locate source of rat and flea introduction.
Morton, F.M. Eradicating Plague from San Francisco. Report of the Citizens' Health Com. and
an account of its work. San Francisco, 1909. Discusses the epidemics, methods of
transmission, methods of fighting, etc.
Rucker, W.C. Plague Among Ground-squirrels in Contra Costa Co., Cal. Pub. Health Reports,
Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., Aug. 27, 1909. Reports of human cases supposed to be
connected with plague among ground-squirrels. Plague among squirrels; habits, methods of
fighting, etc.
Rucker, W.C. Fighting an Unseen Foe. Sunset Mag., XXII, No. 2, Feb., 1909. Story of the fight
against plague in San Francisco.
Shipley, A.E. Rats and Their Animal Parasites. Jour. Eco. Biology, Vol. III, No. 3, Oct. 28,
1908. List of species of ecto- and endoparasites.
Simpson, W.J. A Treatise on Plague. Cambridge Univ. Press, London, 1906. Deals with
historical, epidemiological, clinical, therapeutic and preventive aspect of the disease.
theory of dissemination of bubonic plague, summing up the evidence of various observers,
including the Indian Advisory Com. and others. Considers the evidence conclusive that P.
cheopis and possibly C. fasciatus transmit plague. Other pages discuss various rat fleas and
their relation to plague in rats.
Hankin, E.H. On the Epidemiology of Plague. Jour. Hyg., 5, 1905, pp. 48–83. A comprehensive
discussion of the disease and its spread, several pages devoted to rats and fleas; evidence for
and against the theory that rats and fleas are the principal carriers of the disease.
Herzog, Max. The Plague, Bacteriology, Morbid Anatomy & Histopathology, Including the
Consideration of Insects as Plague Carriers. Biological Laboratory Bureau of Govt.
Laboratories, Manila, Oct., 1904. Reviews the evidence regarding the possibility of fleas
carrying plague; describes a new rat flea (Pulex philippinensis); records experiments with
fleas and cites a case of bubonic plague in a child in which the infection was possibly carried
by Pediculi.
McCoy, G.W. Plague Bacilli in Ectoparasites of Squirrels. Pub. Health Reports, Pub. Health
and Mar. Hospt. Ser., Vol. XXIV, No. 16, Apr. 16, 1909. Experiments with fleas and lice from
infected squirrels demonstrating presence of plague bacilli.
McCoy, G.W. The Susceptibility of Gophers, Field-mice and Ground-squirrels to Plague
Infection. Jour. of Infec. Diseases, Vol. 6, 1909, No. 3, pp. 283–288. Gophers highly resistant,
field-mice moderately susceptible and ground-squirrels very susceptible to plague.
Mitzmain, M.B. Insect Transmission of Bubonic Plague: a Study of the San Francisco
Epidemic. Ento. News, 19, No. 8, 1908, pp. 353–359. Fleas obtained in examination of 1,800
rats. Attempt to locate source of rat and flea introduction.
Morton, F.M. Eradicating Plague from San Francisco. Report of the Citizens' Health Com. and
an account of its work. San Francisco, 1909. Discusses the epidemics, methods of
transmission, methods of fighting, etc.
Rucker, W.C. Plague Among Ground-squirrels in Contra Costa Co., Cal. Pub. Health Reports,
Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., Aug. 27, 1909. Reports of human cases supposed to be
connected with plague among ground-squirrels. Plague among squirrels; habits, methods of
fighting, etc.
Rucker, W.C. Fighting an Unseen Foe. Sunset Mag., XXII, No. 2, Feb., 1909. Story of the fight
against plague in San Francisco.
Shipley, A.E. Rats and Their Animal Parasites. Jour. Eco. Biology, Vol. III, No. 3, Oct. 28,
1908. List of species of ecto- and endoparasites.
Simpson, W.J. A Treatise on Plague. Cambridge Univ. Press, London, 1906. Deals with
historical, epidemiological, clinical, therapeutic and preventive aspect of the disease.
Page 201
Thompson, J.A. The Mode of Spread and Prevention of Plague in Australia. Lancet, Oct. 19,
1907, p. 1104. Rat fleas the essential factor in transmitting plague, and preventive methods
should be directed against the rats.
Thompson, J.A. On the Epidemiology of Plague. Jour. Hyg., Vol. VI, No. 5, Oct., 1906. Methods
of infection, spread, relation of rats to the disease and a review of the rat-flea theory.
Bibliography.
Verjbitski, D.T. The Part Played by Insects in the Epidemiology of Plague. Jour. Hyg., 8, 1908,
No. 2, pp. 162–208. Record of extensive experiments with fleas. Fleas communicated plague
for three days, bedbugs for five days. Interrelation of fleas, rats, dogs, cats, and man. An
important article translated from Russian.
Wherry, W.B. Further Notes on the Rat Leprosy and on the Fate of the Human and Rat Leper
Bacillus in Flies. Jour. Infec. Diseases, Vol. 5, No. 5, 1908. Discussion and references,
experiments with flies, summary, etc. More than 1,115 lepra-like bacilli were counted in a
single fly-speck.
Wherry, W.B. Plague Among the Ground-squirrels of California. Jour. Infec. Diseases, Vol. 5,
No. 5, 1908, pp. 485–533. How the plague was first discovered among rats, records of cases
and a discussion of the possible relation of this to human plague cases.
Eradicating Plague in San Francisco; Report of the Citizens' Health Committee, 1909. An
account of the recent outbreaks and the methods of fighting them.
Report of the Indian Plague Commission, Vol. V, pp. 75–77, 1901. In these pages the
Commission considers the question of the transference of plague by suctorial insects. It
considers Simonds' claims and others and believes that "suctorial insects do not come under
consideration with the spread of plague."
Reports on Plague Investigations in India Issued by the Advisory Committee Appointed by the
Sec. of State for India, the Royal Society and the Lister Institute. The reports include the
reports of the Working Commission appointed by the Advisory Committee and reports on
various contributory investigations. They are published in the Jour. of Hygiene as "Extra
Plague Numbers." All these reports deal very largely with the relation of the rat and flea to
plague, and are commonly referred to as "Reports of Indian Plague Commission." The first
number, Vol. VI, Sept., 1906, contains articles on "Experiments upon the Transmission of
Plague by Fleas." "Note on the Species of Fleas Found on Rats, Mus rattus and Mus
decumanus in Different Parts of the World." "The Physiological Anatomy of the Mouth-parts
and Alimentary Canal of the Indian Rat Flea, Pulex cheopis," and other papers on the relation
of rats to plague. The second number, Vol. VII, July, 1907, contains articles on "On the
Significance of the Locality of the Primary Bubo in Animals Infected with Plague in Nature,"
"Further Observations on the Transmission of Plague by Fleas with Special Reference to the
Fate of Plague Bacillus in the Body of the Rat Flea," "Experimental Production of Plague
Epidemics Among Animals," "Experiments in Plague Houses in Bombay," "On the External
Anatomy of the Indian Rat Flea and Its Differentiation from Some Other Common Fleas," "A
Note on Man as a Host of the Indian Rat Flea," and others on the relation of rats to plague.
1907, p. 1104. Rat fleas the essential factor in transmitting plague, and preventive methods
should be directed against the rats.
Thompson, J.A. On the Epidemiology of Plague. Jour. Hyg., Vol. VI, No. 5, Oct., 1906. Methods
of infection, spread, relation of rats to the disease and a review of the rat-flea theory.
Bibliography.
Verjbitski, D.T. The Part Played by Insects in the Epidemiology of Plague. Jour. Hyg., 8, 1908,
No. 2, pp. 162–208. Record of extensive experiments with fleas. Fleas communicated plague
for three days, bedbugs for five days. Interrelation of fleas, rats, dogs, cats, and man. An
important article translated from Russian.
Wherry, W.B. Further Notes on the Rat Leprosy and on the Fate of the Human and Rat Leper
Bacillus in Flies. Jour. Infec. Diseases, Vol. 5, No. 5, 1908. Discussion and references,
experiments with flies, summary, etc. More than 1,115 lepra-like bacilli were counted in a
single fly-speck.
Wherry, W.B. Plague Among the Ground-squirrels of California. Jour. Infec. Diseases, Vol. 5,
No. 5, 1908, pp. 485–533. How the plague was first discovered among rats, records of cases
and a discussion of the possible relation of this to human plague cases.
Eradicating Plague in San Francisco; Report of the Citizens' Health Committee, 1909. An
account of the recent outbreaks and the methods of fighting them.
Report of the Indian Plague Commission, Vol. V, pp. 75–77, 1901. In these pages the
Commission considers the question of the transference of plague by suctorial insects. It
considers Simonds' claims and others and believes that "suctorial insects do not come under
consideration with the spread of plague."
Reports on Plague Investigations in India Issued by the Advisory Committee Appointed by the
Sec. of State for India, the Royal Society and the Lister Institute. The reports include the
reports of the Working Commission appointed by the Advisory Committee and reports on
various contributory investigations. They are published in the Jour. of Hygiene as "Extra
Plague Numbers." All these reports deal very largely with the relation of the rat and flea to
plague, and are commonly referred to as "Reports of Indian Plague Commission." The first
number, Vol. VI, Sept., 1906, contains articles on "Experiments upon the Transmission of
Plague by Fleas." "Note on the Species of Fleas Found on Rats, Mus rattus and Mus
decumanus in Different Parts of the World." "The Physiological Anatomy of the Mouth-parts
and Alimentary Canal of the Indian Rat Flea, Pulex cheopis," and other papers on the relation
of rats to plague. The second number, Vol. VII, July, 1907, contains articles on "On the
Significance of the Locality of the Primary Bubo in Animals Infected with Plague in Nature,"
"Further Observations on the Transmission of Plague by Fleas with Special Reference to the
Fate of Plague Bacillus in the Body of the Rat Flea," "Experimental Production of Plague
Epidemics Among Animals," "Experiments in Plague Houses in Bombay," "On the External
Anatomy of the Indian Rat Flea and Its Differentiation from Some Other Common Fleas," "A
Note on Man as a Host of the Indian Rat Flea," and others on the relation of rats to plague.
Page 202
The third number, Vol. VII, Dec., 1907, contains articles on "Digest of Recent Observations
on the Epidemiology of Plague" (Bibliography), "Epidemiological Observations in Bombay
City," "Epidemiological Observations in the Villages of Wadhala, Parel, Worli in the
Neighborhood of Bombay Village," "General Considerations Regarding the Spread of
Infection, Infectivity of Houses, etc., in Bombay City and Island," "Epidemiological
Observations in the villages of Dhand and Kasel (Punjab)." The fourth number, Vol. VIII,
May, 1908, contains articles on "The Part Played by Insects in the Epidemiology of Plague"
(see also ref. under D.T. Verjbitski), "Observations on the Bionomics of Fleas with Special
Reference to P. cheopis," "The Mechanism by Means of Which the Flea Cleans Itself of
Plague Bacilli," "On the Seasonal Prevalence of Plague in India."
See also under Fleas.
FLEAS
Baker, C.F. Fleas and Disease. Science, N.S., Vol. 22, No. 559, Sept. 15, 1905, p. 340.
Discusses the possibility of fleas transmitting leprosy.
Doane, R.W. Notes on Fleas, Collected on Rat and Human Hosts in San Francisco and
Elsewhere. Can. Ento., 40, 1908, pp. 303–304. Shows that Ceratophyllus fasciatus and Pulex
irritans are common on both man and rats.
Fox, Carroll. The Flea in Its Relation to Plague, with a Synopsis of the Rat Fleas. The Military
Surgeon, 24, June, 1909, pp. 528–537. Review of the work of the Indian Plague Commission
and others. Key for identification of rat fleas.
Galli-Valerio. The Part Played by Fleas of Rats and Mice in the Transmission of Bubonic
Plague. Jour. Trop. Med., Feb., 1902. Attacks the theory that plague can be conveyed from
rats to men by fleas because rat fleas do not bite men.
McCoy, G.W. Siphonaptera Observed in the Plague Campaign in California with a Note upon
Host Transference. Pub. Health Report, Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., Vol. XXIV, No. 29,
July 16, 1909. Lists of species from various hosts. Report on experiments in transferring rat
fleas to squirrels and squirrel fleas to rats.
McCoy, G.W., and Mitzmain, M.B. An Experimental Investigation of the Biting of Man by
Fleas Taken from Rats and Squirrels. Public Health Report, XXIV, No. 8, Feb. 19, 1909, pp.
189–194. Rat and squirrel fleas will bite man.
Mitzmain, M.B. Insect Transmission of Bubonic Plague. A Study of the San Francisco
Epidemic. Entomological News, Oct., 1908. Source and distribution of species of fleas and
brief notes on work of Indian Plague Commission.
Mitzmain, M.B. How a Hungry Flea Feeds. Entomological News, Dec., 1908.
Mitzmain, M.B. Some New Facts on the Bionomics of the California Rodent Fleas. Annals
Ento. Soc. Amer., III, pp. 61–82, 1910.
on the Epidemiology of Plague" (Bibliography), "Epidemiological Observations in Bombay
City," "Epidemiological Observations in the Villages of Wadhala, Parel, Worli in the
Neighborhood of Bombay Village," "General Considerations Regarding the Spread of
Infection, Infectivity of Houses, etc., in Bombay City and Island," "Epidemiological
Observations in the villages of Dhand and Kasel (Punjab)." The fourth number, Vol. VIII,
May, 1908, contains articles on "The Part Played by Insects in the Epidemiology of Plague"
(see also ref. under D.T. Verjbitski), "Observations on the Bionomics of Fleas with Special
Reference to P. cheopis," "The Mechanism by Means of Which the Flea Cleans Itself of
Plague Bacilli," "On the Seasonal Prevalence of Plague in India."
See also under Fleas.
FLEAS
Baker, C.F. Fleas and Disease. Science, N.S., Vol. 22, No. 559, Sept. 15, 1905, p. 340.
Discusses the possibility of fleas transmitting leprosy.
Doane, R.W. Notes on Fleas, Collected on Rat and Human Hosts in San Francisco and
Elsewhere. Can. Ento., 40, 1908, pp. 303–304. Shows that Ceratophyllus fasciatus and Pulex
irritans are common on both man and rats.
Fox, Carroll. The Flea in Its Relation to Plague, with a Synopsis of the Rat Fleas. The Military
Surgeon, 24, June, 1909, pp. 528–537. Review of the work of the Indian Plague Commission
and others. Key for identification of rat fleas.
Galli-Valerio. The Part Played by Fleas of Rats and Mice in the Transmission of Bubonic
Plague. Jour. Trop. Med., Feb., 1902. Attacks the theory that plague can be conveyed from
rats to men by fleas because rat fleas do not bite men.
McCoy, G.W. Siphonaptera Observed in the Plague Campaign in California with a Note upon
Host Transference. Pub. Health Report, Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., Vol. XXIV, No. 29,
July 16, 1909. Lists of species from various hosts. Report on experiments in transferring rat
fleas to squirrels and squirrel fleas to rats.
McCoy, G.W., and Mitzmain, M.B. An Experimental Investigation of the Biting of Man by
Fleas Taken from Rats and Squirrels. Public Health Report, XXIV, No. 8, Feb. 19, 1909, pp.
189–194. Rat and squirrel fleas will bite man.
Mitzmain, M.B. Insect Transmission of Bubonic Plague. A Study of the San Francisco
Epidemic. Entomological News, Oct., 1908. Source and distribution of species of fleas and
brief notes on work of Indian Plague Commission.
Mitzmain, M.B. How a Hungry Flea Feeds. Entomological News, Dec., 1908.
Mitzmain, M.B. Some New Facts on the Bionomics of the California Rodent Fleas. Annals
Ento. Soc. Amer., III, pp. 61–82, 1910.
Page 203
Shipley, A.E. Rats and Their Animal Parasites. Jour. of Economic Biology, Vol. 3, No. 3, Oct.
28, 1908. List of species ecto- and endoparasites.
See also reports of Advisory Commission under Plague.
TYPHOID FEVER
Anderson, J.F. The Differentiation of Outbreaks of Typhoid Fever Due to Water, Milk, Flies and
Contact. Amer. Jour. Pub. Health, 19, pp. 251–259. Discusses flies and typhoid.
McCrae, Thomas. Typhoid Fever. Osler's Mod. Med., Vol. II, p. 70, 1907. A full discussion of
this disease.
Reed, Walter; Vaughan, V.C., and Shakespeare, E.O. Abstract of Report on the Origin and
Spread of Typhoid Fever in the U.S. Military Camps During the Spanish War of 1898.
Washington, Govt. Printing Office, 1900. Shows among other things that "flies undoubtedly
served as carriers of infection."
Roseman, M.J., Lumsden, L.L., and Kastle, J.H. Report on Origin and Prevalence of Typhoid
Fever in D.C. Including reports by Stiles, Goldberger and Stimson. Bull. 35 of Hygienic
Laboratory of U.S. Public Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., 1907. (Second report in Bull. 44,
1907, includes nothing about insects.)
Veeder, M.A. Typhoid Fever from Sources Other Than Water Supply. Med. Record, 62, pp.
121–124, July 26, 1902. Cites several instances where flies might act as the carriers of the
disease.
Whipple, Geo. C. Typhoid Fever, Its Causation, Transmission and Prevention. N.Y., 1908.
Considers that house-flies and probably fruit-flies carry typhoid bacilli.
HOUSE-FLIES; ANATOMY, LIFE-HISTORY, HABITS
Felt, E.P. Observations on the House-fly. Jour. Eco. Ento., III, No. 1, Feb., 1910, pp. 24–26.
Shows that it does not breed freely in darkness.
Griffith, A. The Life-history of House-flies. Public Health (London), 21, No. 3, 1908, pp. 122–
127. Study of life-history. Flies require water frequently, eggs hatch in twenty-four hours,
larval stage four days. Each female may lay four batches of eggs. Destroy manure and
rubbish.
Hamer, W.H. The Breeding of Flies Summarized. Am. Med., 3, 1908, p. 431. Habits of flies and
experiments to show that they may carry the germs of various diseases.
Hepworth, John. On the Structure of the Foot of the Fly. Quar. Jour. Micro. Sci., II, 1859, pp.
158–563. One plate showing feet of different flies. A review of the older theories of how a fly
was able to walk on smooth surfaces.
28, 1908. List of species ecto- and endoparasites.
See also reports of Advisory Commission under Plague.
TYPHOID FEVER
Anderson, J.F. The Differentiation of Outbreaks of Typhoid Fever Due to Water, Milk, Flies and
Contact. Amer. Jour. Pub. Health, 19, pp. 251–259. Discusses flies and typhoid.
McCrae, Thomas. Typhoid Fever. Osler's Mod. Med., Vol. II, p. 70, 1907. A full discussion of
this disease.
Reed, Walter; Vaughan, V.C., and Shakespeare, E.O. Abstract of Report on the Origin and
Spread of Typhoid Fever in the U.S. Military Camps During the Spanish War of 1898.
Washington, Govt. Printing Office, 1900. Shows among other things that "flies undoubtedly
served as carriers of infection."
Roseman, M.J., Lumsden, L.L., and Kastle, J.H. Report on Origin and Prevalence of Typhoid
Fever in D.C. Including reports by Stiles, Goldberger and Stimson. Bull. 35 of Hygienic
Laboratory of U.S. Public Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., 1907. (Second report in Bull. 44,
1907, includes nothing about insects.)
Veeder, M.A. Typhoid Fever from Sources Other Than Water Supply. Med. Record, 62, pp.
121–124, July 26, 1902. Cites several instances where flies might act as the carriers of the
disease.
Whipple, Geo. C. Typhoid Fever, Its Causation, Transmission and Prevention. N.Y., 1908.
Considers that house-flies and probably fruit-flies carry typhoid bacilli.
HOUSE-FLIES; ANATOMY, LIFE-HISTORY, HABITS
Felt, E.P. Observations on the House-fly. Jour. Eco. Ento., III, No. 1, Feb., 1910, pp. 24–26.
Shows that it does not breed freely in darkness.
Griffith, A. The Life-history of House-flies. Public Health (London), 21, No. 3, 1908, pp. 122–
127. Study of life-history. Flies require water frequently, eggs hatch in twenty-four hours,
larval stage four days. Each female may lay four batches of eggs. Destroy manure and
rubbish.
Hamer, W.H. The Breeding of Flies Summarized. Am. Med., 3, 1908, p. 431. Habits of flies and
experiments to show that they may carry the germs of various diseases.
Hepworth, John. On the Structure of the Foot of the Fly. Quar. Jour. Micro. Sci., II, 1859, pp.
158–563. One plate showing feet of different flies. A review of the older theories of how a fly
was able to walk on smooth surfaces.
Page 204
Herms, W.B. The Essentials of House-fly Control. Bull. of Berkeley Board of Health, Berkeley,
Cal., 1909. Recommends removing manure as soon as possible and keeping it in tight bins
until removed. No very satisfactory insecticides have been found for use in treating manure
piles.
Herms, W.B. The Berkeley House-fly Campaign. Cal. Jour. of Technology, Vol. XIV, No. 2,
1909. Discusses the methods that have been used in fighting the fly in Berkeley, Cal.
Removing manure regularly or keeping it in closed bins recommended.
Hewitt, C.G. A Preliminary Account of the Life-history of the Common House-fly. Mem. and
Proc. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soc., 1906, Vol. 51, pp. 1–4.
Hewitt, C.G. On the Bionomics of Certain Calyptrate Mucidæ and Their Economic
Significance with Especial Reference to Flies Inhabiting Houses. Jour. Econ. Biol., 1907, Vol.
II, pp. 79–88. Character and importance of group and notes on many species.
Hewitt, C.G. Structure, Development and Bionomics of the House-fly, Muca domestica. Part I,
Quar. Jour. Micro. Sci., 1907, p. 395, on anatomy, external and internal, and bibliography.
Part II, same; 1908, p. 495. Breeding-habits, development and anatomy of larvæ,
bibliography. Part III, same; 1909, pp. 347–414. The bionomics, allies, parasites, and the
relations to human disease. The best article on the house-fly.
Howard, L.O. Further Notes on the House-fly. Bull. 10, U.S. Dept., Agric. Div. of Ento., p. 63,
1898. Experiments to kill larvæ in manure.
Howard, L.O. House-flies. U.S. Dept. of Agric., Bureau of Ento., Circular No. 71, revised ed.,
1906. Methods of control of house-fly and related species.
Howard, L.O., and Marlatt, C.L. Bull. 4, U.S. Dept. Agric., Div. of Ento., pp. 43–47, 1896.
General account with methods of controlling.
Jepson, F.P. The Breeding of the Common House-fly During the Winter Months. Jour. Econ.
Biol., 4, 1909, pp. 78–82. Records of certain experiments which show that the flies will breed
in winter under favorable conditions.
Newstead, R. Preliminary Report on the Habits, Life-cycle and Breeding-places of the
Common House-fly as Observed in the City of Liverpool, with Suggestions as to the Best
Means of Checking Its Increase. Liverpool, Oct. 3, 1907.
Newstead, R. On the Habits, Life-cycle and Breeding-places of the Common House-fly. Ann.
Trap. Med. Para., Vol. I, No. 4, Feb. 29, 1908, pp. 507–520. Final report on this subject.
Sums up notes on life-history, habits, breeding-places, etc. Important article.
Packard, A.S. On the Transformation of the Common House-fly with Notes on Allied Forms.
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XVI, 1874, pp. 136–140. Life-history and anatomy.
Wilcox, E.V. Fighting the House-fly. Country Life in America, May, 1908. Methods of
controlling this pest.
Cal., 1909. Recommends removing manure as soon as possible and keeping it in tight bins
until removed. No very satisfactory insecticides have been found for use in treating manure
piles.
Herms, W.B. The Berkeley House-fly Campaign. Cal. Jour. of Technology, Vol. XIV, No. 2,
1909. Discusses the methods that have been used in fighting the fly in Berkeley, Cal.
Removing manure regularly or keeping it in closed bins recommended.
Hewitt, C.G. A Preliminary Account of the Life-history of the Common House-fly. Mem. and
Proc. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soc., 1906, Vol. 51, pp. 1–4.
Hewitt, C.G. On the Bionomics of Certain Calyptrate Mucidæ and Their Economic
Significance with Especial Reference to Flies Inhabiting Houses. Jour. Econ. Biol., 1907, Vol.
II, pp. 79–88. Character and importance of group and notes on many species.
Hewitt, C.G. Structure, Development and Bionomics of the House-fly, Muca domestica. Part I,
Quar. Jour. Micro. Sci., 1907, p. 395, on anatomy, external and internal, and bibliography.
Part II, same; 1908, p. 495. Breeding-habits, development and anatomy of larvæ,
bibliography. Part III, same; 1909, pp. 347–414. The bionomics, allies, parasites, and the
relations to human disease. The best article on the house-fly.
Howard, L.O. Further Notes on the House-fly. Bull. 10, U.S. Dept., Agric. Div. of Ento., p. 63,
1898. Experiments to kill larvæ in manure.
Howard, L.O. House-flies. U.S. Dept. of Agric., Bureau of Ento., Circular No. 71, revised ed.,
1906. Methods of control of house-fly and related species.
Howard, L.O., and Marlatt, C.L. Bull. 4, U.S. Dept. Agric., Div. of Ento., pp. 43–47, 1896.
General account with methods of controlling.
Jepson, F.P. The Breeding of the Common House-fly During the Winter Months. Jour. Econ.
Biol., 4, 1909, pp. 78–82. Records of certain experiments which show that the flies will breed
in winter under favorable conditions.
Newstead, R. Preliminary Report on the Habits, Life-cycle and Breeding-places of the
Common House-fly as Observed in the City of Liverpool, with Suggestions as to the Best
Means of Checking Its Increase. Liverpool, Oct. 3, 1907.
Newstead, R. On the Habits, Life-cycle and Breeding-places of the Common House-fly. Ann.
Trap. Med. Para., Vol. I, No. 4, Feb. 29, 1908, pp. 507–520. Final report on this subject.
Sums up notes on life-history, habits, breeding-places, etc. Important article.
Packard, A.S. On the Transformation of the Common House-fly with Notes on Allied Forms.
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XVI, 1874, pp. 136–140. Life-history and anatomy.
Wilcox, E.V. Fighting the House-fly. Country Life in America, May, 1908. Methods of
controlling this pest.
Page 205
HOUSE-FLIES AND TYPHOID
Austen, E.E. The House-fly and Certain Allied Species as Disseminators of Enteric Fever
Among the Troops in the Field. Jour. Roy. Army Med. Corps, June, 1904. Suggests that it may
carry enteric fever and other diseases; method of control.
Felt, E.P. The Typhoid or House-fly and Disease. In 24th Rept. of State Ento. in N.Y. State
Museum Bull., No. 455, 1909. A general discussion with complete bibliography.
Firth, R.H., and Horrocks, W.H. An Inquiry Into the Influence of Soil, Fabrics, and Flies in the
Dissemination of Enteric Infection. Brit. Med. Jour., Vol. II, 1902, pp. 936–942. House-flies
carry enteric bacilli. They may pass through digestive tract and remain virulent.
Hamilton, Alice. The Fly as a Carrier of Typhoid. Jour. Amer. Med. Assn., 40, 1903, pp. 576–
83. A study of a typhoid outbreak in Chicago gives good evidence that the flies were
important factors in the spread of the disease.
Hewitt, C.G. The Biology of House-flies in Relation to Public Health. Royal Inst. Pub. Health
Jour., Oct., 1908.
Howard, L.O. A contribution to the Study of the Insect Fauna of Human Excrement. Proc.
Wash. Acad. Sci., 2, 1900, pp. 541–600. Special reference to the house-fly and typhoid fever.
Howard, L.O. Flies and Typhoid. Pop. Sci. Mo., Jan., 1901, pp. 249–256. A popular account of
several species of flies that may be concerned in carrying typhoid.
Klein, E. Flies as Carriers of B. typhus. Brit. Med. Jour., Oct. 17, 1908, pp. 1150–51. In cultures
made from flies he found great numbers of B. coli communis and B. typhosus, showing that
flies may carry these germs.
Martin, A. Flies in Relation to Typhoid and Summer Diarrhea. Public Health, 15, 1903, pp.
652–653. Believes that the house-fly is largely responsible for these diseases.
Reed, Walter. War Dept. An. Rept., 1899, pp. 627–633. Flies the cause of a typhoid outbreak in
army in 1899.
HOUSE-FLY AND VARIOUS DISEASES
Buchanan, R.A., Glasg, F.F., and M.B. The Carriage of Infection by Flies. Lancet, 173, 1907,
pp. 216–218. Flies carry various germs on their feet and distribute them where they walk.
Must protect food from contamination.
Brewster, E.T. The Fly. The Disease of the House. McClure's Magazine, XXXIII; No. 5, Sept.,
1909, pp. 564–568. Proposes to make use of tropisms for ridding the houses of flies.
Castellani, Aldo. Experimental Investigation on Frambœsia tropica (Yaws). Jour. of Hyg.,
Vol. VII, 1907, pp. 558–599. On pages 566–568 he discusses the part played by insects in
Austen, E.E. The House-fly and Certain Allied Species as Disseminators of Enteric Fever
Among the Troops in the Field. Jour. Roy. Army Med. Corps, June, 1904. Suggests that it may
carry enteric fever and other diseases; method of control.
Felt, E.P. The Typhoid or House-fly and Disease. In 24th Rept. of State Ento. in N.Y. State
Museum Bull., No. 455, 1909. A general discussion with complete bibliography.
Firth, R.H., and Horrocks, W.H. An Inquiry Into the Influence of Soil, Fabrics, and Flies in the
Dissemination of Enteric Infection. Brit. Med. Jour., Vol. II, 1902, pp. 936–942. House-flies
carry enteric bacilli. They may pass through digestive tract and remain virulent.
Hamilton, Alice. The Fly as a Carrier of Typhoid. Jour. Amer. Med. Assn., 40, 1903, pp. 576–
83. A study of a typhoid outbreak in Chicago gives good evidence that the flies were
important factors in the spread of the disease.
Hewitt, C.G. The Biology of House-flies in Relation to Public Health. Royal Inst. Pub. Health
Jour., Oct., 1908.
Howard, L.O. A contribution to the Study of the Insect Fauna of Human Excrement. Proc.
Wash. Acad. Sci., 2, 1900, pp. 541–600. Special reference to the house-fly and typhoid fever.
Howard, L.O. Flies and Typhoid. Pop. Sci. Mo., Jan., 1901, pp. 249–256. A popular account of
several species of flies that may be concerned in carrying typhoid.
Klein, E. Flies as Carriers of B. typhus. Brit. Med. Jour., Oct. 17, 1908, pp. 1150–51. In cultures
made from flies he found great numbers of B. coli communis and B. typhosus, showing that
flies may carry these germs.
Martin, A. Flies in Relation to Typhoid and Summer Diarrhea. Public Health, 15, 1903, pp.
652–653. Believes that the house-fly is largely responsible for these diseases.
Reed, Walter. War Dept. An. Rept., 1899, pp. 627–633. Flies the cause of a typhoid outbreak in
army in 1899.
HOUSE-FLY AND VARIOUS DISEASES
Buchanan, R.A., Glasg, F.F., and M.B. The Carriage of Infection by Flies. Lancet, 173, 1907,
pp. 216–218. Flies carry various germs on their feet and distribute them where they walk.
Must protect food from contamination.
Brewster, E.T. The Fly. The Disease of the House. McClure's Magazine, XXXIII; No. 5, Sept.,
1909, pp. 564–568. Proposes to make use of tropisms for ridding the houses of flies.
Castellani, Aldo. Experimental Investigation on Frambœsia tropica (Yaws). Jour. of Hyg.,
Vol. VII, 1907, pp. 558–599. On pages 566–568 he discusses the part played by insects in
Page 206
transmitting the disease. Gives detail of experiments conducted and concludes that under
certain conditions yaws may be conveyed by flies and possibly other insects.
Cobb, J.O. Is the Common House-fly a Factor in the Spread of Tuberculosis? Amer. Med., 9,
1905, pp. 475–477. Believes that the bacilli may enter the system through the digestive tract
and that flies carry them to our food.
Dickenson, G.K. The House-fly and Its Connection with Disease Dissemination. Med. Record,
71, 1907, pp. 134–139. Summary; bibliography.
Esten, W.M., and Mason, C.J. Sources of Bacteria in Milk. Starr's Agric. Ex. Stn., Conn. Bull.,
51, 1908. Shows how flies may carry bacteria to milk. Table showing number of bacteria on
flies from various sources.
Felt, E.P. The Economic Status of the House-fly. Jour. Eco. Ento., Vol. 2, No. 1, Feb., 1909, pp.
39–45. A summary of the charges, possibilities, proofs, etc. Discussion.
Gudger, E.W. Early Note on Flies as Transmitters of Disease. Science, N.S. Vol. 31, Jan. 7,
1910, pp. 31–32.
Hamer, W.H. Nuisance from Flies. London County Council Rept. No. 1,138, pp. 1–10, and No.
1,207, pp. 1–6, 1908. Observations on various flies and their relation to diseases.
Hayward, E.H. The Fly as a Carrier of Tuberculosis Infection. N.Y. Med. Jour., 80, 1904, pp.
643–644. Tubercular bacilli pass through the digestive tract of flies and remain virulent.
Howard, L.O. The Carriage of Disease by Flies. Bull. 30, N.S., pp. 39–45, U.S. Dept. Agric,
Div. of Ento., 1901. Discussion of flies as carriers of disease.
Howard, L.O. House-flies. U.S. Dept. of Agric., Bureau of Ento., Cir. No. 71, revised ed., Sept.
21, 1906. Notes on the various species visiting houses; habits; methods of control; regulations
for controlling flies in cities.
Hutchinson, Woods. The Story of the Fly That Does Not Wipe Its Feet. Sat. Evening Post,
March 7, 1908.
Jackson, Daniel D. Conveyance of Disease by Flies Summarized. Bost. Med. & Surg. Jour.,
1908, p. 451. Disease and flies prevail at same time; records over 1,000,000 bacteria to each
fly caught on swill-barrels.
Jackson, Daniel B. Pollution of New York Harbor as a Menace to Health by the Dissemination
of Intestinal Diseases Through the Agency of the Common House-fly. Account of
experiments and deductions. Pamphlet issued July, 1908, by Merchants' Assn. of New York.
Leidy, Joseph. Flies as a Means of Communicating Contagious Diseases. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phil., 23, 1871, p. 297. Believes that flies may carry disease; refers to flies in connection with
gangrene and wounds.
Lord, F.T. Flies and Tuberculosis. Bost. Med. & Surg. Jour., 1904, pp. 651–654. Fly-specks may
contain virulent tubercular bacilli for at least fifteen days.
certain conditions yaws may be conveyed by flies and possibly other insects.
Cobb, J.O. Is the Common House-fly a Factor in the Spread of Tuberculosis? Amer. Med., 9,
1905, pp. 475–477. Believes that the bacilli may enter the system through the digestive tract
and that flies carry them to our food.
Dickenson, G.K. The House-fly and Its Connection with Disease Dissemination. Med. Record,
71, 1907, pp. 134–139. Summary; bibliography.
Esten, W.M., and Mason, C.J. Sources of Bacteria in Milk. Starr's Agric. Ex. Stn., Conn. Bull.,
51, 1908. Shows how flies may carry bacteria to milk. Table showing number of bacteria on
flies from various sources.
Felt, E.P. The Economic Status of the House-fly. Jour. Eco. Ento., Vol. 2, No. 1, Feb., 1909, pp.
39–45. A summary of the charges, possibilities, proofs, etc. Discussion.
Gudger, E.W. Early Note on Flies as Transmitters of Disease. Science, N.S. Vol. 31, Jan. 7,
1910, pp. 31–32.
Hamer, W.H. Nuisance from Flies. London County Council Rept. No. 1,138, pp. 1–10, and No.
1,207, pp. 1–6, 1908. Observations on various flies and their relation to diseases.
Hayward, E.H. The Fly as a Carrier of Tuberculosis Infection. N.Y. Med. Jour., 80, 1904, pp.
643–644. Tubercular bacilli pass through the digestive tract of flies and remain virulent.
Howard, L.O. The Carriage of Disease by Flies. Bull. 30, N.S., pp. 39–45, U.S. Dept. Agric,
Div. of Ento., 1901. Discussion of flies as carriers of disease.
Howard, L.O. House-flies. U.S. Dept. of Agric., Bureau of Ento., Cir. No. 71, revised ed., Sept.
21, 1906. Notes on the various species visiting houses; habits; methods of control; regulations
for controlling flies in cities.
Hutchinson, Woods. The Story of the Fly That Does Not Wipe Its Feet. Sat. Evening Post,
March 7, 1908.
Jackson, Daniel D. Conveyance of Disease by Flies Summarized. Bost. Med. & Surg. Jour.,
1908, p. 451. Disease and flies prevail at same time; records over 1,000,000 bacteria to each
fly caught on swill-barrels.
Jackson, Daniel B. Pollution of New York Harbor as a Menace to Health by the Dissemination
of Intestinal Diseases Through the Agency of the Common House-fly. Account of
experiments and deductions. Pamphlet issued July, 1908, by Merchants' Assn. of New York.
Leidy, Joseph. Flies as a Means of Communicating Contagious Diseases. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phil., 23, 1871, p. 297. Believes that flies may carry disease; refers to flies in connection with
gangrene and wounds.
Lord, F.T. Flies and Tuberculosis. Bost. Med. & Surg. Jour., 1904, pp. 651–654. Fly-specks may
contain virulent tubercular bacilli for at least fifteen days.
Page 207
Mays, Thos. J. The Fly and Tuberculosis. N.Y. Med. Jour. & Phila. Med. Jour., 82, 1905, pp.
437–438. Believes that J.O. Cobb's data as given in Amer. Med. Jour. is not at all conclusive.
Nash, J.C.T. A Note on the Bacterial Contamination of Milk as Illustrating the Connection
Between Flies and Epidemic Diarrhea. Lancet, II, 1908, pp. 1668–69. Experiments show that
milk left exposed to flies soon contains many more germs than that protected from them.
Nash, J.C.T. The Ætiology of Summer Diarrhea. Lancet, 164, 1903, p. 330. Believes house-fly
carries this disease because the two appear and disappear together.
Robertson, A. Flies as Carriers of Contagion in Yaws. Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., 11, 1908, No.
14, p. 213. As a result of examinations the author concludes that the house-fly is capable of
carrying the virus of yaws.
Sandilands, J.E. Epidemic Diarrhea and the Bacterial Control of Food. Jour. Hyg., 6, 1906, pp.
77–92. Believes that house-flies convey these diseases from the excrement of infected infants.
Sibthorpe, E.H. Cholera and Flies. Brit. Med. Jour., Sept., 1896, p. 700. Flies considered
scavengers, think they thus help abate the disease.
Smith, T. The House-fly as an Agent in Dissemination of Infectious Diseases. Amer. Jour. Pub.
Hyg., Aug., 1908, pp. 312–317. Points out that flies on account of their habits, are dangerous
sources of contamination.
Smith, Theobald. The House-fly at the Bar. Merchants' Assn., New York, 1909, pp. 1–48.
Letters from various authorities giving their opinion; quotations from various authors.
Bibliography.
Veeder, M.A. Flies as Spreaders of Sickness in Camps. Med. Record, 54, 1898, pp. 429–430.
Flies feed on typhoid excreta and pass to food. Cultures made from fly tracks and excreta
show many bacteria present.
Veeder, M.A. The Relative Importance of Flies and Water Supply in Spreading Disease. Med.
Record, 55, 1899, pp. 10–12. Reasons for believing that flies spread disease in many
instances. Burial of infected typhoid material no protection but a menace.
Dangers from Flies. E.P.W. Nature, Vol. 29, pp. 482–483. Review of an article by Dr. B. Grassi
in regard to flies and various diseases. Opthalmia is discussed. Flies may ingest and pass
unharmed eggs of various human parasites including tapeworm.
HUMAN MYIASIS
Allen, Chas. H. Demonstration of Locomotion in the Larvæ of the Œstridæ. Proc. Amer. Assn.
Adv. Set., Vol. 24, 1875, pp. 230–236. Larvæ taken from flesh of child, one had moved thirty-
six inches and one six inches.
French, G.H. A Parasite the Supposed Cause of Some Cases of Epilepsy. Canad. Ento., 32,
1900, pp. 263–264. Larvæ of Gastrophilus or Dermatobia in the alimentary canal supposed to
have caused spasms in young boy.
437–438. Believes that J.O. Cobb's data as given in Amer. Med. Jour. is not at all conclusive.
Nash, J.C.T. A Note on the Bacterial Contamination of Milk as Illustrating the Connection
Between Flies and Epidemic Diarrhea. Lancet, II, 1908, pp. 1668–69. Experiments show that
milk left exposed to flies soon contains many more germs than that protected from them.
Nash, J.C.T. The Ætiology of Summer Diarrhea. Lancet, 164, 1903, p. 330. Believes house-fly
carries this disease because the two appear and disappear together.
Robertson, A. Flies as Carriers of Contagion in Yaws. Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., 11, 1908, No.
14, p. 213. As a result of examinations the author concludes that the house-fly is capable of
carrying the virus of yaws.
Sandilands, J.E. Epidemic Diarrhea and the Bacterial Control of Food. Jour. Hyg., 6, 1906, pp.
77–92. Believes that house-flies convey these diseases from the excrement of infected infants.
Sibthorpe, E.H. Cholera and Flies. Brit. Med. Jour., Sept., 1896, p. 700. Flies considered
scavengers, think they thus help abate the disease.
Smith, T. The House-fly as an Agent in Dissemination of Infectious Diseases. Amer. Jour. Pub.
Hyg., Aug., 1908, pp. 312–317. Points out that flies on account of their habits, are dangerous
sources of contamination.
Smith, Theobald. The House-fly at the Bar. Merchants' Assn., New York, 1909, pp. 1–48.
Letters from various authorities giving their opinion; quotations from various authors.
Bibliography.
Veeder, M.A. Flies as Spreaders of Sickness in Camps. Med. Record, 54, 1898, pp. 429–430.
Flies feed on typhoid excreta and pass to food. Cultures made from fly tracks and excreta
show many bacteria present.
Veeder, M.A. The Relative Importance of Flies and Water Supply in Spreading Disease. Med.
Record, 55, 1899, pp. 10–12. Reasons for believing that flies spread disease in many
instances. Burial of infected typhoid material no protection but a menace.
Dangers from Flies. E.P.W. Nature, Vol. 29, pp. 482–483. Review of an article by Dr. B. Grassi
in regard to flies and various diseases. Opthalmia is discussed. Flies may ingest and pass
unharmed eggs of various human parasites including tapeworm.
HUMAN MYIASIS
Allen, Chas. H. Demonstration of Locomotion in the Larvæ of the Œstridæ. Proc. Amer. Assn.
Adv. Set., Vol. 24, 1875, pp. 230–236. Larvæ taken from flesh of child, one had moved thirty-
six inches and one six inches.
French, G.H. A Parasite the Supposed Cause of Some Cases of Epilepsy. Canad. Ento., 32,
1900, pp. 263–264. Larvæ of Gastrophilus or Dermatobia in the alimentary canal supposed to
have caused spasms in young boy.
Page 208
Gilbert, N.C. Infection of Man by Dipterous Larvæ with Report of Four Cases. Archives of
Internal Med., Oct., 1908. Historical; various kinds sometimes found in man; good summary
of subject. Bibliography.
Harrison, J.H.H. A Case of Myiasis. Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., XI, Oct. 15, 1908, p. 305. Over
300 larvæ of Lucilia macellaria removed from face of negro woman.
Humbert, Fred. Lucilia macellaria Infesting Man. Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, 6, 1883, pp. 103–
104. Records several cases in which the screw-worm infested patients.
Jenyus, Leonard. Trans. Ento. Soc., London, Vol. II, 1839, pp. 152–159. Notice of a case in
which the larvæ of a dipterous insect, supposed to be Anthomyia canicularis, Meig., were
expelled in large quantities from the human intestines.
Kane, E.R. A Grub Supposed to Have Traveled in the Human Body. Insect Life, II, 1890, pp.
238–239. Larva of bot-fly taken from face of boy. It had been traveling under the skin for
about five months.
McCampbell, E.F., and Cooper, H.J. Myiasis intestinalis Due to Infection with Three Species
of Dipterous Larvæ. Jour. Amer. Med. Assn., 53, Oct. 9, 1909, pp. 1160–62. General notes on
this subject and a report on a case in which larvæ of three different species of flies were
obtained from one patient.
Meinert, Fr. Lucilia nobilis Parasitic on Man. Insect Life, II, 1892, pp. 36–37. Two larvæ from
the ear of a man proved to be the above species.
Murtfeledt, M.E. Hominivorous Habits of the Screw-worm in St. Louis. Insect Life, IV, 1891,
p. 200. Many larvæ of this species removed from the nasal passages of a patient.
Nelson, J.B. Insects in the Human Ear. Insect Life, VI, 1893, p. 56. Two cases in which blow-fly
larvæ are reported as coming from the human ear.
Riley, W.A. A Case of Pseudoparasitism by Dipterous Larvæ. Canad. Ento., 38, 1906, p. 413.
Several larvæ, species undetermined, removed from back of patient.
Say, Thomas. On a South American Species of Œstrus Which Inhabits the Human Body. Tr.
Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., Vol. 2, 1822, pp. 353–360. Extended notes on various dipterous larvæ
infesting man.
Snow, F.H. Hominivorous Habits of Lucilia macellaria "The Screw-worm." Psyche, 4, 1883,
pp. 27–30. Cites observations made by himself and others.
Williston, S.W. The Screw-worm Fly Compsomyia macellaria. Psyche, 4, 1883, pp. 112–114.
Notes on this species with a translation of a Spanish article by Anibalzaga in which instances
of this fly infesting human beings are recorded.
Yount, C.E., and Sudler, M.T. Human Myiasis from the Screw-worm Fly. Jour. Amer. Med.
Assn., Vol. 49, No. 23, 1907, p. 1912. Several cases giving reference to literature,
symptomatology, diagnosis.
Internal Med., Oct., 1908. Historical; various kinds sometimes found in man; good summary
of subject. Bibliography.
Harrison, J.H.H. A Case of Myiasis. Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., XI, Oct. 15, 1908, p. 305. Over
300 larvæ of Lucilia macellaria removed from face of negro woman.
Humbert, Fred. Lucilia macellaria Infesting Man. Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, 6, 1883, pp. 103–
104. Records several cases in which the screw-worm infested patients.
Jenyus, Leonard. Trans. Ento. Soc., London, Vol. II, 1839, pp. 152–159. Notice of a case in
which the larvæ of a dipterous insect, supposed to be Anthomyia canicularis, Meig., were
expelled in large quantities from the human intestines.
Kane, E.R. A Grub Supposed to Have Traveled in the Human Body. Insect Life, II, 1890, pp.
238–239. Larva of bot-fly taken from face of boy. It had been traveling under the skin for
about five months.
McCampbell, E.F., and Cooper, H.J. Myiasis intestinalis Due to Infection with Three Species
of Dipterous Larvæ. Jour. Amer. Med. Assn., 53, Oct. 9, 1909, pp. 1160–62. General notes on
this subject and a report on a case in which larvæ of three different species of flies were
obtained from one patient.
Meinert, Fr. Lucilia nobilis Parasitic on Man. Insect Life, II, 1892, pp. 36–37. Two larvæ from
the ear of a man proved to be the above species.
Murtfeledt, M.E. Hominivorous Habits of the Screw-worm in St. Louis. Insect Life, IV, 1891,
p. 200. Many larvæ of this species removed from the nasal passages of a patient.
Nelson, J.B. Insects in the Human Ear. Insect Life, VI, 1893, p. 56. Two cases in which blow-fly
larvæ are reported as coming from the human ear.
Riley, W.A. A Case of Pseudoparasitism by Dipterous Larvæ. Canad. Ento., 38, 1906, p. 413.
Several larvæ, species undetermined, removed from back of patient.
Say, Thomas. On a South American Species of Œstrus Which Inhabits the Human Body. Tr.
Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., Vol. 2, 1822, pp. 353–360. Extended notes on various dipterous larvæ
infesting man.
Snow, F.H. Hominivorous Habits of Lucilia macellaria "The Screw-worm." Psyche, 4, 1883,
pp. 27–30. Cites observations made by himself and others.
Williston, S.W. The Screw-worm Fly Compsomyia macellaria. Psyche, 4, 1883, pp. 112–114.
Notes on this species with a translation of a Spanish article by Anibalzaga in which instances
of this fly infesting human beings are recorded.
Yount, C.E., and Sudler, M.T. Human Myiasis from the Screw-worm Fly. Jour. Amer. Med.
Assn., Vol. 49, No. 23, 1907, p. 1912. Several cases giving reference to literature,
symptomatology, diagnosis.
Page 209
STOMOXYS AND OTHER FLIES
Austen, E.E. Blood-sucking and Other Flies Known or Likely to Be Concerned in the Spread of
Disease. In Albutt's and Rolleston's System of Med., 2, 1907, pp. 169–186. A descriptive list
of these flies. Bibliography.
Austen, E.E. Illustrations of African Blood-sucking Flies Other Than Mosquitoes and Tsetse-
flies. London, 1909.
Newstead, R. On the Life-history of Stomoxys calcitrans. Jour. Econom. Biology, Vol. I, 1906,
pp. 157–166. Describes habits and life-history of larvæ and adults. Important article.
Stephens, J.W.W., and Newstead, R. The Anatomy of the Proboscis of Biting Flies. Part II,
Stomoxys. Ann. of Trop. Med. & Parasit., Vol. I, No. 2, June 15, 1907, pp. 171–182. Good
anatomical paper. Part I (Glossina) was published in mem. XVIII, 1906, Liverpool School
Trop. Med.
Tullock, F. Internal Anatomy of Stomoxys. Proc. Roy. Soc., London, 77, Series B, 1906, pp.
523–531. Descriptions and drawings comparing with Glossina.
TSETSE-FLIES
Austen, E.E. Blood-sucking and Other Flies Known or Likely to Be Concerned in the Spread of
Disease. In Albutt's and Rolleston's System of Med., 2, 1907, pp. 169–186. A descriptive list
of these flies. Bibliography.
Austen, E.E. Illustrations of African Blood-sucking Flies Other Than Mosquitoes and Tsetse-
flies. London, 1909.
Newstead, R. On the Life-history of Stomoxys calcitrans. Jour. Econom. Biology, Vol. I, 1906,
pp. 157–166. Describes habits and life-history of larvæ and adults. Important article.
Stephens, J.W.W., and Newstead, R. The Anatomy of the Proboscis of Biting Flies. Part II,
Stomoxys. Ann. of Trop. Med. & Parasit., Vol. I, No. 2, June 15, 1907, pp. 171–182. Good
anatomical paper. Part I (Glossina) was published in mem. XVIII, 1906, Liverpool School
Trop. Med.
Tullock, F. Internal Anatomy of Stomoxys. Proc. Roy. Soc., London, 77, Series B, 1906, pp.
523–531. Descriptions and drawings comparing with Glossina.
TSETSE-FLIES
Page 210
Austen, E.E. A Monograph of the Tsetse-flies. Published by order of the Trustees of the British
Museum, 1903.
Manson, P. Tsetse-flies. In Trop. Diseases, p. 174. Description of genus; table of species;
distribution; reproduction, habits.
Minchin, E.A. Report of Anatomy of the Tsetse-fly (Glossina palpalis). Proc. Roy. Soc.,
London, 76, Series B, 1905, pp. 531–547. Good account of internal anatomy of this fly,
important because of its relation to trypanosomiasis.
Minchin, E.A. The Breeding-habits of the Tsetse-fly. Nature, Oct. 25, 1906, p. 636.
Minchin, E.A., Gray, A.C.H., and Tullock, F.M.G. (Sleeping Sickness Com.) Glossina
palpalis in Its Relation to Trypanosoma gambiense and Other Trypanosomes (Preliminary
Report). Proc. Roy. Soc., Vol. 78, 1906, pp. 242–258. Report on certain experiments in
feeding these flies on infected animals and in allowing supposedly infected flies to feed on
various animals.
Novy, F.G. The Trypanosomes of Tsetse-flies. Jour. Infec. Dis., III, 1906, pp. 394–411. Notes on
the various species.
TRYPANOSOMES AND TRYPANOSOMIASIS
Bruce, David. Trypanosomiasis. Osler's Mod. Med., Vol. I, 1907, p. 460. A discussion of
Trypanosoma lewisi, evansi, brucei, gambiensi, and the diseases caused by them.
Dutton, J.E., Todd, J.L., and Harrington, J.W.B. Trypanosome Transmission Experiments.
Am. Trop. Med. & Parasit., Vol. I, No. 2, June 15, 1907, pp. 201–229. Sections on attempts to
transmit trypanosomes by tsetse-flies; by other blood-sucking Arthropods, etc., conclude that
trypanosomes may be mechanically transmitted by the bite of blood-sucking Arthropods.
Hooker, W.A. Descriptions of Certain Trypanosomes, and Review of the Present Knowledge of
the Rôle of Ticks in the Dissemination of Disease. Jour. Econ. Ento., Vol. I, No. 1, 1908, pp.
65–76. Good review, tables and literature.
Minchin, E.A. Investigations on the Development of Trypanosomes in Tsetse-flies and Other
Diptera. Quart. Jour. Micro. Sci., 1908, pp. 159–260.
Musgrove, W.E., and Clegg, M.T. Trypanosomes and Trypanosomiasis, with Special
Reference to Surra in the Philippine Islands. Biological Lab., Bull. No. 5, Manila, 1903.
Discuss flies, fleas, mosquitoes, lice and ticks as possible disseminators of the disease.
Novy, T.G., McNeal, M.J., and Torry, H.M. The Trypanosomes of Mosquitoes and Other
Insects. Jour. Infec. Diseases, IV, 1907, pp. 223–276. These parasites are often found in
mosquitoes and other insects. Bibliography.
Nuttall, G.H.F. The Transmission of Trypanosoma lewisi by Fleas and Lice. Parasitology, Vol.
I, No. 4, Dec., 1908, pp. 296–301. This rat trypanosome is transmitted by fleas and lice.
Museum, 1903.
Manson, P. Tsetse-flies. In Trop. Diseases, p. 174. Description of genus; table of species;
distribution; reproduction, habits.
Minchin, E.A. Report of Anatomy of the Tsetse-fly (Glossina palpalis). Proc. Roy. Soc.,
London, 76, Series B, 1905, pp. 531–547. Good account of internal anatomy of this fly,
important because of its relation to trypanosomiasis.
Minchin, E.A. The Breeding-habits of the Tsetse-fly. Nature, Oct. 25, 1906, p. 636.
Minchin, E.A., Gray, A.C.H., and Tullock, F.M.G. (Sleeping Sickness Com.) Glossina
palpalis in Its Relation to Trypanosoma gambiense and Other Trypanosomes (Preliminary
Report). Proc. Roy. Soc., Vol. 78, 1906, pp. 242–258. Report on certain experiments in
feeding these flies on infected animals and in allowing supposedly infected flies to feed on
various animals.
Novy, F.G. The Trypanosomes of Tsetse-flies. Jour. Infec. Dis., III, 1906, pp. 394–411. Notes on
the various species.
TRYPANOSOMES AND TRYPANOSOMIASIS
Bruce, David. Trypanosomiasis. Osler's Mod. Med., Vol. I, 1907, p. 460. A discussion of
Trypanosoma lewisi, evansi, brucei, gambiensi, and the diseases caused by them.
Dutton, J.E., Todd, J.L., and Harrington, J.W.B. Trypanosome Transmission Experiments.
Am. Trop. Med. & Parasit., Vol. I, No. 2, June 15, 1907, pp. 201–229. Sections on attempts to
transmit trypanosomes by tsetse-flies; by other blood-sucking Arthropods, etc., conclude that
trypanosomes may be mechanically transmitted by the bite of blood-sucking Arthropods.
Hooker, W.A. Descriptions of Certain Trypanosomes, and Review of the Present Knowledge of
the Rôle of Ticks in the Dissemination of Disease. Jour. Econ. Ento., Vol. I, No. 1, 1908, pp.
65–76. Good review, tables and literature.
Minchin, E.A. Investigations on the Development of Trypanosomes in Tsetse-flies and Other
Diptera. Quart. Jour. Micro. Sci., 1908, pp. 159–260.
Musgrove, W.E., and Clegg, M.T. Trypanosomes and Trypanosomiasis, with Special
Reference to Surra in the Philippine Islands. Biological Lab., Bull. No. 5, Manila, 1903.
Discuss flies, fleas, mosquitoes, lice and ticks as possible disseminators of the disease.
Novy, T.G., McNeal, M.J., and Torry, H.M. The Trypanosomes of Mosquitoes and Other
Insects. Jour. Infec. Diseases, IV, 1907, pp. 223–276. These parasites are often found in
mosquitoes and other insects. Bibliography.
Nuttall, G.H.F. The Transmission of Trypanosoma lewisi by Fleas and Lice. Parasitology, Vol.
I, No. 4, Dec., 1908, pp. 296–301. This rat trypanosome is transmitted by fleas and lice.
Page 211
Old, J.E.S. Contribution to the Study of Trypanosomiasis and to the Geographical Distribution
of Some of the Blood-sucking Insects, etc. Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., 12, Jan. 15, 1909, pp.
15–22. Notes on blood-sucking Diptera and ticks.
Rogers, Leonard. The Transmission of the Trypanosoma evansi by House-flies and Other
Experiments Pointing to the Probable Identity of Surra of India and Nagana or Tsetse-fly
Disease of Africa. Proc. Roy. Soc., Vol. LXVIII, 1901, pp. 163–170.
Thimm, C.A. Bibliography of Trypanosomiasis; embracing original papers published prior to
April 1909, and references to works and papers on tsetse-flies. London, 1909.
Todd, J.L. A Note on Recent Trypanosome Transmission Experiments. Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg.,
12, Sept., 1909, p. 260. Show that they develop in G. palpalis when taken from their mammal
host at the proper stage of development.
Woodcock, H.M. The Hæmoflagellates: a Review of Present Knowledge Relating to the
Trypanosomes and Allied Forms. Quar. Jour. Micro. Sci., Vol. 50, 1906, pp. 151–331.
Characteristics; mode of infection; effects on host; biological considerations; life-cycle, etc.
Spirochaetæ; bibliography. Important article.
Trypanosomiasis and Sleeping Sickness. Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., II, pp. 146–147, 162, 179–
180, 196. List of recent literature.
SLEEPING SICKNESS
Bagshawe, A.G. Recent Advances in Our Knowledge of Sleeping Sickness. Lancet, II, 1909,
pp. 1193–97. A summing up of the important discoveries of the preceding year.
Hearsey, H. Sleeping Sickness. Jour. Trop. Met. & Hyg., 12, Sept. 1, 1909, pp. 263–264. Report
on work accomplished particularly in relation to the distribution of Glossina and other biting
flies.
Jarvis, C. Sleeping Sickness. Internat. Clinics, Vol. II, 1904, pp. 37–44. Shows the relation of
the tsetse-fly to this disease.
Lankester, E.R. The Sleeping Sickness. Quar. Review, July, 1904, p. 113. Discovery and early
history; the fly, the parasite; other related parasites. Relation of parasites to their hosts.
Minchin, E.A. The Ætiology of Sleeping Sickness. Nature, Nov. 15, 1906, pp. 56–59.
Wollaston, A.F.R. Amid the Snow Peaks of the Equator: a Naturalist's Explorations Around
Ruwenzori, with an Account of the Terrible Scourge of Sleeping Sickness. Nat. Geo. Mag.,
XX, No. 3, Mar., 1909. Abstracted from "From Ruwenzori to the Congo" by above author.
Reports of the Sleeping Sickness Com. of the Royal Society, I to IX, 1903 to 1908. Studies and
experiments with the trypanosomes and flies concerned in this disease. Later articles by this
commission are to be found in the Pro. Royal Soc., Series B, LXXXI and LXXXII.
of Some of the Blood-sucking Insects, etc. Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., 12, Jan. 15, 1909, pp.
15–22. Notes on blood-sucking Diptera and ticks.
Rogers, Leonard. The Transmission of the Trypanosoma evansi by House-flies and Other
Experiments Pointing to the Probable Identity of Surra of India and Nagana or Tsetse-fly
Disease of Africa. Proc. Roy. Soc., Vol. LXVIII, 1901, pp. 163–170.
Thimm, C.A. Bibliography of Trypanosomiasis; embracing original papers published prior to
April 1909, and references to works and papers on tsetse-flies. London, 1909.
Todd, J.L. A Note on Recent Trypanosome Transmission Experiments. Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg.,
12, Sept., 1909, p. 260. Show that they develop in G. palpalis when taken from their mammal
host at the proper stage of development.
Woodcock, H.M. The Hæmoflagellates: a Review of Present Knowledge Relating to the
Trypanosomes and Allied Forms. Quar. Jour. Micro. Sci., Vol. 50, 1906, pp. 151–331.
Characteristics; mode of infection; effects on host; biological considerations; life-cycle, etc.
Spirochaetæ; bibliography. Important article.
Trypanosomiasis and Sleeping Sickness. Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., II, pp. 146–147, 162, 179–
180, 196. List of recent literature.
SLEEPING SICKNESS
Bagshawe, A.G. Recent Advances in Our Knowledge of Sleeping Sickness. Lancet, II, 1909,
pp. 1193–97. A summing up of the important discoveries of the preceding year.
Hearsey, H. Sleeping Sickness. Jour. Trop. Met. & Hyg., 12, Sept. 1, 1909, pp. 263–264. Report
on work accomplished particularly in relation to the distribution of Glossina and other biting
flies.
Jarvis, C. Sleeping Sickness. Internat. Clinics, Vol. II, 1904, pp. 37–44. Shows the relation of
the tsetse-fly to this disease.
Lankester, E.R. The Sleeping Sickness. Quar. Review, July, 1904, p. 113. Discovery and early
history; the fly, the parasite; other related parasites. Relation of parasites to their hosts.
Minchin, E.A. The Ætiology of Sleeping Sickness. Nature, Nov. 15, 1906, pp. 56–59.
Wollaston, A.F.R. Amid the Snow Peaks of the Equator: a Naturalist's Explorations Around
Ruwenzori, with an Account of the Terrible Scourge of Sleeping Sickness. Nat. Geo. Mag.,
XX, No. 3, Mar., 1909. Abstracted from "From Ruwenzori to the Congo" by above author.
Reports of the Sleeping Sickness Com. of the Royal Society, I to IX, 1903 to 1908. Studies and
experiments with the trypanosomes and flies concerned in this disease. Later articles by this
commission are to be found in the Pro. Royal Soc., Series B, LXXXI and LXXXII.
Page 212
Sleeping Sickness Bureau Bulletins, 1 to 14, 1908–1910. Records of studies and experiments
with trypanosomes and tsetse-flies, etc.
Transmission of Sleeping Sickness. Editorial in Jour. Amer. Med. Assn., 53, Oct. 2, 1909, pp.
1104–05. Reviews recent experiments and studies.
ROCKY MOUNTAIN FEVER AND TICKS
Anderson, J.F. Spotted Fever (Tick Fever) of the Rocky Mountains. Hyg. Lab. Pub. Health and
Mar. Hospt. Ser., Bull. 14, 1903. Distribution, ætiology, etc. Believes that ticks are responsible
for the transmission of the disease.
Cooley, R.A. Preliminary Report on the Wood-tick. Bull. 75, Mont. Ex. Stn., 1908. Sums up
Ricketts' finding; notes on life-history in laboratory and field.
King, W.W. Experimental Transmission of Rocky Mountain Fever by Means of the Tick.
Preliminary note. Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., 21, July 27, 1906, pp. 863–864.
Conveyed this fever from one guinea-pig to another by means of the tick.
Ricketts, H.T. The Transmission of Rocky Mountain Fever by the Bite of the Wood-tick
(Dermacentor occidentalis). Jour. Amer. Med. Assn., Vol. 47, Aug., 1906, p. 358. Guinea-pig
successfully inoculated by means of tick.
Ricketts, H.T. The Rôle of the Wood-tick (Dermacentor occidentalis) in Rocky Mountain
Spotted Fever. Jour. Amer. Med. Assn., Vol. 49, July 6, 1907, pp. 24–27. Notes on experiments
conducted and studies made. Takes position that these experiments connect the tick with the
transmission of the fever.
Robinson, A.A. Rocky Mountain Spotted Fever. Med. Rec., Nov. 28, 1908. Occurrence and
distribution of the disease; review of the various theories in regard to its transmission. P.E.
Jones of Salt Lake believes it is transmitted by mosquitoes.
Stiles, C.W. A Zoölogical Investigation Into the Cause, Transmission and Source of Rocky
Mountain Spotted Fever. Hyg. Lab. Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., Bull. 20, 1905. Does
not find the parasite that had been recorded by others, and finds no evidence to indicate that
the ticks transmit the disease.
Wilson, L.B., and Channing, W.M. Studies in Pyroplasmosis hominis (Spotted Fever or Tick
Fever of the Rocky Mountains). Jour. Infec. Diseases, 1, 1904, pp. 31–57. Evidence that the
disease is transmitted solely by means of the ticks.
TICKS AND VARIOUS DISEASES
Banks, Nathan. Tick-borne Diseases and Their Origin. Jour. Eco. Ento., Vol. I, No. 3, 1908, pp.
213–215. Shows how ticks may become important disease-carriers by changing their hosts as
the normal host is exterminated, or for other reasons.
with trypanosomes and tsetse-flies, etc.
Transmission of Sleeping Sickness. Editorial in Jour. Amer. Med. Assn., 53, Oct. 2, 1909, pp.
1104–05. Reviews recent experiments and studies.
ROCKY MOUNTAIN FEVER AND TICKS
Anderson, J.F. Spotted Fever (Tick Fever) of the Rocky Mountains. Hyg. Lab. Pub. Health and
Mar. Hospt. Ser., Bull. 14, 1903. Distribution, ætiology, etc. Believes that ticks are responsible
for the transmission of the disease.
Cooley, R.A. Preliminary Report on the Wood-tick. Bull. 75, Mont. Ex. Stn., 1908. Sums up
Ricketts' finding; notes on life-history in laboratory and field.
King, W.W. Experimental Transmission of Rocky Mountain Fever by Means of the Tick.
Preliminary note. Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., 21, July 27, 1906, pp. 863–864.
Conveyed this fever from one guinea-pig to another by means of the tick.
Ricketts, H.T. The Transmission of Rocky Mountain Fever by the Bite of the Wood-tick
(Dermacentor occidentalis). Jour. Amer. Med. Assn., Vol. 47, Aug., 1906, p. 358. Guinea-pig
successfully inoculated by means of tick.
Ricketts, H.T. The Rôle of the Wood-tick (Dermacentor occidentalis) in Rocky Mountain
Spotted Fever. Jour. Amer. Med. Assn., Vol. 49, July 6, 1907, pp. 24–27. Notes on experiments
conducted and studies made. Takes position that these experiments connect the tick with the
transmission of the fever.
Robinson, A.A. Rocky Mountain Spotted Fever. Med. Rec., Nov. 28, 1908. Occurrence and
distribution of the disease; review of the various theories in regard to its transmission. P.E.
Jones of Salt Lake believes it is transmitted by mosquitoes.
Stiles, C.W. A Zoölogical Investigation Into the Cause, Transmission and Source of Rocky
Mountain Spotted Fever. Hyg. Lab. Pub. Health and Mar. Hospt. Ser., Bull. 20, 1905. Does
not find the parasite that had been recorded by others, and finds no evidence to indicate that
the ticks transmit the disease.
Wilson, L.B., and Channing, W.M. Studies in Pyroplasmosis hominis (Spotted Fever or Tick
Fever of the Rocky Mountains). Jour. Infec. Diseases, 1, 1904, pp. 31–57. Evidence that the
disease is transmitted solely by means of the ticks.
TICKS AND VARIOUS DISEASES
Banks, Nathan. Tick-borne Diseases and Their Origin. Jour. Eco. Ento., Vol. I, No. 3, 1908, pp.
213–215. Shows how ticks may become important disease-carriers by changing their hosts as
the normal host is exterminated, or for other reasons.
Page 213
Banks, Nathan. A Revision of the Ixodoidea or Ticks of the United States. Tech. Series No. 15,
Bull. of Bureau of Ento., U.S. Dept. Agric., 1908. Structure, life-history, classification,
catalogue, bibliography.
Barber, C.A. The Tick Pest in the Tropics. Nature, 52, 1895, pp. 197–200. Direct and indirect
effects of ticks on their hosts.
Christy, C. Ornithodoros moubata and Tick Fever in Man. Brit. Med. Jour., Vol. II, 1903, p.
652. Relation of the tick to Filaria perstans.
Dutton, J.E., and Todd, J.L. The Nature of Human Tick Fever in the Eastern Part of the Congo
Free State with Notes on the Distribution and Bionomics of the Tick. Liverpool School of
Tropical Medicine. Memoir, 17, Nov., 1905, pp. 1–18.
Hooker, W.A. A Review of the Present Knowledge of the Rôle of Ticks in the Transmission of
Disease. Jour. Eco. Ento., Vol. I, No. 1, 1908, p. 65. Review of the subject; table showing
zoölogical position of parasites transmitted by ticks. Table showing zoölogical position of
ticks.
Hooker, W.A. Life-history, Habits and Methods of Study of the Ixodoidea. Jour. Eco. Ento.,
Vol. 1, No. 1, 1908, p. 34. Notes on several species, especially M. annulatus. Host
relationship; adaptations as factors in host relationship; mating; geographical distribution;
methods of breeding, etc.
Hooker, W.A. Some Host Relations of Ticks. Jour. Eco. Ento., Vol. 2, No. 3, 1909, p. 251.
Notes on ticks found on various hosts.
Hunter, W.D., and Hooker, W.A. Information Concerning the North American Fever Tick with
Notes on Other Species. Bull. 72, Bureau of Ento., 1907. Life-history, host relation, etc., of
fever tick; classification and notes on other species; bibliography divided into sections.
Lounsbury, C.P. Habits and Peculiarities of Some South African Ticks. Rept. of the Brit. Assn.
for the Advancement of Sci., 1905 (South Africa), pp. 282–291.
McCrae, Thomas. Relapsing Fever. Osler's Mod. Med., Vol. II, p. 245, 1907. Ætiology,
symptoms, treatment, etc. (Apparently communicated by blood-sucking insects.)
Newstead, R. On the Pathogenic Ticks Concerned in the Distribution of Diseases in Man. Brit.
Med. Jour., II, 1905, pp. 1695–97. Classification and habits, particularly of Ornithodoros
moubata.
Nuttall, G.H.F. The Ixodoidea or Ticks. Jour. of Roy. Inst. of Pub. Health, 1908. List of
disease-bearing ticks. Position of ticks, classification. Biology. Preventive measures.
Nuttall, G.H.F. Piroplasmosis. Jour. Roy. Inst. of Pub. Health, 1908. What piroplasma are;
diseases produced by them. Biology.
Nuttall, Geo. F., and co-workers. Canine Piroplasmosis, Parts I to VI. Jour. Hyg., Vol. 4, No.
2, Apr., 1904, to Vol. 7, No. 2, Apr., 1907. A thorough discussion of the disease, the parasite
Bull. of Bureau of Ento., U.S. Dept. Agric., 1908. Structure, life-history, classification,
catalogue, bibliography.
Barber, C.A. The Tick Pest in the Tropics. Nature, 52, 1895, pp. 197–200. Direct and indirect
effects of ticks on their hosts.
Christy, C. Ornithodoros moubata and Tick Fever in Man. Brit. Med. Jour., Vol. II, 1903, p.
652. Relation of the tick to Filaria perstans.
Dutton, J.E., and Todd, J.L. The Nature of Human Tick Fever in the Eastern Part of the Congo
Free State with Notes on the Distribution and Bionomics of the Tick. Liverpool School of
Tropical Medicine. Memoir, 17, Nov., 1905, pp. 1–18.
Hooker, W.A. A Review of the Present Knowledge of the Rôle of Ticks in the Transmission of
Disease. Jour. Eco. Ento., Vol. I, No. 1, 1908, p. 65. Review of the subject; table showing
zoölogical position of parasites transmitted by ticks. Table showing zoölogical position of
ticks.
Hooker, W.A. Life-history, Habits and Methods of Study of the Ixodoidea. Jour. Eco. Ento.,
Vol. 1, No. 1, 1908, p. 34. Notes on several species, especially M. annulatus. Host
relationship; adaptations as factors in host relationship; mating; geographical distribution;
methods of breeding, etc.
Hooker, W.A. Some Host Relations of Ticks. Jour. Eco. Ento., Vol. 2, No. 3, 1909, p. 251.
Notes on ticks found on various hosts.
Hunter, W.D., and Hooker, W.A. Information Concerning the North American Fever Tick with
Notes on Other Species. Bull. 72, Bureau of Ento., 1907. Life-history, host relation, etc., of
fever tick; classification and notes on other species; bibliography divided into sections.
Lounsbury, C.P. Habits and Peculiarities of Some South African Ticks. Rept. of the Brit. Assn.
for the Advancement of Sci., 1905 (South Africa), pp. 282–291.
McCrae, Thomas. Relapsing Fever. Osler's Mod. Med., Vol. II, p. 245, 1907. Ætiology,
symptoms, treatment, etc. (Apparently communicated by blood-sucking insects.)
Newstead, R. On the Pathogenic Ticks Concerned in the Distribution of Diseases in Man. Brit.
Med. Jour., II, 1905, pp. 1695–97. Classification and habits, particularly of Ornithodoros
moubata.
Nuttall, G.H.F. The Ixodoidea or Ticks. Jour. of Roy. Inst. of Pub. Health, 1908. List of
disease-bearing ticks. Position of ticks, classification. Biology. Preventive measures.
Nuttall, G.H.F. Piroplasmosis. Jour. Roy. Inst. of Pub. Health, 1908. What piroplasma are;
diseases produced by them. Biology.
Nuttall, Geo. F., and co-workers. Canine Piroplasmosis, Parts I to VI. Jour. Hyg., Vol. 4, No.
2, Apr., 1904, to Vol. 7, No. 2, Apr., 1907. A thorough discussion of the disease, the parasite
Page 214
which causes it and the ticks which convey it.
Pocock, R.I. Ticks. In Albutt and Rolleston's System of Med., II, 1907, pp. 187–203.
Classification; description of the best-known pathogenic species. Extended bibliography.
Skinner, B. Preliminary Note on Ticks Infecting the Rats Suffering from the Plague. Brit. Med.
Jour., Vol. II, 1907, p. 457. Records taking tick on a plague-sick rat and finding bacilli similar
to plague bacilli in connection with it.
Smith, T., and Kilborne, F.L. Texas Fever. U.S. Dept. Agric. Bureau of Animal Industry, Bull.
No. 1, 1893. Records of the experiments showing disease to be transmitted by ticks.
Wellman, F.C. Preliminary Note on Some Bodies Found in Ticks—Ornithodoros moubata—
Fed on Blood Containing Embryos of Filaria. Brit. Med. Jour., July 20, 1907, p. 142. Believes
that F. perstans is conveyed from man to tick and from tick to man.
KALA-AZAR AND BEDBUGS
Girault, A.A. The Indian Bedbug and Kala-azar Disease. Sci., N.S., Vol. XXV, 1907, p. 1004.
Indian bedbug is C. rotundatus Sig. Its distribution. Summary of Dr. Patton's paper on
"Preliminary Report on the Development of the Leishman-Donovan Body in the Bedbug."
Patton, W.S. The Development of the Leishman-Donovan Parasite in Cimex rotundatus.
Scientific Mem. of Gov. of India, Nos. 27 and 31, 1907. Traces the development of this
parasite; believes that the bedbug is concerned in transmitting this disease.
See also Manson's Tropical Diseases, pp. 178–190.
TEXT OR REFERENCE BOOKS IN WHICH THE RELATION OF
INSECTS TO VARIOUS DISEASES IS DISCUSSED
Abbott, A.C. Hygiene of Transmissible Diseases. Phil., 1899. Causes, modes of dissemination,
prevention, treatment of infectious and contagious diseases.
Allbutt, T.C., and Rolleston, H.D. A System of Medicine. London, 1907. Vol. II, Pt. II,
contains sections on tropical diseases; animal parasites and the diseases they carry and
zoölogical articles dealing with Protozoa, mosquitoes, flies and ticks. All articles have
bibliographies, some of them quite extensive.
Balfour, Andrew. Review of Recent Advances in Tropical Medicine. Supplement to Third
Rept. Wellcome Research Lab., London, 1908. Notes, extracts and references in regard to
important articles during the preceding few months.
Daniels, C.W. Studies in Laboratory Work, 2d ed., London, 1907. A good discussion of animal
parasites in the blood and blood-plasma; development of malarial parasites in mosquitoes;
flies, fleas, lice, bedbugs, ticks, etc.
Pocock, R.I. Ticks. In Albutt and Rolleston's System of Med., II, 1907, pp. 187–203.
Classification; description of the best-known pathogenic species. Extended bibliography.
Skinner, B. Preliminary Note on Ticks Infecting the Rats Suffering from the Plague. Brit. Med.
Jour., Vol. II, 1907, p. 457. Records taking tick on a plague-sick rat and finding bacilli similar
to plague bacilli in connection with it.
Smith, T., and Kilborne, F.L. Texas Fever. U.S. Dept. Agric. Bureau of Animal Industry, Bull.
No. 1, 1893. Records of the experiments showing disease to be transmitted by ticks.
Wellman, F.C. Preliminary Note on Some Bodies Found in Ticks—Ornithodoros moubata—
Fed on Blood Containing Embryos of Filaria. Brit. Med. Jour., July 20, 1907, p. 142. Believes
that F. perstans is conveyed from man to tick and from tick to man.
KALA-AZAR AND BEDBUGS
Girault, A.A. The Indian Bedbug and Kala-azar Disease. Sci., N.S., Vol. XXV, 1907, p. 1004.
Indian bedbug is C. rotundatus Sig. Its distribution. Summary of Dr. Patton's paper on
"Preliminary Report on the Development of the Leishman-Donovan Body in the Bedbug."
Patton, W.S. The Development of the Leishman-Donovan Parasite in Cimex rotundatus.
Scientific Mem. of Gov. of India, Nos. 27 and 31, 1907. Traces the development of this
parasite; believes that the bedbug is concerned in transmitting this disease.
See also Manson's Tropical Diseases, pp. 178–190.
TEXT OR REFERENCE BOOKS IN WHICH THE RELATION OF
INSECTS TO VARIOUS DISEASES IS DISCUSSED
Abbott, A.C. Hygiene of Transmissible Diseases. Phil., 1899. Causes, modes of dissemination,
prevention, treatment of infectious and contagious diseases.
Allbutt, T.C., and Rolleston, H.D. A System of Medicine. London, 1907. Vol. II, Pt. II,
contains sections on tropical diseases; animal parasites and the diseases they carry and
zoölogical articles dealing with Protozoa, mosquitoes, flies and ticks. All articles have
bibliographies, some of them quite extensive.
Balfour, Andrew. Review of Recent Advances in Tropical Medicine. Supplement to Third
Rept. Wellcome Research Lab., London, 1908. Notes, extracts and references in regard to
important articles during the preceding few months.
Daniels, C.W. Studies in Laboratory Work, 2d ed., London, 1907. A good discussion of animal
parasites in the blood and blood-plasma; development of malarial parasites in mosquitoes;
flies, fleas, lice, bedbugs, ticks, etc.
Page 215
Jackson, C.W. Tropical Medicine. Phil., 1907. Discusses diseases due to bacteria and the
parasites and uncertain causes. Splendid recent summary of the various ways in which the
different diseases are disseminated.
Langfeld, Millard. Introduction to Infectious and Parasitic Diseases, Including Their Causes
and Manner of Transmission. Phil., 1907. Chapters on infection, animal parasites, avenues of
exit and portals of entry of infectious agents and parasites into the body.
Manson, Patrick. Lectures on Tropical Diseases. London, 1905. Delivered at Cooper Medical
College, 1905. Discusses several of these diseases. Last chapter on problems in tropical
medicine.
Manson, Patrick. Tropical Diseases. London, 1907, Diseases of the tropics discussed in a very
comprehensive manner. Considerable attention given to the part played by insects in the
transmission of many of the diseases.
Metchnikoff, E. Immunity in Infectious Diseases. (Trans. from the French by F.G. Binnie.)
Cambridge, 1905. Splendid discussion of various kinds of immunity. Insects referred to
occasionally.
Osler's Modern Medicine. Vol. I, 1907, Pt. VI, Diseases Caused by Protozoa. Part VII, Diseases
Caused by Animal Parasites. Vol. II, 1907, Infectious Diseases. Vol. III, Infectious Diseases
(cont.). One of the best and most modern text-books; the volumes noted above contain many
references to the relation of insects to the particular diseases under discussion.
Park, W.H. Pathogenic Micro-organisms, Including Bacteria and Protozoa. N.Y., 1908. These
organisms comprehensively treated.
Ricketts, H.T. Infection, Immunity and Serum Therapy. Chicago, 1906. Chapters on parasitism,
infection, contagion, immunity, various diseases, etc.
Scheube, B. The Diseases of Warm Countries: a Handbook for Medical Men. Trans. from Ger.
by Pauline Falcke, London, 1903. Sections on general infectious diseases, diseases caused by
animal parasites, etc. Good bibliography of each disease treated.
Simpson, W.J.R. The Principles of Hygiene as Applied to Tropical and Subtropical Climates.
London, 1908. Occasional references to flies and mosquitoes as carriers of disease. Chapter
XV deals with malaria and other diseases caused by mosquitoes.
Wilson, J.C. Modern Clinical Medicine; Infectious Diseases. New York and London, 1905.
Chapters on yellow fever, malarial diseases and plague; contains references to the relation of
insects to these diseases.
MISCELLANEOUS ARTICLES
Balfour, Andrew. Further Observations on Fowl Spirochætosis. Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., 12,
Oct. 1, 1909, pp. 285–289. Ticks and lice may carry this disease.
parasites and uncertain causes. Splendid recent summary of the various ways in which the
different diseases are disseminated.
Langfeld, Millard. Introduction to Infectious and Parasitic Diseases, Including Their Causes
and Manner of Transmission. Phil., 1907. Chapters on infection, animal parasites, avenues of
exit and portals of entry of infectious agents and parasites into the body.
Manson, Patrick. Lectures on Tropical Diseases. London, 1905. Delivered at Cooper Medical
College, 1905. Discusses several of these diseases. Last chapter on problems in tropical
medicine.
Manson, Patrick. Tropical Diseases. London, 1907, Diseases of the tropics discussed in a very
comprehensive manner. Considerable attention given to the part played by insects in the
transmission of many of the diseases.
Metchnikoff, E. Immunity in Infectious Diseases. (Trans. from the French by F.G. Binnie.)
Cambridge, 1905. Splendid discussion of various kinds of immunity. Insects referred to
occasionally.
Osler's Modern Medicine. Vol. I, 1907, Pt. VI, Diseases Caused by Protozoa. Part VII, Diseases
Caused by Animal Parasites. Vol. II, 1907, Infectious Diseases. Vol. III, Infectious Diseases
(cont.). One of the best and most modern text-books; the volumes noted above contain many
references to the relation of insects to the particular diseases under discussion.
Park, W.H. Pathogenic Micro-organisms, Including Bacteria and Protozoa. N.Y., 1908. These
organisms comprehensively treated.
Ricketts, H.T. Infection, Immunity and Serum Therapy. Chicago, 1906. Chapters on parasitism,
infection, contagion, immunity, various diseases, etc.
Scheube, B. The Diseases of Warm Countries: a Handbook for Medical Men. Trans. from Ger.
by Pauline Falcke, London, 1903. Sections on general infectious diseases, diseases caused by
animal parasites, etc. Good bibliography of each disease treated.
Simpson, W.J.R. The Principles of Hygiene as Applied to Tropical and Subtropical Climates.
London, 1908. Occasional references to flies and mosquitoes as carriers of disease. Chapter
XV deals with malaria and other diseases caused by mosquitoes.
Wilson, J.C. Modern Clinical Medicine; Infectious Diseases. New York and London, 1905.
Chapters on yellow fever, malarial diseases and plague; contains references to the relation of
insects to these diseases.
MISCELLANEOUS ARTICLES
Balfour, Andrew. Further Observations on Fowl Spirochætosis. Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., 12,
Oct. 1, 1909, pp. 285–289. Ticks and lice may carry this disease.
Page 216
Chittenden, F.H. Harvest-mites or "Chiggers." Circular 77, U.S. Dept. Agric. Bur. Ento., 1906,
pp. 1–16. Descriptions of these pests and their habits. Remedies.
Doty, A.H. The Means by Which Infectious Diseases Are Transmitted. Amer. Jour. of Med. Sci.,
138, July, 1909, pp. 30–39. Flies and mosquitoes as disseminators of disease briefly
discussed.
Duncan, F.M. Industrial Entomology: the Economic Importance of a Study of Insect Life. Jour.
Roy. Soc. Arts, May 22, 1908, pp. 688–696. A very interesting review of the subject of insects
and disease.
Flexner, Simon. Science, N.S., Vol. 27, No. 682, Jan. 24, 1908, pp. 133–136. On these pages
the author discusses relation of bacteria and Protozoa to human diseases.
Goldberger, Jos., and Shamberg, J.F. Epidemic of an Utricaroid dermatitis Due to a Small
Mite (Pediculoides ventricosus) in the Straw of Mattresses. Pub. Health Rept., Pub. Health
and Mar. Hospt. Ser., July 9, 1909, Vol. XXIV, No. 28. Experiments showed that a certain
skin disease occurring during summer was due to this mite.
Gorgas, W.C. The Part Sanitation Is Playing in the Construction of the Panama Canal. Jour.
Amer. Med. Assn., 53, Aug. 21, 1909, pp. 597–599. Shows the changes that have been brought
about by modern sanitation and the destroying of the mosquitoes' breeding-places.
Howard, L.O. Hydrocyanic-acid Gas Against Household Insects. Circular 46, U.S. Dept. Agric.,
Div. of Ento., 1902. Directions for handling this dangerous gas.
King, A.F.G. Insects and Disease; Mosquitoes and Malaria. Pop. Sci. Mo., XXIII, 1883, pp.
644–658. Extended article in which the author sums up the observations which led him to
believe that malaria and other diseases were transmitted by the mosquito. One of the earliest
articles on this subject; refers to an article in New Orleans Med. & Surg. Jour., Vol. IV, 1848,
pp. 563–601, by Josiah Nott, who maintained that yellow fever was carried by mosquitoes.
Manson, Patrick. Recent Advances in Science and Their Bearing on Medicine and Surgery.
Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., XI, pp. 337–338, Sept. 16, 1908. Discussion of parasites and disease
and their methods of dissemination.
Newstead, R., Dutton, J.E., and Todd, J.L. Insects and Other Arthropoda Collected in the
Congo Free State. Ann. Trop. Med. & Parasit., Vol. 1, No. 1, Feb. 1, 1907, pp. 3–100. An
interesting paper giving notes on many insects that cause or carry disease.
Nuttall, G.H.F. Spirochætosis in Man and Animals. Jour. of Roy. Inst. of Pub. Health, 1908.
Why Spirochætes should be regarded as Protozoa. Classification; list of blood-inhabiting
forms; relapsing fevers; transmission by ticks and other Arthropods.
O'Connell, M.D. The Oversea Transport of Insect-borne Disease. Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., XI,
43, Feb. 1, 1908. Refers to article in same journal (Jan. 15) and points out that malaria is very
likely to be transmitted by mosquitoes in this way.
pp. 1–16. Descriptions of these pests and their habits. Remedies.
Doty, A.H. The Means by Which Infectious Diseases Are Transmitted. Amer. Jour. of Med. Sci.,
138, July, 1909, pp. 30–39. Flies and mosquitoes as disseminators of disease briefly
discussed.
Duncan, F.M. Industrial Entomology: the Economic Importance of a Study of Insect Life. Jour.
Roy. Soc. Arts, May 22, 1908, pp. 688–696. A very interesting review of the subject of insects
and disease.
Flexner, Simon. Science, N.S., Vol. 27, No. 682, Jan. 24, 1908, pp. 133–136. On these pages
the author discusses relation of bacteria and Protozoa to human diseases.
Goldberger, Jos., and Shamberg, J.F. Epidemic of an Utricaroid dermatitis Due to a Small
Mite (Pediculoides ventricosus) in the Straw of Mattresses. Pub. Health Rept., Pub. Health
and Mar. Hospt. Ser., July 9, 1909, Vol. XXIV, No. 28. Experiments showed that a certain
skin disease occurring during summer was due to this mite.
Gorgas, W.C. The Part Sanitation Is Playing in the Construction of the Panama Canal. Jour.
Amer. Med. Assn., 53, Aug. 21, 1909, pp. 597–599. Shows the changes that have been brought
about by modern sanitation and the destroying of the mosquitoes' breeding-places.
Howard, L.O. Hydrocyanic-acid Gas Against Household Insects. Circular 46, U.S. Dept. Agric.,
Div. of Ento., 1902. Directions for handling this dangerous gas.
King, A.F.G. Insects and Disease; Mosquitoes and Malaria. Pop. Sci. Mo., XXIII, 1883, pp.
644–658. Extended article in which the author sums up the observations which led him to
believe that malaria and other diseases were transmitted by the mosquito. One of the earliest
articles on this subject; refers to an article in New Orleans Med. & Surg. Jour., Vol. IV, 1848,
pp. 563–601, by Josiah Nott, who maintained that yellow fever was carried by mosquitoes.
Manson, Patrick. Recent Advances in Science and Their Bearing on Medicine and Surgery.
Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., XI, pp. 337–338, Sept. 16, 1908. Discussion of parasites and disease
and their methods of dissemination.
Newstead, R., Dutton, J.E., and Todd, J.L. Insects and Other Arthropoda Collected in the
Congo Free State. Ann. Trop. Med. & Parasit., Vol. 1, No. 1, Feb. 1, 1907, pp. 3–100. An
interesting paper giving notes on many insects that cause or carry disease.
Nuttall, G.H.F. Spirochætosis in Man and Animals. Jour. of Roy. Inst. of Pub. Health, 1908.
Why Spirochætes should be regarded as Protozoa. Classification; list of blood-inhabiting
forms; relapsing fevers; transmission by ticks and other Arthropods.
O'Connell, M.D. The Oversea Transport of Insect-borne Disease. Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., XI,
43, Feb. 1, 1908. Refers to article in same journal (Jan. 15) and points out that malaria is very
likely to be transmitted by mosquitoes in this way.
Page 217
Osborn, Herbert. Insects Affecting Domestic Animals. U.S. Dept. of Agric., Div. of Ento., Bull.
No. 5, N.S., 1896. Discusses the various insect pests of man and domestic animals Host lists.
Bibliography.
Rickets, H.T., and Wilder, R.M. The Typhus Fever of Mexico. Jour. Amer. Med. Assn., LIV,
No. 6, Feb. 5, 1910, p. 463. Believes this disease is transmitted by insects, probably lice.
Ritchie, James. A Review of Current Theories Regarding Immunity. Jour. Hyg., 2, 1902, pp.
215–285, and pp. 452–464. Discussion of various theories. Bibliography.
Shipley, A.E. On the Relation of Certain Cestode and Nematoda Parasites to Bacterial Disease.
Jour. of Eco. Biol., 4, 1909, pp. 61–71. Shows that these parasites may often cause serious
diseases by opening the way for malignant germs.
Ward, H.B. Spirochetes and Their Relationship to Other Organisms. Amer. Nat., 42, 1908, No.
498, pp. 374–387. Still undecided as to whether they belong with bacteria or Protozoa,
probably the latter.
Ward, H.B. The Relation of Animals to Disease. Science, N.S., 22, 1905, pp. 193–203. An
interesting, comprehensive review of the subject.
Ward, Henry B. Relation of Animals to Disease. Transactions of Amer. Micro. Soc., Vol. 27,
1907, pp. 5–20. The various ways in which animals may produce or carry disease.
The Oversea Transport of Insect-borne Diseases. Editorial in Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., XI, Jan.
15, 1908, pp. 22–23. Points out the danger of yellow fever, plague and other diseases being
borne overseas by infected insects.
The Society for the Destruction of Vermin. Editorial in Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., XI, Apr. 15,
1908, p. 124. Tells of organization of such society and its purposes.
No. 5, N.S., 1896. Discusses the various insect pests of man and domestic animals Host lists.
Bibliography.
Rickets, H.T., and Wilder, R.M. The Typhus Fever of Mexico. Jour. Amer. Med. Assn., LIV,
No. 6, Feb. 5, 1910, p. 463. Believes this disease is transmitted by insects, probably lice.
Ritchie, James. A Review of Current Theories Regarding Immunity. Jour. Hyg., 2, 1902, pp.
215–285, and pp. 452–464. Discussion of various theories. Bibliography.
Shipley, A.E. On the Relation of Certain Cestode and Nematoda Parasites to Bacterial Disease.
Jour. of Eco. Biol., 4, 1909, pp. 61–71. Shows that these parasites may often cause serious
diseases by opening the way for malignant germs.
Ward, H.B. Spirochetes and Their Relationship to Other Organisms. Amer. Nat., 42, 1908, No.
498, pp. 374–387. Still undecided as to whether they belong with bacteria or Protozoa,
probably the latter.
Ward, H.B. The Relation of Animals to Disease. Science, N.S., 22, 1905, pp. 193–203. An
interesting, comprehensive review of the subject.
Ward, Henry B. Relation of Animals to Disease. Transactions of Amer. Micro. Soc., Vol. 27,
1907, pp. 5–20. The various ways in which animals may produce or carry disease.
The Oversea Transport of Insect-borne Diseases. Editorial in Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., XI, Jan.
15, 1908, pp. 22–23. Points out the danger of yellow fever, plague and other diseases being
borne overseas by infected insects.
The Society for the Destruction of Vermin. Editorial in Jour. Trop. Med. & Hyg., XI, Apr. 15,
1908, p. 124. Tells of organization of such society and its purposes.
Page 218
INDEX
Adams, S.H., 132.
Advisory Committee, 146.
Agramonte, Dr. Aristides, 123.
Alimentary canal, fly larvæ in, 49.
Amœba, 19.
Anopheles,
adults, 91;
eggs, 92;
habits of adults, 94;
larvæ, 78, 79, 93;
pupæ, 93;
resting position, 92;
species in U.S., 92.
Anthrax, 44;
and flies, 70.
Arthropoda, 26.
Asexual reproduction, 111.
Bacillus,
anthracis, 44;
icteroides, 124;
lepræ, 171;
Adams, S.H., 132.
Advisory Committee, 146.
Agramonte, Dr. Aristides, 123.
Alimentary canal, fly larvæ in, 49.
Amœba, 19.
Anopheles,
adults, 91;
eggs, 92;
habits of adults, 94;
larvæ, 78, 79, 93;
pupæ, 93;
resting position, 92;
species in U.S., 92.
Anthrax, 44;
and flies, 70.
Arthropoda, 26.
Asexual reproduction, 111.
Bacillus,
anthracis, 44;
icteroides, 124;
lepræ, 171;
Page 219
pestis, 150.
Bacillus carriers, 66.
Back-swimmers, 100.
Bacteria, 15;
saprophytic and parasitic, 17;
effect on host, 18;
dissemination, 18.
Bedbugs, 54, 147.
Banks, Nathan, 34.
Bell-animalcule, 22.
Berne, 51.
Birds as enemies of mosquitoes, 99.
Black-flies, 46.
Blackheads, 35.
Blow-flies, 48.
Blue, Dr. Rupert, 143.
Blue-bottle flies, 48.
Bot-flies, 50.
Break-bone fever, 169.
Breeze-fly, 44.
Bacillus carriers, 66.
Back-swimmers, 100.
Bacteria, 15;
saprophytic and parasitic, 17;
effect on host, 18;
dissemination, 18.
Bedbugs, 54, 147.
Banks, Nathan, 34.
Bell-animalcule, 22.
Berne, 51.
Birds as enemies of mosquitoes, 99.
Black-flies, 46.
Blackheads, 35.
Blow-flies, 48.
Blue, Dr. Rupert, 143.
Blue-bottle flies, 48.
Bot-flies, 50.
Break-bone fever, 169.
Breeze-fly, 44.
Page 220
Buffalo-gnats, 46.
Calliphora vomitoria, 48.
Camphor, for mosquitoes, 102.
Cancer, 36.
Carroll, Dr. James, 123.
Castor-bean tick, 27.
Cattle tick, 29.
Cedar oil, for mosquitoes, 102.
Ceratophyllus,
faciatus, 153;
acutus, 156.
Cesspools, 72.
Chigger, 53.
Chigger-flea, 53.
Chigo, 30, 39.
Chigoe, 53.
Cholera, 68.
Chrysomyia macellaria, 47.
Calliphora vomitoria, 48.
Camphor, for mosquitoes, 102.
Cancer, 36.
Carroll, Dr. James, 123.
Castor-bean tick, 27.
Cattle tick, 29.
Cedar oil, for mosquitoes, 102.
Ceratophyllus,
faciatus, 153;
acutus, 156.
Cesspools, 72.
Chigger, 53.
Chigger-flea, 53.
Chigo, 30, 39.
Chigoe, 53.
Cholera, 68.
Chrysomyia macellaria, 47.
Page 221
Cimex,
lectularis, 54;
rotundatus, 173.
Contagious diseases, 8.
Conjugation, 20.
Cooley, Prof. R.A., 33.
Craig, Dr. C.F., 118.
Ctenocephalus,
canis, 154;
felis, 154.
Culex,
fatigans, 96, 170;
pipiens, 98.
Dengue, 169.
Dermatobia cyaniventris, 51.
Dermatophilus penetrans, 53.
Diarrhea, 69.
Diptera, 43.
Diving beetles, 100.
Dragon-flies, 99.
Dysentery, 20.
lectularis, 54;
rotundatus, 173.
Contagious diseases, 8.
Conjugation, 20.
Cooley, Prof. R.A., 33.
Craig, Dr. C.F., 118.
Ctenocephalus,
canis, 154;
felis, 154.
Culex,
fatigans, 96, 170;
pipiens, 98.
Dengue, 169.
Dermatobia cyaniventris, 51.
Dermatophilus penetrans, 53.
Diarrhea, 69.
Diptera, 43.
Diving beetles, 100.
Dragon-flies, 99.
Dysentery, 20.
Page 222
Eggs,
of flies, 63;
of mosquitoes, 77;
of Anopheles, 92.
Egyptian opthalmia, 52.
Elephantiasis, 164.
Enemies of mosquitoes, 97.
Enteritis, 69.
Euglena, 21.
Eye-worm, 12.
Face-mite, 35.
Fighting mosquitoes,
adults, 101;
larvæ, 103.
Fiji Islands, Anopheles in, 117.
Filaria bancrofti, 164.
Finlay, Dr. Charles, 124.
Fish, 100.
Flagella, 20.
of flies, 63;
of mosquitoes, 77;
of Anopheles, 92.
Egyptian opthalmia, 52.
Elephantiasis, 164.
Enemies of mosquitoes, 97.
Enteritis, 69.
Euglena, 21.
Eye-worm, 12.
Face-mite, 35.
Fighting mosquitoes,
adults, 101;
larvæ, 103.
Fiji Islands, Anopheles in, 117.
Filaria bancrofti, 164.
Finlay, Dr. Charles, 124.
Fish, 100.
Flagella, 20.
Page 223
Fleas, 52;
and plague, 142, 145, 147;
structure and habits, 151;
common species, 153;
on ground squirrels, 156;
remedies for, 157.
Flies, 43;
and typhoid, 65;
specks, 66;
and various diseases, 68.
Flesh-flies, 48.
Fumigating for mosquitoes, 102.
Gad-fly, 43.
Glossina palpalis, 163.
Golgi, Camillo, 109.
Grassi, Prof. G.B., 118.
Gray-flies, 47.
Ground squirrels and plague, 155.
Guinea-worm, 11.
Hæmamœba, 109.
Hæmatobia, 45.
and plague, 142, 145, 147;
structure and habits, 151;
common species, 153;
on ground squirrels, 156;
remedies for, 157.
Flies, 43;
and typhoid, 65;
specks, 66;
and various diseases, 68.
Flesh-flies, 48.
Fumigating for mosquitoes, 102.
Gad-fly, 43.
Glossina palpalis, 163.
Golgi, Camillo, 109.
Grassi, Prof. G.B., 118.
Gray-flies, 47.
Ground squirrels and plague, 155.
Guinea-worm, 11.
Hæmamœba, 109.
Hæmatobia, 45.
Page 224
Hæmosporidiida, 24.
Hæmotopinus spinulosus, 55.
Harvest-mite, 37.
Havana, yellow fever in, 131.
Hawaii, mosquitoes in, 98.
Hemiptera, 54.
Homalomyia canicularis, 49.
Hoplopsyllus anomalus, 156.
Horse bot-flies, 50.
House-flies, 57;
structure, 59;
how they carry bacteria, 62;
life-history and habits, 63;
fighting, 71;
and typhoid, 65.
Horse-flies, 43.
Howard, Dr. L.O., 59, 73.
Hyperparasitism, 3.
Immunity, 5.
Indian Plague Commission, 144.
Hæmotopinus spinulosus, 55.
Harvest-mite, 37.
Havana, yellow fever in, 131.
Hawaii, mosquitoes in, 98.
Hemiptera, 54.
Homalomyia canicularis, 49.
Hoplopsyllus anomalus, 156.
Horse bot-flies, 50.
House-flies, 57;
structure, 59;
how they carry bacteria, 62;
life-history and habits, 63;
fighting, 71;
and typhoid, 65.
Horse-flies, 43.
Howard, Dr. L.O., 59, 73.
Hyperparasitism, 3.
Immunity, 5.
Indian Plague Commission, 144.
Page 225
Infectious diseases, 8.
Infusoria, 22.
Insects,
cause or carry disease, 40;
numbers, 40;
annual loss caused by, 41;
how they carry disease germs, 55.
Irrigating ditches, 104.
Itch-mite, 36.
Jackson, Dr. D.D., 67.
Jennings, 22.
Jiggers, 38, 53.
Jigger-flea, 53.
Kala-azar, 173.
Kerosene, 104.
Koch, 44.
Læmopsylla cheopus, 153.
Lamprey-eel, 2.
Lancisi, J.M., 107.
Infusoria, 22.
Insects,
cause or carry disease, 40;
numbers, 40;
annual loss caused by, 41;
how they carry disease germs, 55.
Irrigating ditches, 104.
Itch-mite, 36.
Jackson, Dr. D.D., 67.
Jennings, 22.
Jiggers, 38, 53.
Jigger-flea, 53.
Kala-azar, 173.
Kerosene, 104.
Koch, 44.
Læmopsylla cheopus, 153.
Lamprey-eel, 2.
Lancisi, J.M., 107.
Page 226
Larvæ,
of flies, 64;
of mosquitoes, 78.
Laveran, A., 108.
Laverania, 109.
Lazear, Dr. Jessie W., 123.
Leeuwenhoek, Anton von, 22.
Lepra bacillus, 36.
Leprosy, 36, 70, 171.
Lice, 54.
Linnæus, 76.
Little house-fly, 49.
Lock-jaw, 18.
Low, Dr. A., 118.
Lucilia spp., 48.
Lugger, Prof. Otto, 38.
Malaria,
early theories in regard to, 106;
parasite that causes, 108;
life history of parasite, 109;
of flies, 64;
of mosquitoes, 78.
Laveran, A., 108.
Laverania, 109.
Lazear, Dr. Jessie W., 123.
Leeuwenhoek, Anton von, 22.
Lepra bacillus, 36.
Leprosy, 36, 70, 171.
Lice, 54.
Linnæus, 76.
Little house-fly, 49.
Lock-jaw, 18.
Low, Dr. A., 118.
Lucilia spp., 48.
Lugger, Prof. Otto, 38.
Malaria,
early theories in regard to, 106;
parasite that causes, 108;
life history of parasite, 109;
Page 227
parasite in mosquito, 113;
summary, 117;
experiments, 118.
Maggots, 63.
Malta or Mediterranean fever, 171.
Mange, 37.
Manure-fly, 59.
Manson, Sir Patrick, 112, 123.
Mastigophora, 20.
Melanin, 110.
Micrococcus melitensis, 171.
Microbes, 10.
Mites, 26, 35.
Mosquito, 76;
abdomen, 86;
adults, 81;
Anopheles, 91;
how they bite, 84;
effect of bite, 87;
blood, 90;
how they breathe, 89;
classification, 91;
and dengue, 169;
eggs, 77;
and elephantiasis, 164;
summary, 117;
experiments, 118.
Maggots, 63.
Malta or Mediterranean fever, 171.
Mange, 37.
Manure-fly, 59.
Manson, Sir Patrick, 112, 123.
Mastigophora, 20.
Melanin, 110.
Micrococcus melitensis, 171.
Microbes, 10.
Mites, 26, 35.
Mosquito, 76;
abdomen, 86;
adults, 81;
Anopheles, 91;
how they bite, 84;
effect of bite, 87;
blood, 90;
how they breathe, 89;
classification, 91;
and dengue, 169;
eggs, 77;
and elephantiasis, 164;
Page 228
enemies, 77;
fighting, adults, 101;
larvæ, 103;
larvæ, 78;
and malaria, 106;
malarial parasite in, 113;
mouth-parts, 83;
other species, 96;
pupæ, 80;
salivary glands, 87;
thorax, 85;
and yellow fever, 94, 120.
Mouth-parts,
of fly, 60;
of mosquito, 83.
Mus,
norvegicus, 154;
rattus, 154.
Nanga, 45.
Nematodes, 164.
New Orleans, yellow fever in, 120, 132.
Noctiluca, 21.
No-see-ums, 46.
Ochromyia anthropophaga, 49.
Oil of citronella, 102.
fighting, adults, 101;
larvæ, 103;
larvæ, 78;
and malaria, 106;
malarial parasite in, 113;
mouth-parts, 83;
other species, 96;
pupæ, 80;
salivary glands, 87;
thorax, 85;
and yellow fever, 94, 120.
Mouth-parts,
of fly, 60;
of mosquito, 83.
Mus,
norvegicus, 154;
rattus, 154.
Nanga, 45.
Nematodes, 164.
New Orleans, yellow fever in, 120, 132.
Noctiluca, 21.
No-see-ums, 46.
Ochromyia anthropophaga, 49.
Oil of citronella, 102.
Page 229
Oil of pennyroyal, 102.
Oriental sore, 174.
Ornithodorus moubata, 34.
Oscinidæ, 52.
Otospermophilus beecheyi, 155.
Oxwarbles, 50.
Panama Canal zone, 135.
Paramœcium, 22.
Parasite,
defined, 1;
classes of, 4;
in new regions, 5;
diseases caused by, 7;
effect on host, 9;
relation to host, 14.
Parasitism, 3.
Pasteur, L., 44.
Pearls, 13.
Piroplasma bigeminum, 29.
Plague,
early history of, 142;
Oriental sore, 174.
Ornithodorus moubata, 34.
Oscinidæ, 52.
Otospermophilus beecheyi, 155.
Oxwarbles, 50.
Panama Canal zone, 135.
Paramœcium, 22.
Parasite,
defined, 1;
classes of, 4;
in new regions, 5;
diseases caused by, 7;
effect on host, 9;
relation to host, 14.
Parasitism, 3.
Pasteur, L., 44.
Pearls, 13.
Piroplasma bigeminum, 29.
Plague,
early history of, 142;
Page 230
fleas that transmit, 153;
and flies, 70;
and ground squirrels, 155;
how combatted in San Francisco, 143;
results of other investigations, 150;
Verjbitski's experiments, 147;
work of Indian Plague Commission, 146.
Plasmodium, 109.
Protozoa, 19;
classes of, 20.
Proboscis,
of fly, 60;
of mosquito, 80.
Privies, 72.
Privy-fly, 59.
Pseudopodia, 20.
Psoroptes communis, 37.
Pulex irritans, 154.
Punkies, 46.
Pupæ,
of house-flies, 64;
of mosquitoes, 80.
Pyrethrum, 102.
and flies, 70;
and ground squirrels, 155;
how combatted in San Francisco, 143;
results of other investigations, 150;
Verjbitski's experiments, 147;
work of Indian Plague Commission, 146.
Plasmodium, 109.
Protozoa, 19;
classes of, 20.
Proboscis,
of fly, 60;
of mosquito, 80.
Privies, 72.
Privy-fly, 59.
Pseudopodia, 20.
Psoroptes communis, 37.
Pulex irritans, 154.
Punkies, 46.
Pupæ,
of house-flies, 64;
of mosquitoes, 80.
Pyrethrum, 102.
Page 231
Rats,
and plague, 143, 145;
species of, 154.
Red-bugs, 38.
Reed, Dr. Walter, 123.
Relapsing fever, 21, 33.
Rhizopoda, 20.
Ricketts, Dr. H.F., 32.
Rio de Janeiro, yellow fever in, 137.
Rocky Mountain spotted fever, 32.
Ross, Ronald, 112.
Rucker, Dr. W.C., 143.
Sacculina, 2.
Salivary glands, 84, 87.
Salt marshes, 97, 105.
Sambon, Dr. L.W., 118.
Sand-fleas, 53.
Saprophytic bacteria, 17.
Sarcophaga spp., 48.
and plague, 143, 145;
species of, 154.
Red-bugs, 38.
Reed, Dr. Walter, 123.
Relapsing fever, 21, 33.
Rhizopoda, 20.
Ricketts, Dr. H.F., 32.
Rio de Janeiro, yellow fever in, 137.
Rocky Mountain spotted fever, 32.
Ross, Ronald, 112.
Rucker, Dr. W.C., 143.
Sacculina, 2.
Salivary glands, 84, 87.
Salt marshes, 97, 105.
Sambon, Dr. L.W., 118.
Sand-fleas, 53.
Saprophytic bacteria, 17.
Sarcophaga spp., 48.
Page 232
Sarcoptes scabiei, 37.
Scab, 37.
Screw-worm, 47.
Seed-ticks, 27, 30.
Sheep bot-flies, 51.
Simmond, Dr. P.L., 145.
Siphonaptera, 52.
Skinner, Dr. H., 159.
Sleeping sickness, 21, 161.
Slipper animalcule, 22.
Small-pox, 70.
Smith, Dr. Theobald, 29.
Smudges, 102.
Sore-eye, 52.
Spiders, 26.
Spiracles, 89.
Spirochæta, 21, 130.
Spore formation, 24.
Scab, 37.
Screw-worm, 47.
Seed-ticks, 27, 30.
Sheep bot-flies, 51.
Simmond, Dr. P.L., 145.
Siphonaptera, 52.
Skinner, Dr. H., 159.
Sleeping sickness, 21, 161.
Slipper animalcule, 22.
Small-pox, 70.
Smith, Dr. Theobald, 29.
Smudges, 102.
Sore-eye, 52.
Spiders, 26.
Spiracles, 89.
Spirochæta, 21, 130.
Spore formation, 24.
Page 233
Spores, 24.
Sporozoa, 22.
Spotted fever, 32.
Stable-fly, 44, 75.
Stegomyia,
calopus, 94, 98, 139;
scutellaris, 96.
Sticklebacks, 101.
Stomoxys calcitrans, 44.
Sulphur, 102.
Surra, 45.
Tabanus, 45.
Tahiti, mosquitoes in, 96.
Tapeworms, 2.
Tetanus, 18.
Texas fever, 28.
Theobald, Dr. F.V., 76.
Ticks, 26.
Sporozoa, 22.
Spotted fever, 32.
Stable-fly, 44, 75.
Stegomyia,
calopus, 94, 98, 139;
scutellaris, 96.
Sticklebacks, 101.
Stomoxys calcitrans, 44.
Sulphur, 102.
Surra, 45.
Tabanus, 45.
Tahiti, mosquitoes in, 96.
Tapeworms, 2.
Tetanus, 18.
Texas fever, 28.
Theobald, Dr. F.V., 76.
Ticks, 26.
Page 234
Tide-water minnows, 101.
Tobacco smoke, 102.
Top-minnows, 98, 101.
Torcel, 51.
Tracheæ, 89.
Tracheal gills, 79.
Trichina, 2.
Trypanosome, 45, 161.
Trypanosoma,
evansi, 45;
brucei, 45;
lewisi, 162;
gambiensi, 162.
Tsetse-fly, 45, 163.
Tubercular bacilli, 69;
germs, 69.
Typhoid-fly, 57, 59.
Vaughan, Dr. W.C., 67.
Ver macque, 51.
Verjbitski, D.T., 147.
Tobacco smoke, 102.
Top-minnows, 98, 101.
Torcel, 51.
Tracheæ, 89.
Tracheal gills, 79.
Trichina, 2.
Trypanosome, 45, 161.
Trypanosoma,
evansi, 45;
brucei, 45;
lewisi, 162;
gambiensi, 162.
Tsetse-fly, 45, 163.
Tubercular bacilli, 69;
germs, 69.
Typhoid-fly, 57, 59.
Vaughan, Dr. W.C., 67.
Ver macque, 51.
Verjbitski, D.T., 147.
Page 235
Vorticella, 22.
Water-boatmen, 100.
Water-troughs, 104.
Whip-bearers, 20.
Whirligig beetles, 100.
White, Surgeon J.H., 134.
Wrigglers, 78.
Yellow fever, 120;
Commission, 123;
early observations on, 121;
experiments, 125;
danger of in Pacific Islands, 140;
in Havana, results of work on, 131;
history of in United States, 120;
mosquito, 94;
habits of, 95;
in Panama Canal zone, 135;
in Rio de Janeiro, 137;
summary of results of work on, 129.
Water-boatmen, 100.
Water-troughs, 104.
Whip-bearers, 20.
Whirligig beetles, 100.
White, Surgeon J.H., 134.
Wrigglers, 78.
Yellow fever, 120;
Commission, 123;
early observations on, 121;
experiments, 125;
danger of in Pacific Islands, 140;
in Havana, results of work on, 131;
history of in United States, 120;
mosquito, 94;
habits of, 95;
in Panama Canal zone, 135;
in Rio de Janeiro, 137;
summary of results of work on, 129.
Page 236
*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK INSECTS AND
DISEASES ***
Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will be
renamed.
Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright law
means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the
Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States
without permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to copying
and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the
PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a
registered trademark, and may not be used if you charge for an eBook,
except by following the terms of the trademark license, including paying
royalties for use of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge
anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is
very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg
eBooks may be modified and printed and given away—you may do
practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by
U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license,
especially commercial redistribution.
START: FULL LICENSE
DISEASES ***
Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will be
renamed.
Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright law
means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the
Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States
without permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to copying
and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the
PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a
registered trademark, and may not be used if you charge for an eBook,
except by following the terms of the trademark license, including paying
royalties for use of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge
anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is
very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg
eBooks may be modified and printed and given away—you may do
practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by
U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license,
especially commercial redistribution.
START: FULL LICENSE
Page 237
THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG™ LICENSE
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or any
other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”), you
agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project Gutenberg License
available with this file or online at www.gutenberg.org/license.
Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing
Project Gutenberg electronic works
1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg electronic work,
you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept all the
terms of this license and intellectual property (trademark/copyright)
agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all the terms of this agreement,
you must cease using and return or destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg
electronic works in your possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy
of or access to a Project Gutenberg electronic work and you do not agree to
be bound by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be used on
or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who agree to be
bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few things that you can
do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works even without complying
with the full terms of this agreement. See paragraph 1.C below. There are a
lot of things you can do with Project Gutenberg electronic works if you
follow the terms of this agreement and help preserve free future access to
Project Gutenberg electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation”
or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
Gutenberg electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an individual
work is unprotected by copyright law in the United States and you are
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or any
other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”), you
agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project Gutenberg License
available with this file or online at www.gutenberg.org/license.
Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing
Project Gutenberg electronic works
1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg electronic work,
you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept all the
terms of this license and intellectual property (trademark/copyright)
agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all the terms of this agreement,
you must cease using and return or destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg
electronic works in your possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy
of or access to a Project Gutenberg electronic work and you do not agree to
be bound by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be used on
or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who agree to be
bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few things that you can
do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works even without complying
with the full terms of this agreement. See paragraph 1.C below. There are a
lot of things you can do with Project Gutenberg electronic works if you
follow the terms of this agreement and help preserve free future access to
Project Gutenberg electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation”
or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
Gutenberg electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an individual
work is unprotected by copyright law in the United States and you are
Page 238
located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative works
based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg are
removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project Gutenberg
mission of promoting free access to electronic works by freely sharing
Project Gutenberg works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for
keeping the Project Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can
easily comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you
share it without charge with others.
1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in a
constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check the
laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement before
downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or creating
derivative works based on this work or any other Project Gutenberg work.
The Foundation makes no representations concerning the copyright status
of any work in any country other than the United States.
1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg work (any work on which the
phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project
Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, copied
or distributed:
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States
and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
under the terms of the Project Gutenberg™ License included with
this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in
the United States, you will have to check the laws of the country
where you are located before using this eBook.
copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative works
based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg are
removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project Gutenberg
mission of promoting free access to electronic works by freely sharing
Project Gutenberg works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for
keeping the Project Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can
easily comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you
share it without charge with others.
1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in a
constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check the
laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement before
downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or creating
derivative works based on this work or any other Project Gutenberg work.
The Foundation makes no representations concerning the copyright status
of any work in any country other than the United States.
1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg work (any work on which the
phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project
Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, copied
or distributed:
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States
and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
under the terms of the Project Gutenberg™ License included with
this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in
the United States, you will have to check the laws of the country
where you are located before using this eBook.
Page 239
1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is derived from
texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a notice
indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright holder), the
work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United States without
paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a
work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on
the work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs
1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
Project Gutenberg trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is posted with the
permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution must comply
with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional terms imposed
by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked to the Project
Gutenberg License for all works posted with the permission of the
copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg License
terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this work or any
other work associated with Project Gutenberg.
1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without prominently
displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with active links or
immediate access to the full terms of the Project Gutenberg License.
1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg work in a format other than “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version posted on the
official Project Gutenberg website (www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no
additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a copy, a means of
exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work
in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format
must include the full Project Gutenberg License as specified in paragraph
1.E.1.
texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a notice
indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright holder), the
work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United States without
paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a
work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on
the work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs
1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
Project Gutenberg trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is posted with the
permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution must comply
with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional terms imposed
by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked to the Project
Gutenberg License for all works posted with the permission of the
copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg License
terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this work or any
other work associated with Project Gutenberg.
1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without prominently
displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with active links or
immediate access to the full terms of the Project Gutenberg License.
1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg work in a format other than “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version posted on the
official Project Gutenberg website (www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no
additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a copy, a means of
exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work
in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format
must include the full Project Gutenberg License as specified in paragraph
1.E.1.
Page 240
1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, performing,
copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg works unless you comply
with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing access to
or distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works provided that:
• You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the
use of Project Gutenberg works calculated using the method you
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the
owner of the Project Gutenberg trademark, but he has agreed to donate
royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days
following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to
prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly
marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, “Information about
donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
• You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does
not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You
must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works
possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all
access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.
• You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
receipt of the work.
• You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ works.
1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth in
this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the Project
copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg works unless you comply
with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing access to
or distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works provided that:
• You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the
use of Project Gutenberg works calculated using the method you
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the
owner of the Project Gutenberg trademark, but he has agreed to donate
royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days
following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to
prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly
marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, “Information about
donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
• You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does
not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You
must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works
possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all
access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.
• You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
receipt of the work.
• You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ works.
1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth in
this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the Project
Page 241
Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3
below.
1.F.
1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread works
not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project Gutenberg™
collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, and
the medium on which they may be stored, may contain “Defects,” such as,
but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription
errors, a copyright or other intellectual property infringement, a defective or
damaged disk or other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that
damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except
for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all liability to
you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE
THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT
EXCEPT THOSE PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE
THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY
DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE LIABLE
TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL,
PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE
NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you
discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you
can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with the
defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a refund.
If you received the work electronically, the person or entity providing it to
below.
1.F.
1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread works
not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project Gutenberg™
collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, and
the medium on which they may be stored, may contain “Defects,” such as,
but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription
errors, a copyright or other intellectual property infringement, a defective or
damaged disk or other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that
damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except
for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all liability to
you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE
THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT
EXCEPT THOSE PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE
THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY
DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE LIABLE
TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL,
PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE
NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you
discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you
can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with the
defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a refund.
If you received the work electronically, the person or entity providing it to
Page 242
you may choose to give you a second opportunity to receive the work
electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you
may demand a refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the
problem.
1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO OTHER
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied warranties or
the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If any disclaimer or
limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law of the state applicable
to this agreement, the agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum
disclaimer or limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity
or unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
remaining provisions.
1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in accordance
with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works,
harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, that
arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do or cause
to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg work, (b)
alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg
work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project
Gutenberg
Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of electronic
works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers including
obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists because of the
electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you
may demand a refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the
problem.
1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO OTHER
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied warranties or
the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If any disclaimer or
limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law of the state applicable
to this agreement, the agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum
disclaimer or limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity
or unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
remaining provisions.
1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in accordance
with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works,
harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, that
arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do or cause
to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg work, (b)
alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg
work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project
Gutenberg
Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of electronic
works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers including
obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists because of the
Page 243
efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from people in all walks of
life.
Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the assistance
they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg’s goals and ensuring
that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely available for
generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation was created to provide a secure and permanent future for
Project Gutenberg and future generations. To learn more about the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations
can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
www.gutenberg.org.
Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit 501(c)
(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state of
Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue Service.
The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is 64-6221541.
Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation are tax
deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s
laws.
The Foundation’s business office is located at 41 Watchung Plaza #516,
Montclair NJ 07042, USA, +1 (862) 621-9288. Email contact links and up
to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website and
official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
public support and donations to carry out its mission of increasing the
number of public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
in machine-readable form accessible by the widest array of equipment
life.
Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the assistance
they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg’s goals and ensuring
that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely available for
generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation was created to provide a secure and permanent future for
Project Gutenberg and future generations. To learn more about the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations
can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
www.gutenberg.org.
Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit 501(c)
(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state of
Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue Service.
The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is 64-6221541.
Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation are tax
deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s
laws.
The Foundation’s business office is located at 41 Watchung Plaza #516,
Montclair NJ 07042, USA, +1 (862) 621-9288. Email contact links and up
to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website and
official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
public support and donations to carry out its mission of increasing the
number of public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
in machine-readable form accessible by the widest array of equipment
Page 244
including outdated equipment. Many small donations ($1 to $5,000) are
particularly important to maintaining tax exempt status with the IRS.
The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable effort,
much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have not
received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND DONATIONS or
determine the status of compliance for any particular state visit
www.gutenberg.org/donate.
While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we have
not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition against
accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who approach us
with offers to donate.
International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make any
statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from outside the
United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation methods
and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other ways including
checks, online payments and credit card donations. To donate, please visit:
www.gutenberg.org/donate.
Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg
electronic works
Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared with
anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project Gutenberg
eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed editions,
all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in the U.S. unless a
particularly important to maintaining tax exempt status with the IRS.
The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable effort,
much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have not
received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND DONATIONS or
determine the status of compliance for any particular state visit
www.gutenberg.org/donate.
While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we have
not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition against
accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who approach us
with offers to donate.
International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make any
statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from outside the
United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation methods
and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other ways including
checks, online payments and credit card donations. To donate, please visit:
www.gutenberg.org/donate.
Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg
electronic works
Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared with
anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project Gutenberg
eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed editions,
all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in the U.S. unless a
Page 245
copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily keep eBooks in
compliance with any particular paper edition.
Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility:
www.gutenberg.org.
This website includes information about Project Gutenberg, including how
to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email
newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
compliance with any particular paper edition.
Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility:
www.gutenberg.org.
This website includes information about Project Gutenberg, including how
to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email
newsletter to hear about new eBooks.